1//===--- Sema.h - Semantic Analysis & AST Building --------------*- C++ -*-===//
2//
3//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4//
5// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
7//
8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9//
10// This file defines the Sema class, which performs semantic analysis and
11// builds ASTs.
12//
13//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
14
15#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_SEMA_SEMA_H
16#define LLVM_CLANG_SEMA_SEMA_H
17
18#include "clang/AST/Attr.h"
19#include "clang/AST/DeclarationName.h"
20#include "clang/AST/Expr.h"
21#include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h"
22#include "clang/AST/ExternalASTSource.h"
23#include "clang/AST/MangleNumberingContext.h"
24#include "clang/AST/NSAPI.h"
25#include "clang/AST/PrettyPrinter.h"
26#include "clang/AST/TypeLoc.h"
27#include "clang/Basic/ExpressionTraits.h"
28#include "clang/Basic/LangOptions.h"
29#include "clang/Basic/Module.h"
30#include "clang/Basic/OpenMPKinds.h"
31#include "clang/Basic/Specifiers.h"
32#include "clang/Basic/TemplateKinds.h"
33#include "clang/Basic/TypeTraits.h"
34#include "clang/Sema/AnalysisBasedWarnings.h"
35#include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h"
36#include "clang/Sema/ExternalSemaSource.h"
37#include "clang/Sema/IdentifierResolver.h"
38#include "clang/Sema/LocInfoType.h"
39#include "clang/Sema/ObjCMethodList.h"
40#include "clang/Sema/Ownership.h"
41#include "clang/Sema/Scope.h"
42#include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h"
43#include "clang/Sema/TypoCorrection.h"
44#include "clang/Sema/Weak.h"
45#include "llvm/ADT/ArrayRef.h"
46#include "llvm/ADT/Optional.h"
47#include "llvm/ADT/SetVector.h"
48#include "llvm/ADT/SmallPtrSet.h"
49#include "llvm/ADT/SmallVector.h"
50#include "llvm/ADT/TinyPtrVector.h"
51#include <deque>
52#include <memory>
53#include <string>
54#include <vector>
55
56namespace llvm {
57  class APSInt;
58  template <typename ValueT> struct DenseMapInfo;
59  template <typename ValueT, typename ValueInfoT> class DenseSet;
60  class SmallBitVector;
61  class InlineAsmIdentifierInfo;
62}
63
64namespace clang {
65  class ADLResult;
66  class ASTConsumer;
67  class ASTContext;
68  class ASTMutationListener;
69  class ASTReader;
70  class ASTWriter;
71  class ArrayType;
72  class AttributeList;
73  class BlockDecl;
74  class CapturedDecl;
75  class CXXBasePath;
76  class CXXBasePaths;
77  class CXXBindTemporaryExpr;
78  typedef SmallVector<CXXBaseSpecifier*, 4> CXXCastPath;
79  class CXXConstructorDecl;
80  class CXXConversionDecl;
81  class CXXDeleteExpr;
82  class CXXDestructorDecl;
83  class CXXFieldCollector;
84  class CXXMemberCallExpr;
85  class CXXMethodDecl;
86  class CXXScopeSpec;
87  class CXXTemporary;
88  class CXXTryStmt;
89  class CallExpr;
90  class ClassTemplateDecl;
91  class ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl;
92  class ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl;
93  class VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl;
94  class CodeCompleteConsumer;
95  class CodeCompletionAllocator;
96  class CodeCompletionTUInfo;
97  class CodeCompletionResult;
98  class Decl;
99  class DeclAccessPair;
100  class DeclContext;
101  class DeclRefExpr;
102  class DeclaratorDecl;
103  class DeducedTemplateArgument;
104  class DependentDiagnostic;
105  class DesignatedInitExpr;
106  class Designation;
107  class EnableIfAttr;
108  class EnumConstantDecl;
109  class Expr;
110  class ExtVectorType;
111  class ExternalSemaSource;
112  class FormatAttr;
113  class FriendDecl;
114  class FunctionDecl;
115  class FunctionProtoType;
116  class FunctionTemplateDecl;
117  class ImplicitConversionSequence;
118  class InitListExpr;
119  class InitializationKind;
120  class InitializationSequence;
121  class InitializedEntity;
122  class IntegerLiteral;
123  class LabelStmt;
124  class LambdaExpr;
125  class LangOptions;
126  class LocalInstantiationScope;
127  class LookupResult;
128  class MacroInfo;
129  typedef ArrayRef<std::pair<IdentifierInfo *, SourceLocation>> ModuleIdPath;
130  class ModuleLoader;
131  class MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList;
132  class NamedDecl;
133  class ObjCCategoryDecl;
134  class ObjCCategoryImplDecl;
135  class ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl;
136  class ObjCContainerDecl;
137  class ObjCImplDecl;
138  class ObjCImplementationDecl;
139  class ObjCInterfaceDecl;
140  class ObjCIvarDecl;
141  template <class T> class ObjCList;
142  class ObjCMessageExpr;
143  class ObjCMethodDecl;
144  class ObjCPropertyDecl;
145  class ObjCProtocolDecl;
146  class OMPThreadPrivateDecl;
147  class OMPClause;
148  struct OverloadCandidate;
149  class OverloadCandidateSet;
150  class OverloadExpr;
151  class ParenListExpr;
152  class ParmVarDecl;
153  class Preprocessor;
154  class PseudoDestructorTypeStorage;
155  class PseudoObjectExpr;
156  class QualType;
157  class StandardConversionSequence;
158  class Stmt;
159  class StringLiteral;
160  class SwitchStmt;
161  class TemplateArgument;
162  class TemplateArgumentList;
163  class TemplateArgumentLoc;
164  class TemplateDecl;
165  class TemplateParameterList;
166  class TemplatePartialOrderingContext;
167  class TemplateTemplateParmDecl;
168  class Token;
169  class TypeAliasDecl;
170  class TypedefDecl;
171  class TypedefNameDecl;
172  class TypeLoc;
173  class TypoCorrectionConsumer;
174  class UnqualifiedId;
175  class UnresolvedLookupExpr;
176  class UnresolvedMemberExpr;
177  class UnresolvedSetImpl;
178  class UnresolvedSetIterator;
179  class UsingDecl;
180  class UsingShadowDecl;
181  class ValueDecl;
182  class VarDecl;
183  class VarTemplateSpecializationDecl;
184  class VisibilityAttr;
185  class VisibleDeclConsumer;
186  class IndirectFieldDecl;
187  struct DeductionFailureInfo;
188  class TemplateSpecCandidateSet;
189
190namespace sema {
191  class AccessedEntity;
192  class BlockScopeInfo;
193  class CapturedRegionScopeInfo;
194  class CapturingScopeInfo;
195  class CompoundScopeInfo;
196  class DelayedDiagnostic;
197  class DelayedDiagnosticPool;
198  class FunctionScopeInfo;
199  class LambdaScopeInfo;
200  class PossiblyUnreachableDiag;
201  class TemplateDeductionInfo;
202}
203
204namespace threadSafety {
205  class BeforeSet;
206  void threadSafetyCleanup(BeforeSet* Cache);
207}
208
209// FIXME: No way to easily map from TemplateTypeParmTypes to
210// TemplateTypeParmDecls, so we have this horrible PointerUnion.
211typedef std::pair<llvm::PointerUnion<const TemplateTypeParmType*, NamedDecl*>,
212                  SourceLocation> UnexpandedParameterPack;
213
214/// Describes whether we've seen any nullability information for the given
215/// file.
216struct FileNullability {
217  /// The first pointer declarator (of any pointer kind) in the file that does
218  /// not have a corresponding nullability annotation.
219  SourceLocation PointerLoc;
220
221  /// Which kind of pointer declarator we saw.
222  uint8_t PointerKind;
223
224  /// Whether we saw any type nullability annotations in the given file.
225  bool SawTypeNullability = false;
226};
227
228/// A mapping from file IDs to a record of whether we've seen nullability
229/// information in that file.
230class FileNullabilityMap {
231  /// A mapping from file IDs to the nullability information for each file ID.
232  llvm::DenseMap<FileID, FileNullability> Map;
233
234  /// A single-element cache based on the file ID.
235  struct {
236    FileID File;
237    FileNullability Nullability;
238  } Cache;
239
240public:
241  FileNullability &operator[](FileID file) {
242    // Check the single-element cache.
243    if (file == Cache.File)
244      return Cache.Nullability;
245
246    // It's not in the single-element cache; flush the cache if we have one.
247    if (!Cache.File.isInvalid()) {
248      Map[Cache.File] = Cache.Nullability;
249    }
250
251    // Pull this entry into the cache.
252    Cache.File = file;
253    Cache.Nullability = Map[file];
254    return Cache.Nullability;
255  }
256};
257
258/// Sema - This implements semantic analysis and AST building for C.
259class Sema {
260  Sema(const Sema &) = delete;
261  void operator=(const Sema &) = delete;
262
263  ///\brief Source of additional semantic information.
264  ExternalSemaSource *ExternalSource;
265
266  ///\brief Whether Sema has generated a multiplexer and has to delete it.
267  bool isMultiplexExternalSource;
268
269  static bool mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(const DeclaratorDecl *FD);
270
271  bool isVisibleSlow(const NamedDecl *D);
272
273  bool shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(const NamedDecl *Old,
274                                    const NamedDecl *New) {
275    // We are about to link these. It is now safe to compute the linkage of
276    // the new decl. If the new decl has external linkage, we will
277    // link it with the hidden decl (which also has external linkage) and
278    // it will keep having external linkage. If it has internal linkage, we
279    // will not link it. Since it has no previous decls, it will remain
280    // with internal linkage.
281    return isVisible(Old) || New->isExternallyVisible();
282  }
283  bool shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(LookupResult &Old, const NamedDecl *New);
284
285public:
286  typedef OpaquePtr<DeclGroupRef> DeclGroupPtrTy;
287  typedef OpaquePtr<TemplateName> TemplateTy;
288  typedef OpaquePtr<QualType> TypeTy;
289
290  OpenCLOptions OpenCLFeatures;
291  FPOptions FPFeatures;
292
293  const LangOptions &LangOpts;
294  Preprocessor &PP;
295  ASTContext &Context;
296  ASTConsumer &Consumer;
297  DiagnosticsEngine &Diags;
298  SourceManager &SourceMgr;
299
300  /// \brief Flag indicating whether or not to collect detailed statistics.
301  bool CollectStats;
302
303  /// \brief Code-completion consumer.
304  CodeCompleteConsumer *CodeCompleter;
305
306  /// CurContext - This is the current declaration context of parsing.
307  DeclContext *CurContext;
308
309  /// \brief Generally null except when we temporarily switch decl contexts,
310  /// like in \see ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext.
311  DeclContext *OriginalLexicalContext;
312
313  /// VAListTagName - The declaration name corresponding to __va_list_tag.
314  /// This is used as part of a hack to omit that class from ADL results.
315  DeclarationName VAListTagName;
316
317  /// PackContext - Manages the stack for \#pragma pack. An alignment
318  /// of 0 indicates default alignment.
319  void *PackContext; // Really a "PragmaPackStack*"
320
321  bool MSStructPragmaOn; // True when \#pragma ms_struct on
322
323  /// \brief Controls member pointer representation format under the MS ABI.
324  LangOptions::PragmaMSPointersToMembersKind
325      MSPointerToMemberRepresentationMethod;
326
327  enum PragmaVtorDispKind {
328    PVDK_Push,          ///< #pragma vtordisp(push, mode)
329    PVDK_Set,           ///< #pragma vtordisp(mode)
330    PVDK_Pop,           ///< #pragma vtordisp(pop)
331    PVDK_Reset          ///< #pragma vtordisp()
332  };
333
334  enum PragmaMsStackAction {
335    PSK_Reset,    // #pragma ()
336    PSK_Set,      // #pragma ("name")
337    PSK_Push,     // #pragma (push[, id])
338    PSK_Push_Set, // #pragma (push[, id], "name")
339    PSK_Pop,      // #pragma (pop[, id])
340    PSK_Pop_Set,  // #pragma (pop[, id], "name")
341  };
342
343  /// \brief Whether to insert vtordisps prior to virtual bases in the Microsoft
344  /// C++ ABI.  Possible values are 0, 1, and 2, which mean:
345  ///
346  /// 0: Suppress all vtordisps
347  /// 1: Insert vtordisps in the presence of vbase overrides and non-trivial
348  ///    structors
349  /// 2: Always insert vtordisps to support RTTI on partially constructed
350  ///    objects
351  ///
352  /// The stack always has at least one element in it.
353  SmallVector<MSVtorDispAttr::Mode, 2> VtorDispModeStack;
354
355  /// Stack of active SEH __finally scopes.  Can be empty.
356  SmallVector<Scope*, 2> CurrentSEHFinally;
357
358  /// \brief Source location for newly created implicit MSInheritanceAttrs
359  SourceLocation ImplicitMSInheritanceAttrLoc;
360
361  template<typename ValueType>
362  struct PragmaStack {
363    struct Slot {
364      llvm::StringRef StackSlotLabel;
365      ValueType Value;
366      SourceLocation PragmaLocation;
367      Slot(llvm::StringRef StackSlotLabel,
368           ValueType Value,
369           SourceLocation PragmaLocation)
370        : StackSlotLabel(StackSlotLabel), Value(Value),
371          PragmaLocation(PragmaLocation) {}
372    };
373    void Act(SourceLocation PragmaLocation,
374             PragmaMsStackAction Action,
375             llvm::StringRef StackSlotLabel,
376             ValueType Value);
377    explicit PragmaStack(const ValueType &Value)
378      : CurrentValue(Value) {}
379    SmallVector<Slot, 2> Stack;
380    ValueType CurrentValue;
381    SourceLocation CurrentPragmaLocation;
382  };
383  // FIXME: We should serialize / deserialize these if they occur in a PCH (but
384  // we shouldn't do so if they're in a module).
385  PragmaStack<StringLiteral *> DataSegStack;
386  PragmaStack<StringLiteral *> BSSSegStack;
387  PragmaStack<StringLiteral *> ConstSegStack;
388  PragmaStack<StringLiteral *> CodeSegStack;
389
390  /// A mapping that describes the nullability we've seen in each header file.
391  FileNullabilityMap NullabilityMap;
392
393  /// Last section used with #pragma init_seg.
394  StringLiteral *CurInitSeg;
395  SourceLocation CurInitSegLoc;
396
397  /// VisContext - Manages the stack for \#pragma GCC visibility.
398  void *VisContext; // Really a "PragmaVisStack*"
399
400  /// \brief This represents the last location of a "#pragma clang optimize off"
401  /// directive if such a directive has not been closed by an "on" yet. If
402  /// optimizations are currently "on", this is set to an invalid location.
403  SourceLocation OptimizeOffPragmaLocation;
404
405  /// \brief Flag indicating if Sema is building a recovery call expression.
406  ///
407  /// This flag is used to avoid building recovery call expressions
408  /// if Sema is already doing so, which would cause infinite recursions.
409  bool IsBuildingRecoveryCallExpr;
410
411  /// ExprNeedsCleanups - True if the current evaluation context
412  /// requires cleanups to be run at its conclusion.
413  bool ExprNeedsCleanups;
414
415  /// ExprCleanupObjects - This is the stack of objects requiring
416  /// cleanup that are created by the current full expression.  The
417  /// element type here is ExprWithCleanups::Object.
418  SmallVector<BlockDecl*, 8> ExprCleanupObjects;
419
420  /// \brief Store a list of either DeclRefExprs or MemberExprs
421  ///  that contain a reference to a variable (constant) that may or may not
422  ///  be odr-used in this Expr, and we won't know until all lvalue-to-rvalue
423  ///  and discarded value conversions have been applied to all subexpressions
424  ///  of the enclosing full expression.  This is cleared at the end of each
425  ///  full expression.
426  llvm::SmallPtrSet<Expr*, 2> MaybeODRUseExprs;
427
428  /// \brief Stack containing information about each of the nested
429  /// function, block, and method scopes that are currently active.
430  ///
431  /// This array is never empty.  Clients should ignore the first
432  /// element, which is used to cache a single FunctionScopeInfo
433  /// that's used to parse every top-level function.
434  SmallVector<sema::FunctionScopeInfo *, 4> FunctionScopes;
435
436  typedef LazyVector<TypedefNameDecl *, ExternalSemaSource,
437                     &ExternalSemaSource::ReadExtVectorDecls, 2, 2>
438    ExtVectorDeclsType;
439
440  /// ExtVectorDecls - This is a list all the extended vector types. This allows
441  /// us to associate a raw vector type with one of the ext_vector type names.
442  /// This is only necessary for issuing pretty diagnostics.
443  ExtVectorDeclsType ExtVectorDecls;
444
445  /// FieldCollector - Collects CXXFieldDecls during parsing of C++ classes.
446  std::unique_ptr<CXXFieldCollector> FieldCollector;
447
448  typedef llvm::SmallSetVector<const NamedDecl*, 16> NamedDeclSetType;
449
450  /// \brief Set containing all declared private fields that are not used.
451  NamedDeclSetType UnusedPrivateFields;
452
453  /// \brief Set containing all typedefs that are likely unused.
454  llvm::SmallSetVector<const TypedefNameDecl *, 4>
455      UnusedLocalTypedefNameCandidates;
456
457  /// \brief Delete-expressions to be analyzed at the end of translation unit
458  ///
459  /// This list contains class members, and locations of delete-expressions
460  /// that could not be proven as to whether they mismatch with new-expression
461  /// used in initializer of the field.
462  typedef std::pair<SourceLocation, bool> DeleteExprLoc;
463  typedef llvm::SmallVector<DeleteExprLoc, 4> DeleteLocs;
464  llvm::MapVector<FieldDecl *, DeleteLocs> DeleteExprs;
465
466  typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<const CXXRecordDecl*, 8> RecordDeclSetTy;
467
468  /// PureVirtualClassDiagSet - a set of class declarations which we have
469  /// emitted a list of pure virtual functions. Used to prevent emitting the
470  /// same list more than once.
471  std::unique_ptr<RecordDeclSetTy> PureVirtualClassDiagSet;
472
473  /// ParsingInitForAutoVars - a set of declarations with auto types for which
474  /// we are currently parsing the initializer.
475  llvm::SmallPtrSet<const Decl*, 4> ParsingInitForAutoVars;
476
477  /// \brief Look for a locally scoped extern "C" declaration by the given name.
478  NamedDecl *findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(DeclarationName Name);
479
480  typedef LazyVector<VarDecl *, ExternalSemaSource,
481                     &ExternalSemaSource::ReadTentativeDefinitions, 2, 2>
482    TentativeDefinitionsType;
483
484  /// \brief All the tentative definitions encountered in the TU.
485  TentativeDefinitionsType TentativeDefinitions;
486
487  typedef LazyVector<const DeclaratorDecl *, ExternalSemaSource,
488                     &ExternalSemaSource::ReadUnusedFileScopedDecls, 2, 2>
489    UnusedFileScopedDeclsType;
490
491  /// \brief The set of file scoped decls seen so far that have not been used
492  /// and must warn if not used. Only contains the first declaration.
493  UnusedFileScopedDeclsType UnusedFileScopedDecls;
494
495  typedef LazyVector<CXXConstructorDecl *, ExternalSemaSource,
496                     &ExternalSemaSource::ReadDelegatingConstructors, 2, 2>
497    DelegatingCtorDeclsType;
498
499  /// \brief All the delegating constructors seen so far in the file, used for
500  /// cycle detection at the end of the TU.
501  DelegatingCtorDeclsType DelegatingCtorDecls;
502
503  /// \brief All the overriding functions seen during a class definition
504  /// that had their exception spec checks delayed, plus the overridden
505  /// function.
506  SmallVector<std::pair<const CXXMethodDecl*, const CXXMethodDecl*>, 2>
507    DelayedExceptionSpecChecks;
508
509  /// \brief All the members seen during a class definition which were both
510  /// explicitly defaulted and had explicitly-specified exception
511  /// specifications, along with the function type containing their
512  /// user-specified exception specification. Those exception specifications
513  /// were overridden with the default specifications, but we still need to
514  /// check whether they are compatible with the default specification, and
515  /// we can't do that until the nesting set of class definitions is complete.
516  SmallVector<std::pair<CXXMethodDecl*, const FunctionProtoType*>, 2>
517    DelayedDefaultedMemberExceptionSpecs;
518
519  typedef llvm::MapVector<const FunctionDecl *, LateParsedTemplate *>
520      LateParsedTemplateMapT;
521  LateParsedTemplateMapT LateParsedTemplateMap;
522
523  /// \brief Callback to the parser to parse templated functions when needed.
524  typedef void LateTemplateParserCB(void *P, LateParsedTemplate &LPT);
525  typedef void LateTemplateParserCleanupCB(void *P);
526  LateTemplateParserCB *LateTemplateParser;
527  LateTemplateParserCleanupCB *LateTemplateParserCleanup;
528  void *OpaqueParser;
529
530  void SetLateTemplateParser(LateTemplateParserCB *LTP,
531                             LateTemplateParserCleanupCB *LTPCleanup,
532                             void *P) {
533    LateTemplateParser = LTP;
534    LateTemplateParserCleanup = LTPCleanup;
535    OpaqueParser = P;
536  }
537
538  class DelayedDiagnostics;
539
540  class DelayedDiagnosticsState {
541    sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool *SavedPool;
542    friend class Sema::DelayedDiagnostics;
543  };
544  typedef DelayedDiagnosticsState ParsingDeclState;
545  typedef DelayedDiagnosticsState ProcessingContextState;
546
547  /// A class which encapsulates the logic for delaying diagnostics
548  /// during parsing and other processing.
549  class DelayedDiagnostics {
550    /// \brief The current pool of diagnostics into which delayed
551    /// diagnostics should go.
552    sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool *CurPool;
553
554  public:
555    DelayedDiagnostics() : CurPool(nullptr) {}
556
557    /// Adds a delayed diagnostic.
558    void add(const sema::DelayedDiagnostic &diag); // in DelayedDiagnostic.h
559
560    /// Determines whether diagnostics should be delayed.
561    bool shouldDelayDiagnostics() { return CurPool != nullptr; }
562
563    /// Returns the current delayed-diagnostics pool.
564    sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool *getCurrentPool() const {
565      return CurPool;
566    }
567
568    /// Enter a new scope.  Access and deprecation diagnostics will be
569    /// collected in this pool.
570    DelayedDiagnosticsState push(sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool &pool) {
571      DelayedDiagnosticsState state;
572      state.SavedPool = CurPool;
573      CurPool = &pool;
574      return state;
575    }
576
577    /// Leave a delayed-diagnostic state that was previously pushed.
578    /// Do not emit any of the diagnostics.  This is performed as part
579    /// of the bookkeeping of popping a pool "properly".
580    void popWithoutEmitting(DelayedDiagnosticsState state) {
581      CurPool = state.SavedPool;
582    }
583
584    /// Enter a new scope where access and deprecation diagnostics are
585    /// not delayed.
586    DelayedDiagnosticsState pushUndelayed() {
587      DelayedDiagnosticsState state;
588      state.SavedPool = CurPool;
589      CurPool = nullptr;
590      return state;
591    }
592
593    /// Undo a previous pushUndelayed().
594    void popUndelayed(DelayedDiagnosticsState state) {
595      assert(CurPool == nullptr);
596      CurPool = state.SavedPool;
597    }
598  } DelayedDiagnostics;
599
600  /// A RAII object to temporarily push a declaration context.
601  class ContextRAII {
602  private:
603    Sema &S;
604    DeclContext *SavedContext;
605    ProcessingContextState SavedContextState;
606    QualType SavedCXXThisTypeOverride;
607
608  public:
609    ContextRAII(Sema &S, DeclContext *ContextToPush, bool NewThisContext = true)
610      : S(S), SavedContext(S.CurContext),
611        SavedContextState(S.DelayedDiagnostics.pushUndelayed()),
612        SavedCXXThisTypeOverride(S.CXXThisTypeOverride)
613    {
614      assert(ContextToPush && "pushing null context");
615      S.CurContext = ContextToPush;
616      if (NewThisContext)
617        S.CXXThisTypeOverride = QualType();
618    }
619
620    void pop() {
621      if (!SavedContext) return;
622      S.CurContext = SavedContext;
623      S.DelayedDiagnostics.popUndelayed(SavedContextState);
624      S.CXXThisTypeOverride = SavedCXXThisTypeOverride;
625      SavedContext = nullptr;
626    }
627
628    ~ContextRAII() {
629      pop();
630    }
631  };
632
633  /// \brief RAII object to handle the state changes required to synthesize
634  /// a function body.
635  class SynthesizedFunctionScope {
636    Sema &S;
637    Sema::ContextRAII SavedContext;
638
639  public:
640    SynthesizedFunctionScope(Sema &S, DeclContext *DC)
641      : S(S), SavedContext(S, DC)
642    {
643      S.PushFunctionScope();
644      S.PushExpressionEvaluationContext(Sema::PotentiallyEvaluated);
645    }
646
647    ~SynthesizedFunctionScope() {
648      S.PopExpressionEvaluationContext();
649      S.PopFunctionScopeInfo();
650    }
651  };
652
653  /// WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers - Identifiers contained in
654  /// \#pragma weak before declared. rare. may alias another
655  /// identifier, declared or undeclared
656  llvm::MapVector<IdentifierInfo *, WeakInfo> WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers;
657
658  /// ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers - Identifiers contained in
659  /// \#pragma redefine_extname before declared.  Used in Solaris system headers
660  /// to define functions that occur in multiple standards to call the version
661  /// in the currently selected standard.
662  llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*> ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers;
663
664
665  /// \brief Load weak undeclared identifiers from the external source.
666  void LoadExternalWeakUndeclaredIdentifiers();
667
668  /// WeakTopLevelDecl - Translation-unit scoped declarations generated by
669  /// \#pragma weak during processing of other Decls.
670  /// I couldn't figure out a clean way to generate these in-line, so
671  /// we store them here and handle separately -- which is a hack.
672  /// It would be best to refactor this.
673  SmallVector<Decl*,2> WeakTopLevelDecl;
674
675  IdentifierResolver IdResolver;
676
677  /// Translation Unit Scope - useful to Objective-C actions that need
678  /// to lookup file scope declarations in the "ordinary" C decl namespace.
679  /// For example, user-defined classes, built-in "id" type, etc.
680  Scope *TUScope;
681
682  /// \brief The C++ "std" namespace, where the standard library resides.
683  LazyDeclPtr StdNamespace;
684
685  /// \brief The C++ "std::bad_alloc" class, which is defined by the C++
686  /// standard library.
687  LazyDeclPtr StdBadAlloc;
688
689  /// \brief The C++ "std::initializer_list" template, which is defined in
690  /// \<initializer_list>.
691  ClassTemplateDecl *StdInitializerList;
692
693  /// \brief The C++ "type_info" declaration, which is defined in \<typeinfo>.
694  RecordDecl *CXXTypeInfoDecl;
695
696  /// \brief The MSVC "_GUID" struct, which is defined in MSVC header files.
697  RecordDecl *MSVCGuidDecl;
698
699  /// \brief Caches identifiers/selectors for NSFoundation APIs.
700  std::unique_ptr<NSAPI> NSAPIObj;
701
702  /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSNumber class.
703  ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSNumberDecl;
704
705  /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSValue class.
706  ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSValueDecl;
707
708  /// \brief Pointer to NSNumber type (NSNumber *).
709  QualType NSNumberPointer;
710
711  /// \brief Pointer to NSValue type (NSValue *).
712  QualType NSValuePointer;
713
714  /// \brief The Objective-C NSNumber methods used to create NSNumber literals.
715  ObjCMethodDecl *NSNumberLiteralMethods[NSAPI::NumNSNumberLiteralMethods];
716
717  /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSString class.
718  ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSStringDecl;
719
720  /// \brief Pointer to NSString type (NSString *).
721  QualType NSStringPointer;
722
723  /// \brief The declaration of the stringWithUTF8String: method.
724  ObjCMethodDecl *StringWithUTF8StringMethod;
725
726  /// \brief The declaration of the valueWithBytes:objCType: method.
727  ObjCMethodDecl *ValueWithBytesObjCTypeMethod;
728
729  /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSArray class.
730  ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSArrayDecl;
731
732  /// \brief The declaration of the arrayWithObjects:count: method.
733  ObjCMethodDecl *ArrayWithObjectsMethod;
734
735  /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSDictionary class.
736  ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSDictionaryDecl;
737
738  /// \brief The declaration of the dictionaryWithObjects:forKeys:count: method.
739  ObjCMethodDecl *DictionaryWithObjectsMethod;
740
741  /// \brief id<NSCopying> type.
742  QualType QIDNSCopying;
743
744  /// \brief will hold 'respondsToSelector:'
745  Selector RespondsToSelectorSel;
746
747  /// \brief counter for internal MS Asm label names.
748  unsigned MSAsmLabelNameCounter;
749
750  /// A flag to remember whether the implicit forms of operator new and delete
751  /// have been declared.
752  bool GlobalNewDeleteDeclared;
753
754  /// A flag to indicate that we're in a context that permits abstract
755  /// references to fields.  This is really a
756  bool AllowAbstractFieldReference;
757
758  /// \brief Describes how the expressions currently being parsed are
759  /// evaluated at run-time, if at all.
760  enum ExpressionEvaluationContext {
761    /// \brief The current expression and its subexpressions occur within an
762    /// unevaluated operand (C++11 [expr]p7), such as the subexpression of
763    /// \c sizeof, where the type of the expression may be significant but
764    /// no code will be generated to evaluate the value of the expression at
765    /// run time.
766    Unevaluated,
767
768    /// \brief The current expression occurs within an unevaluated
769    /// operand that unconditionally permits abstract references to
770    /// fields, such as a SIZE operator in MS-style inline assembly.
771    UnevaluatedAbstract,
772
773    /// \brief The current context is "potentially evaluated" in C++11 terms,
774    /// but the expression is evaluated at compile-time (like the values of
775    /// cases in a switch statement).
776    ConstantEvaluated,
777
778    /// \brief The current expression is potentially evaluated at run time,
779    /// which means that code may be generated to evaluate the value of the
780    /// expression at run time.
781    PotentiallyEvaluated,
782
783    /// \brief The current expression is potentially evaluated, but any
784    /// declarations referenced inside that expression are only used if
785    /// in fact the current expression is used.
786    ///
787    /// This value is used when parsing default function arguments, for which
788    /// we would like to provide diagnostics (e.g., passing non-POD arguments
789    /// through varargs) but do not want to mark declarations as "referenced"
790    /// until the default argument is used.
791    PotentiallyEvaluatedIfUsed
792  };
793
794  /// \brief Data structure used to record current or nested
795  /// expression evaluation contexts.
796  struct ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord {
797    /// \brief The expression evaluation context.
798    ExpressionEvaluationContext Context;
799
800    /// \brief Whether the enclosing context needed a cleanup.
801    bool ParentNeedsCleanups;
802
803    /// \brief Whether we are in a decltype expression.
804    bool IsDecltype;
805
806    /// \brief The number of active cleanup objects when we entered
807    /// this expression evaluation context.
808    unsigned NumCleanupObjects;
809
810    /// \brief The number of typos encountered during this expression evaluation
811    /// context (i.e. the number of TypoExprs created).
812    unsigned NumTypos;
813
814    llvm::SmallPtrSet<Expr*, 2> SavedMaybeODRUseExprs;
815
816    /// \brief The lambdas that are present within this context, if it
817    /// is indeed an unevaluated context.
818    SmallVector<LambdaExpr *, 2> Lambdas;
819
820    /// \brief The declaration that provides context for lambda expressions
821    /// and block literals if the normal declaration context does not
822    /// suffice, e.g., in a default function argument.
823    Decl *ManglingContextDecl;
824
825    /// \brief The context information used to mangle lambda expressions
826    /// and block literals within this context.
827    ///
828    /// This mangling information is allocated lazily, since most contexts
829    /// do not have lambda expressions or block literals.
830    IntrusiveRefCntPtr<MangleNumberingContext> MangleNumbering;
831
832    /// \brief If we are processing a decltype type, a set of call expressions
833    /// for which we have deferred checking the completeness of the return type.
834    SmallVector<CallExpr *, 8> DelayedDecltypeCalls;
835
836    /// \brief If we are processing a decltype type, a set of temporary binding
837    /// expressions for which we have deferred checking the destructor.
838    SmallVector<CXXBindTemporaryExpr *, 8> DelayedDecltypeBinds;
839
840    ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord(ExpressionEvaluationContext Context,
841                                      unsigned NumCleanupObjects,
842                                      bool ParentNeedsCleanups,
843                                      Decl *ManglingContextDecl,
844                                      bool IsDecltype)
845      : Context(Context), ParentNeedsCleanups(ParentNeedsCleanups),
846        IsDecltype(IsDecltype), NumCleanupObjects(NumCleanupObjects),
847        NumTypos(0),
848        ManglingContextDecl(ManglingContextDecl), MangleNumbering() { }
849
850    /// \brief Retrieve the mangling numbering context, used to consistently
851    /// number constructs like lambdas for mangling.
852    MangleNumberingContext &getMangleNumberingContext(ASTContext &Ctx);
853
854    bool isUnevaluated() const {
855      return Context == Unevaluated || Context == UnevaluatedAbstract;
856    }
857  };
858
859  /// A stack of expression evaluation contexts.
860  SmallVector<ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord, 8> ExprEvalContexts;
861
862  /// \brief Compute the mangling number context for a lambda expression or
863  /// block literal.
864  ///
865  /// \param DC - The DeclContext containing the lambda expression or
866  /// block literal.
867  /// \param[out] ManglingContextDecl - Returns the ManglingContextDecl
868  /// associated with the context, if relevant.
869  MangleNumberingContext *getCurrentMangleNumberContext(
870    const DeclContext *DC,
871    Decl *&ManglingContextDecl);
872
873
874  /// SpecialMemberOverloadResult - The overloading result for a special member
875  /// function.
876  ///
877  /// This is basically a wrapper around PointerIntPair. The lowest bits of the
878  /// integer are used to determine whether overload resolution succeeded.
879  class SpecialMemberOverloadResult : public llvm::FastFoldingSetNode {
880  public:
881    enum Kind {
882      NoMemberOrDeleted,
883      Ambiguous,
884      Success
885    };
886
887  private:
888    llvm::PointerIntPair<CXXMethodDecl*, 2> Pair;
889
890  public:
891    SpecialMemberOverloadResult(const llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID)
892      : FastFoldingSetNode(ID)
893    {}
894
895    CXXMethodDecl *getMethod() const { return Pair.getPointer(); }
896    void setMethod(CXXMethodDecl *MD) { Pair.setPointer(MD); }
897
898    Kind getKind() const { return static_cast<Kind>(Pair.getInt()); }
899    void setKind(Kind K) { Pair.setInt(K); }
900  };
901
902  /// \brief A cache of special member function overload resolution results
903  /// for C++ records.
904  llvm::FoldingSet<SpecialMemberOverloadResult> SpecialMemberCache;
905
906  /// \brief A cache of the flags available in enumerations with the flag_bits
907  /// attribute.
908  mutable llvm::DenseMap<const EnumDecl*, llvm::APInt> FlagBitsCache;
909
910  /// \brief The kind of translation unit we are processing.
911  ///
912  /// When we're processing a complete translation unit, Sema will perform
913  /// end-of-translation-unit semantic tasks (such as creating
914  /// initializers for tentative definitions in C) once parsing has
915  /// completed. Modules and precompiled headers perform different kinds of
916  /// checks.
917  TranslationUnitKind TUKind;
918
919  llvm::BumpPtrAllocator BumpAlloc;
920
921  /// \brief The number of SFINAE diagnostics that have been trapped.
922  unsigned NumSFINAEErrors;
923
924  typedef llvm::DenseMap<ParmVarDecl *, llvm::TinyPtrVector<ParmVarDecl *>>
925    UnparsedDefaultArgInstantiationsMap;
926
927  /// \brief A mapping from parameters with unparsed default arguments to the
928  /// set of instantiations of each parameter.
929  ///
930  /// This mapping is a temporary data structure used when parsing
931  /// nested class templates or nested classes of class templates,
932  /// where we might end up instantiating an inner class before the
933  /// default arguments of its methods have been parsed.
934  UnparsedDefaultArgInstantiationsMap UnparsedDefaultArgInstantiations;
935
936  // Contains the locations of the beginning of unparsed default
937  // argument locations.
938  llvm::DenseMap<ParmVarDecl *, SourceLocation> UnparsedDefaultArgLocs;
939
940  /// UndefinedInternals - all the used, undefined objects which require a
941  /// definition in this translation unit.
942  llvm::DenseMap<NamedDecl *, SourceLocation> UndefinedButUsed;
943
944  /// Obtain a sorted list of functions that are undefined but ODR-used.
945  void getUndefinedButUsed(
946      SmallVectorImpl<std::pair<NamedDecl *, SourceLocation> > &Undefined);
947
948  /// Retrieves list of suspicious delete-expressions that will be checked at
949  /// the end of translation unit.
950  const llvm::MapVector<FieldDecl *, DeleteLocs> &
951  getMismatchingDeleteExpressions() const;
952
953  typedef std::pair<ObjCMethodList, ObjCMethodList> GlobalMethods;
954  typedef llvm::DenseMap<Selector, GlobalMethods> GlobalMethodPool;
955
956  /// Method Pool - allows efficient lookup when typechecking messages to "id".
957  /// We need to maintain a list, since selectors can have differing signatures
958  /// across classes. In Cocoa, this happens to be extremely uncommon (only 1%
959  /// of selectors are "overloaded").
960  /// At the head of the list it is recorded whether there were 0, 1, or >= 2
961  /// methods inside categories with a particular selector.
962  GlobalMethodPool MethodPool;
963
964  /// Method selectors used in a \@selector expression. Used for implementation
965  /// of -Wselector.
966  llvm::MapVector<Selector, SourceLocation> ReferencedSelectors;
967
968  /// Kinds of C++ special members.
969  enum CXXSpecialMember {
970    CXXDefaultConstructor,
971    CXXCopyConstructor,
972    CXXMoveConstructor,
973    CXXCopyAssignment,
974    CXXMoveAssignment,
975    CXXDestructor,
976    CXXInvalid
977  };
978
979  typedef std::pair<CXXRecordDecl*, CXXSpecialMember> SpecialMemberDecl;
980
981  /// The C++ special members which we are currently in the process of
982  /// declaring. If this process recursively triggers the declaration of the
983  /// same special member, we should act as if it is not yet declared.
984  llvm::SmallSet<SpecialMemberDecl, 4> SpecialMembersBeingDeclared;
985
986  void ReadMethodPool(Selector Sel);
987
988  /// Private Helper predicate to check for 'self'.
989  bool isSelfExpr(Expr *RExpr);
990  bool isSelfExpr(Expr *RExpr, const ObjCMethodDecl *Method);
991
992  /// \brief Cause the active diagnostic on the DiagosticsEngine to be
993  /// emitted. This is closely coupled to the SemaDiagnosticBuilder class and
994  /// should not be used elsewhere.
995  void EmitCurrentDiagnostic(unsigned DiagID);
996
997  /// Records and restores the FP_CONTRACT state on entry/exit of compound
998  /// statements.
999  class FPContractStateRAII {
1000  public:
1001    FPContractStateRAII(Sema& S)
1002      : S(S), OldFPContractState(S.FPFeatures.fp_contract) {}
1003    ~FPContractStateRAII() {
1004      S.FPFeatures.fp_contract = OldFPContractState;
1005    }
1006  private:
1007    Sema& S;
1008    bool OldFPContractState : 1;
1009  };
1010
1011  /// Records and restores the vtordisp state on entry/exit of C++ method body.
1012  class VtorDispStackRAII {
1013  public:
1014    VtorDispStackRAII(Sema &S, bool ShouldSaveAndRestore)
1015      : S(S), ShouldSaveAndRestore(ShouldSaveAndRestore), OldVtorDispStack() {
1016      if (ShouldSaveAndRestore)
1017        OldVtorDispStack = S.VtorDispModeStack;
1018    }
1019    ~VtorDispStackRAII() {
1020      if (ShouldSaveAndRestore)
1021        S.VtorDispModeStack = OldVtorDispStack;
1022    }
1023  private:
1024    Sema &S;
1025    bool ShouldSaveAndRestore;
1026    SmallVector<MSVtorDispAttr::Mode, 2> OldVtorDispStack;
1027  };
1028
1029  void addImplicitTypedef(StringRef Name, QualType T);
1030
1031public:
1032  Sema(Preprocessor &pp, ASTContext &ctxt, ASTConsumer &consumer,
1033       TranslationUnitKind TUKind = TU_Complete,
1034       CodeCompleteConsumer *CompletionConsumer = nullptr);
1035  ~Sema();
1036
1037  /// \brief Perform initialization that occurs after the parser has been
1038  /// initialized but before it parses anything.
1039  void Initialize();
1040
1041  const LangOptions &getLangOpts() const { return LangOpts; }
1042  OpenCLOptions &getOpenCLOptions() { return OpenCLFeatures; }
1043  FPOptions     &getFPOptions() { return FPFeatures; }
1044
1045  DiagnosticsEngine &getDiagnostics() const { return Diags; }
1046  SourceManager &getSourceManager() const { return SourceMgr; }
1047  Preprocessor &getPreprocessor() const { return PP; }
1048  ASTContext &getASTContext() const { return Context; }
1049  ASTConsumer &getASTConsumer() const { return Consumer; }
1050  ASTMutationListener *getASTMutationListener() const;
1051  ExternalSemaSource* getExternalSource() const { return ExternalSource; }
1052
1053  ///\brief Registers an external source. If an external source already exists,
1054  /// creates a multiplex external source and appends to it.
1055  ///
1056  ///\param[in] E - A non-null external sema source.
1057  ///
1058  void addExternalSource(ExternalSemaSource *E);
1059
1060  void PrintStats() const;
1061
1062  /// \brief Helper class that creates diagnostics with optional
1063  /// template instantiation stacks.
1064  ///
1065  /// This class provides a wrapper around the basic DiagnosticBuilder
1066  /// class that emits diagnostics. SemaDiagnosticBuilder is
1067  /// responsible for emitting the diagnostic (as DiagnosticBuilder
1068  /// does) and, if the diagnostic comes from inside a template
1069  /// instantiation, printing the template instantiation stack as
1070  /// well.
1071  class SemaDiagnosticBuilder : public DiagnosticBuilder {
1072    Sema &SemaRef;
1073    unsigned DiagID;
1074
1075  public:
1076    SemaDiagnosticBuilder(DiagnosticBuilder &DB, Sema &SemaRef, unsigned DiagID)
1077      : DiagnosticBuilder(DB), SemaRef(SemaRef), DiagID(DiagID) { }
1078
1079    // This is a cunning lie. DiagnosticBuilder actually performs move
1080    // construction in its copy constructor (but due to varied uses, it's not
1081    // possible to conveniently express this as actual move construction). So
1082    // the default copy ctor here is fine, because the base class disables the
1083    // source anyway, so the user-defined ~SemaDiagnosticBuilder is a safe no-op
1084    // in that case anwyay.
1085    SemaDiagnosticBuilder(const SemaDiagnosticBuilder&) = default;
1086
1087    ~SemaDiagnosticBuilder() {
1088      // If we aren't active, there is nothing to do.
1089      if (!isActive()) return;
1090
1091      // Otherwise, we need to emit the diagnostic. First flush the underlying
1092      // DiagnosticBuilder data, and clear the diagnostic builder itself so it
1093      // won't emit the diagnostic in its own destructor.
1094      //
1095      // This seems wasteful, in that as written the DiagnosticBuilder dtor will
1096      // do its own needless checks to see if the diagnostic needs to be
1097      // emitted. However, because we take care to ensure that the builder
1098      // objects never escape, a sufficiently smart compiler will be able to
1099      // eliminate that code.
1100      FlushCounts();
1101      Clear();
1102
1103      // Dispatch to Sema to emit the diagnostic.
1104      SemaRef.EmitCurrentDiagnostic(DiagID);
1105    }
1106
1107    /// Teach operator<< to produce an object of the correct type.
1108    template<typename T>
1109    friend const SemaDiagnosticBuilder &operator<<(
1110        const SemaDiagnosticBuilder &Diag, const T &Value) {
1111      const DiagnosticBuilder &BaseDiag = Diag;
1112      BaseDiag << Value;
1113      return Diag;
1114    }
1115  };
1116
1117  /// \brief Emit a diagnostic.
1118  SemaDiagnosticBuilder Diag(SourceLocation Loc, unsigned DiagID) {
1119    DiagnosticBuilder DB = Diags.Report(Loc, DiagID);
1120    return SemaDiagnosticBuilder(DB, *this, DiagID);
1121  }
1122
1123  /// \brief Emit a partial diagnostic.
1124  SemaDiagnosticBuilder Diag(SourceLocation Loc, const PartialDiagnostic& PD);
1125
1126  /// \brief Build a partial diagnostic.
1127  PartialDiagnostic PDiag(unsigned DiagID = 0); // in SemaInternal.h
1128
1129  bool findMacroSpelling(SourceLocation &loc, StringRef name);
1130
1131  /// \brief Get a string to suggest for zero-initialization of a type.
1132  std::string
1133  getFixItZeroInitializerForType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc) const;
1134  std::string getFixItZeroLiteralForType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc) const;
1135
1136  /// \brief Calls \c Lexer::getLocForEndOfToken()
1137  SourceLocation getLocForEndOfToken(SourceLocation Loc, unsigned Offset = 0);
1138
1139  /// \brief Retrieve the module loader associated with the preprocessor.
1140  ModuleLoader &getModuleLoader() const;
1141
1142  void emitAndClearUnusedLocalTypedefWarnings();
1143
1144  void ActOnEndOfTranslationUnit();
1145
1146  void CheckDelegatingCtorCycles();
1147
1148  Scope *getScopeForContext(DeclContext *Ctx);
1149
1150  void PushFunctionScope();
1151  void PushBlockScope(Scope *BlockScope, BlockDecl *Block);
1152  sema::LambdaScopeInfo *PushLambdaScope();
1153
1154  /// \brief This is used to inform Sema what the current TemplateParameterDepth
1155  /// is during Parsing.  Currently it is used to pass on the depth
1156  /// when parsing generic lambda 'auto' parameters.
1157  void RecordParsingTemplateParameterDepth(unsigned Depth);
1158
1159  void PushCapturedRegionScope(Scope *RegionScope, CapturedDecl *CD,
1160                               RecordDecl *RD,
1161                               CapturedRegionKind K);
1162  void
1163  PopFunctionScopeInfo(const sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy *WP = nullptr,
1164                       const Decl *D = nullptr,
1165                       const BlockExpr *blkExpr = nullptr);
1166
1167  sema::FunctionScopeInfo *getCurFunction() const {
1168    return FunctionScopes.back();
1169  }
1170
1171  sema::FunctionScopeInfo *getEnclosingFunction() const {
1172    if (FunctionScopes.empty())
1173      return nullptr;
1174
1175    for (int e = FunctionScopes.size()-1; e >= 0; --e) {
1176      if (isa<sema::BlockScopeInfo>(FunctionScopes[e]))
1177        continue;
1178      return FunctionScopes[e];
1179    }
1180    return nullptr;
1181  }
1182
1183  template <typename ExprT>
1184  void recordUseOfEvaluatedWeak(const ExprT *E, bool IsRead=true) {
1185    if (!isUnevaluatedContext())
1186      getCurFunction()->recordUseOfWeak(E, IsRead);
1187  }
1188
1189  void PushCompoundScope();
1190  void PopCompoundScope();
1191
1192  sema::CompoundScopeInfo &getCurCompoundScope() const;
1193
1194  bool hasAnyUnrecoverableErrorsInThisFunction() const;
1195
1196  /// \brief Retrieve the current block, if any.
1197  sema::BlockScopeInfo *getCurBlock();
1198
1199  /// \brief Retrieve the current lambda scope info, if any.
1200  sema::LambdaScopeInfo *getCurLambda();
1201
1202  /// \brief Retrieve the current generic lambda info, if any.
1203  sema::LambdaScopeInfo *getCurGenericLambda();
1204
1205  /// \brief Retrieve the current captured region, if any.
1206  sema::CapturedRegionScopeInfo *getCurCapturedRegion();
1207
1208  /// WeakTopLevelDeclDecls - access to \#pragma weak-generated Decls
1209  SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &WeakTopLevelDecls() { return WeakTopLevelDecl; }
1210
1211  void ActOnComment(SourceRange Comment);
1212
1213  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
1214  // Type Analysis / Processing: SemaType.cpp.
1215  //
1216
1217  QualType BuildQualifiedType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc, Qualifiers Qs,
1218                              const DeclSpec *DS = nullptr);
1219  QualType BuildQualifiedType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned CVRA,
1220                              const DeclSpec *DS = nullptr);
1221  QualType BuildPointerType(QualType T,
1222                            SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity);
1223  QualType BuildReferenceType(QualType T, bool LValueRef,
1224                              SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity);
1225  QualType BuildArrayType(QualType T, ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM,
1226                          Expr *ArraySize, unsigned Quals,
1227                          SourceRange Brackets, DeclarationName Entity);
1228  QualType BuildExtVectorType(QualType T, Expr *ArraySize,
1229                              SourceLocation AttrLoc);
1230
1231  bool CheckFunctionReturnType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc);
1232
1233  /// \brief Build a function type.
1234  ///
1235  /// This routine checks the function type according to C++ rules and
1236  /// under the assumption that the result type and parameter types have
1237  /// just been instantiated from a template. It therefore duplicates
1238  /// some of the behavior of GetTypeForDeclarator, but in a much
1239  /// simpler form that is only suitable for this narrow use case.
1240  ///
1241  /// \param T The return type of the function.
1242  ///
1243  /// \param ParamTypes The parameter types of the function. This array
1244  /// will be modified to account for adjustments to the types of the
1245  /// function parameters.
1246  ///
1247  /// \param Loc The location of the entity whose type involves this
1248  /// function type or, if there is no such entity, the location of the
1249  /// type that will have function type.
1250  ///
1251  /// \param Entity The name of the entity that involves the function
1252  /// type, if known.
1253  ///
1254  /// \param EPI Extra information about the function type. Usually this will
1255  /// be taken from an existing function with the same prototype.
1256  ///
1257  /// \returns A suitable function type, if there are no errors. The
1258  /// unqualified type will always be a FunctionProtoType.
1259  /// Otherwise, returns a NULL type.
1260  QualType BuildFunctionType(QualType T,
1261                             MutableArrayRef<QualType> ParamTypes,
1262                             SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity,
1263                             const FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo &EPI);
1264
1265  QualType BuildMemberPointerType(QualType T, QualType Class,
1266                                  SourceLocation Loc,
1267                                  DeclarationName Entity);
1268  QualType BuildBlockPointerType(QualType T,
1269                                 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity);
1270  QualType BuildParenType(QualType T);
1271  QualType BuildAtomicType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc);
1272
1273  TypeSourceInfo *GetTypeForDeclarator(Declarator &D, Scope *S);
1274  TypeSourceInfo *GetTypeForDeclaratorCast(Declarator &D, QualType FromTy);
1275  TypeSourceInfo *GetTypeSourceInfoForDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType T,
1276                                               TypeSourceInfo *ReturnTypeInfo);
1277
1278  /// \brief Package the given type and TSI into a ParsedType.
1279  ParsedType CreateParsedType(QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo);
1280  DeclarationNameInfo GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator &D);
1281  DeclarationNameInfo GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Name);
1282  static QualType GetTypeFromParser(ParsedType Ty,
1283                                    TypeSourceInfo **TInfo = nullptr);
1284  CanThrowResult canThrow(const Expr *E);
1285  const FunctionProtoType *ResolveExceptionSpec(SourceLocation Loc,
1286                                                const FunctionProtoType *FPT);
1287  void UpdateExceptionSpec(FunctionDecl *FD,
1288                           const FunctionProtoType::ExceptionSpecInfo &ESI);
1289  bool CheckSpecifiedExceptionType(QualType &T, SourceRange Range);
1290  bool CheckDistantExceptionSpec(QualType T);
1291  bool CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec(FunctionDecl *Old, FunctionDecl *New);
1292  bool CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec(
1293      const FunctionProtoType *Old, SourceLocation OldLoc,
1294      const FunctionProtoType *New, SourceLocation NewLoc);
1295  bool CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec(
1296      const PartialDiagnostic &DiagID, const PartialDiagnostic & NoteID,
1297      const FunctionProtoType *Old, SourceLocation OldLoc,
1298      const FunctionProtoType *New, SourceLocation NewLoc,
1299      bool *MissingExceptionSpecification = nullptr,
1300      bool *MissingEmptyExceptionSpecification = nullptr,
1301      bool AllowNoexceptAllMatchWithNoSpec = false,
1302      bool IsOperatorNew = false);
1303  bool CheckExceptionSpecSubset(
1304      const PartialDiagnostic &DiagID, const PartialDiagnostic & NoteID,
1305      const FunctionProtoType *Superset, SourceLocation SuperLoc,
1306      const FunctionProtoType *Subset, SourceLocation SubLoc);
1307  bool CheckParamExceptionSpec(const PartialDiagnostic & NoteID,
1308      const FunctionProtoType *Target, SourceLocation TargetLoc,
1309      const FunctionProtoType *Source, SourceLocation SourceLoc);
1310
1311  TypeResult ActOnTypeName(Scope *S, Declarator &D);
1312
1313  /// \brief The parser has parsed the context-sensitive type 'instancetype'
1314  /// in an Objective-C message declaration. Return the appropriate type.
1315  ParsedType ActOnObjCInstanceType(SourceLocation Loc);
1316
1317  /// \brief Abstract class used to diagnose incomplete types.
1318  struct TypeDiagnoser {
1319    TypeDiagnoser() {}
1320
1321    virtual void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) = 0;
1322    virtual ~TypeDiagnoser() {}
1323  };
1324
1325  static int getPrintable(int I) { return I; }
1326  static unsigned getPrintable(unsigned I) { return I; }
1327  static bool getPrintable(bool B) { return B; }
1328  static const char * getPrintable(const char *S) { return S; }
1329  static StringRef getPrintable(StringRef S) { return S; }
1330  static const std::string &getPrintable(const std::string &S) { return S; }
1331  static const IdentifierInfo *getPrintable(const IdentifierInfo *II) {
1332    return II;
1333  }
1334  static DeclarationName getPrintable(DeclarationName N) { return N; }
1335  static QualType getPrintable(QualType T) { return T; }
1336  static SourceRange getPrintable(SourceRange R) { return R; }
1337  static SourceRange getPrintable(SourceLocation L) { return L; }
1338  static SourceRange getPrintable(const Expr *E) { return E->getSourceRange(); }
1339  static SourceRange getPrintable(TypeLoc TL) { return TL.getSourceRange();}
1340
1341  template <typename... Ts> class BoundTypeDiagnoser : public TypeDiagnoser {
1342    unsigned DiagID;
1343    std::tuple<const Ts &...> Args;
1344
1345    template <std::size_t... Is>
1346    void emit(const SemaDiagnosticBuilder &DB,
1347              llvm::index_sequence<Is...>) const {
1348      // Apply all tuple elements to the builder in order.
1349      bool Dummy[] = {false, (DB << getPrintable(std::get<Is>(Args)))...};
1350      (void)Dummy;
1351    }
1352
1353  public:
1354    BoundTypeDiagnoser(unsigned DiagID, const Ts &...Args)
1355        : TypeDiagnoser(), DiagID(DiagID), Args(Args...) {
1356      assert(DiagID != 0 && "no diagnostic for type diagnoser");
1357    }
1358
1359    void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) override {
1360      const SemaDiagnosticBuilder &DB = S.Diag(Loc, DiagID);
1361      emit(DB, llvm::index_sequence_for<Ts...>());
1362      DB << T;
1363    }
1364  };
1365
1366private:
1367  bool RequireCompleteTypeImpl(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
1368                               TypeDiagnoser *Diagnoser);
1369
1370  VisibleModuleSet VisibleModules;
1371  llvm::SmallVector<VisibleModuleSet, 16> VisibleModulesStack;
1372
1373  Module *CachedFakeTopLevelModule;
1374
1375public:
1376  /// \brief Get the module owning an entity.
1377  Module *getOwningModule(Decl *Entity);
1378
1379  /// \brief Make a merged definition of an existing hidden definition \p ND
1380  /// visible at the specified location.
1381  void makeMergedDefinitionVisible(NamedDecl *ND, SourceLocation Loc);
1382
1383  bool isModuleVisible(Module *M) { return VisibleModules.isVisible(M); }
1384
1385  /// Determine whether a declaration is visible to name lookup.
1386  bool isVisible(const NamedDecl *D) {
1387    return !D->isHidden() || isVisibleSlow(D);
1388  }
1389  bool hasVisibleMergedDefinition(NamedDecl *Def);
1390
1391  /// Determine if \p D has a visible definition. If not, suggest a declaration
1392  /// that should be made visible to expose the definition.
1393  bool hasVisibleDefinition(NamedDecl *D, NamedDecl **Suggested,
1394                            bool OnlyNeedComplete = false);
1395  bool hasVisibleDefinition(const NamedDecl *D) {
1396    NamedDecl *Hidden;
1397    return hasVisibleDefinition(const_cast<NamedDecl*>(D), &Hidden);
1398  }
1399
1400  /// Determine if the template parameter \p D has a visible default argument.
1401  bool
1402  hasVisibleDefaultArgument(const NamedDecl *D,
1403                            llvm::SmallVectorImpl<Module *> *Modules = nullptr);
1404
1405  /// Determine if \p A and \p B are equivalent internal linkage declarations
1406  /// from different modules, and thus an ambiguity error can be downgraded to
1407  /// an extension warning.
1408  bool isEquivalentInternalLinkageDeclaration(const NamedDecl *A,
1409                                              const NamedDecl *B);
1410  void diagnoseEquivalentInternalLinkageDeclarations(
1411      SourceLocation Loc, const NamedDecl *D,
1412      ArrayRef<const NamedDecl *> Equiv);
1413
1414  bool isCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) {
1415    return !RequireCompleteTypeImpl(Loc, T, nullptr);
1416  }
1417  bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
1418                           TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser);
1419  bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
1420                           unsigned DiagID);
1421
1422  template <typename... Ts>
1423  bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, unsigned DiagID,
1424                           const Ts &...Args) {
1425    BoundTypeDiagnoser<Ts...> Diagnoser(DiagID, Args...);
1426    return RequireCompleteType(Loc, T, Diagnoser);
1427  }
1428
1429  void completeExprArrayBound(Expr *E);
1430  bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser);
1431  bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID);
1432
1433  template <typename... Ts>
1434  bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID, const Ts &...Args) {
1435    BoundTypeDiagnoser<Ts...> Diagnoser(DiagID, Args...);
1436    return RequireCompleteExprType(E, Diagnoser);
1437  }
1438
1439  bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
1440                          TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser);
1441  bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, unsigned DiagID);
1442
1443  template <typename... Ts>
1444  bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, unsigned DiagID,
1445                          const Ts &...Args) {
1446    BoundTypeDiagnoser<Ts...> Diagnoser(DiagID, Args...);
1447    return RequireLiteralType(Loc, T, Diagnoser);
1448  }
1449
1450  QualType getElaboratedType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword,
1451                             const CXXScopeSpec &SS, QualType T);
1452
1453  QualType BuildTypeofExprType(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc);
1454  /// If AsUnevaluated is false, E is treated as though it were an evaluated
1455  /// context, such as when building a type for decltype(auto).
1456  QualType BuildDecltypeType(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc,
1457                             bool AsUnevaluated = true);
1458  QualType BuildUnaryTransformType(QualType BaseType,
1459                                   UnaryTransformType::UTTKind UKind,
1460                                   SourceLocation Loc);
1461
1462  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
1463  // Symbol table / Decl tracking callbacks: SemaDecl.cpp.
1464  //
1465
1466  struct SkipBodyInfo {
1467    SkipBodyInfo() : ShouldSkip(false), Previous(nullptr) {}
1468    bool ShouldSkip;
1469    NamedDecl *Previous;
1470  };
1471
1472  /// List of decls defined in a function prototype. This contains EnumConstants
1473  /// that incorrectly end up in translation unit scope because there is no
1474  /// function to pin them on. ActOnFunctionDeclarator reads this list and patches
1475  /// them into the FunctionDecl.
1476  std::vector<NamedDecl*> DeclsInPrototypeScope;
1477
1478  DeclGroupPtrTy ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Decl *Ptr, Decl *OwnedType = nullptr);
1479
1480  void DiagnoseUseOfUnimplementedSelectors();
1481
1482  bool isSimpleTypeSpecifier(tok::TokenKind Kind) const;
1483
1484  ParsedType getTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc,
1485                         Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS = nullptr,
1486                         bool isClassName = false,
1487                         bool HasTrailingDot = false,
1488                         ParsedType ObjectType = ParsedType(),
1489                         bool IsCtorOrDtorName = false,
1490                         bool WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo = false,
1491                         IdentifierInfo **CorrectedII = nullptr);
1492  TypeSpecifierType isTagName(IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S);
1493  bool isMicrosoftMissingTypename(const CXXScopeSpec *SS, Scope *S);
1494  void DiagnoseUnknownTypeName(IdentifierInfo *&II,
1495                               SourceLocation IILoc,
1496                               Scope *S,
1497                               CXXScopeSpec *SS,
1498                               ParsedType &SuggestedType,
1499                               bool AllowClassTemplates = false);
1500
1501  /// \brief For compatibility with MSVC, we delay parsing of some default
1502  /// template type arguments until instantiation time.  Emits a warning and
1503  /// returns a synthesized DependentNameType that isn't really dependent on any
1504  /// other template arguments.
1505  ParsedType ActOnDelayedDefaultTemplateArg(const IdentifierInfo &II,
1506                                            SourceLocation NameLoc);
1507
1508  /// \brief Describes the result of the name lookup and resolution performed
1509  /// by \c ClassifyName().
1510  enum NameClassificationKind {
1511    NC_Unknown,
1512    NC_Error,
1513    NC_Keyword,
1514    NC_Type,
1515    NC_Expression,
1516    NC_NestedNameSpecifier,
1517    NC_TypeTemplate,
1518    NC_VarTemplate,
1519    NC_FunctionTemplate
1520  };
1521
1522  class NameClassification {
1523    NameClassificationKind Kind;
1524    ExprResult Expr;
1525    TemplateName Template;
1526    ParsedType Type;
1527    const IdentifierInfo *Keyword;
1528
1529    explicit NameClassification(NameClassificationKind Kind) : Kind(Kind) {}
1530
1531  public:
1532    NameClassification(ExprResult Expr) : Kind(NC_Expression), Expr(Expr) {}
1533
1534    NameClassification(ParsedType Type) : Kind(NC_Type), Type(Type) {}
1535
1536    NameClassification(const IdentifierInfo *Keyword)
1537      : Kind(NC_Keyword), Keyword(Keyword) { }
1538
1539    static NameClassification Error() {
1540      return NameClassification(NC_Error);
1541    }
1542
1543    static NameClassification Unknown() {
1544      return NameClassification(NC_Unknown);
1545    }
1546
1547    static NameClassification NestedNameSpecifier() {
1548      return NameClassification(NC_NestedNameSpecifier);
1549    }
1550
1551    static NameClassification TypeTemplate(TemplateName Name) {
1552      NameClassification Result(NC_TypeTemplate);
1553      Result.Template = Name;
1554      return Result;
1555    }
1556
1557    static NameClassification VarTemplate(TemplateName Name) {
1558      NameClassification Result(NC_VarTemplate);
1559      Result.Template = Name;
1560      return Result;
1561    }
1562
1563    static NameClassification FunctionTemplate(TemplateName Name) {
1564      NameClassification Result(NC_FunctionTemplate);
1565      Result.Template = Name;
1566      return Result;
1567    }
1568
1569    NameClassificationKind getKind() const { return Kind; }
1570
1571    ParsedType getType() const {
1572      assert(Kind == NC_Type);
1573      return Type;
1574    }
1575
1576    ExprResult getExpression() const {
1577      assert(Kind == NC_Expression);
1578      return Expr;
1579    }
1580
1581    TemplateName getTemplateName() const {
1582      assert(Kind == NC_TypeTemplate || Kind == NC_FunctionTemplate ||
1583             Kind == NC_VarTemplate);
1584      return Template;
1585    }
1586
1587    TemplateNameKind getTemplateNameKind() const {
1588      switch (Kind) {
1589      case NC_TypeTemplate:
1590        return TNK_Type_template;
1591      case NC_FunctionTemplate:
1592        return TNK_Function_template;
1593      case NC_VarTemplate:
1594        return TNK_Var_template;
1595      default:
1596        llvm_unreachable("unsupported name classification.");
1597      }
1598    }
1599  };
1600
1601  /// \brief Perform name lookup on the given name, classifying it based on
1602  /// the results of name lookup and the following token.
1603  ///
1604  /// This routine is used by the parser to resolve identifiers and help direct
1605  /// parsing. When the identifier cannot be found, this routine will attempt
1606  /// to correct the typo and classify based on the resulting name.
1607  ///
1608  /// \param S The scope in which we're performing name lookup.
1609  ///
1610  /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that precedes the name.
1611  ///
1612  /// \param Name The identifier. If typo correction finds an alternative name,
1613  /// this pointer parameter will be updated accordingly.
1614  ///
1615  /// \param NameLoc The location of the identifier.
1616  ///
1617  /// \param NextToken The token following the identifier. Used to help
1618  /// disambiguate the name.
1619  ///
1620  /// \param IsAddressOfOperand True if this name is the operand of a unary
1621  ///        address of ('&') expression, assuming it is classified as an
1622  ///        expression.
1623  ///
1624  /// \param CCC The correction callback, if typo correction is desired.
1625  NameClassification
1626  ClassifyName(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, IdentifierInfo *&Name,
1627               SourceLocation NameLoc, const Token &NextToken,
1628               bool IsAddressOfOperand,
1629               std::unique_ptr<CorrectionCandidateCallback> CCC = nullptr);
1630
1631  Decl *ActOnDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D);
1632
1633  NamedDecl *HandleDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
1634                              MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists);
1635  void RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NamedDecl *ND, Scope *S);
1636  bool DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DeclContext *DC, DeclarationNameInfo Info);
1637  bool diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC,
1638                                    DeclarationName Name,
1639                                    SourceLocation Loc);
1640  void
1641  diagnoseIgnoredQualifiers(unsigned DiagID, unsigned Quals,
1642                            SourceLocation FallbackLoc,
1643                            SourceLocation ConstQualLoc = SourceLocation(),
1644                            SourceLocation VolatileQualLoc = SourceLocation(),
1645                            SourceLocation RestrictQualLoc = SourceLocation(),
1646                            SourceLocation AtomicQualLoc = SourceLocation());
1647
1648  static bool adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DeclContext *&DC);
1649  void DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(const DeclSpec &DS);
1650  void CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D, const LookupResult& R);
1651  void CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D);
1652  void CheckCastAlign(Expr *Op, QualType T, SourceRange TRange);
1653  void handleTagNumbering(const TagDecl *Tag, Scope *TagScope);
1654  void setTagNameForLinkagePurposes(TagDecl *TagFromDeclSpec,
1655                                    TypedefNameDecl *NewTD);
1656  void CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *D);
1657  NamedDecl* ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC,
1658                                    TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
1659                                    LookupResult &Previous);
1660  NamedDecl* ActOnTypedefNameDecl(Scope* S, DeclContext* DC, TypedefNameDecl *D,
1661                                  LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration);
1662  NamedDecl *ActOnVariableDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC,
1663                                     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
1664                                     LookupResult &Previous,
1665                                     MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists,
1666                                     bool &AddToScope);
1667  // Returns true if the variable declaration is a redeclaration
1668  bool CheckVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *NewVD, LookupResult &Previous);
1669  void CheckVariableDeclarationType(VarDecl *NewVD);
1670  void CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *var);
1671  void MaybeSuggestAddingStaticToDecl(const FunctionDecl *D);
1672
1673  NamedDecl* ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC,
1674                                     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
1675                                     LookupResult &Previous,
1676                                     MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists,
1677                                     bool &AddToScope);
1678  bool AddOverriddenMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD);
1679
1680  bool CheckConstexprFunctionDecl(const FunctionDecl *FD);
1681  bool CheckConstexprFunctionBody(const FunctionDecl *FD, Stmt *Body);
1682
1683  void DiagnoseHiddenVirtualMethods(CXXMethodDecl *MD);
1684  void FindHiddenVirtualMethods(CXXMethodDecl *MD,
1685                          SmallVectorImpl<CXXMethodDecl*> &OverloadedMethods);
1686  void NoteHiddenVirtualMethods(CXXMethodDecl *MD,
1687                          SmallVectorImpl<CXXMethodDecl*> &OverloadedMethods);
1688  // Returns true if the function declaration is a redeclaration
1689  bool CheckFunctionDeclaration(Scope *S,
1690                                FunctionDecl *NewFD, LookupResult &Previous,
1691                                bool IsExplicitSpecialization);
1692  void CheckMain(FunctionDecl *FD, const DeclSpec &D);
1693  void CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(FunctionDecl *FD);
1694  Decl *ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D);
1695  ParmVarDecl *BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(DeclContext *DC,
1696                                          SourceLocation Loc,
1697                                          QualType T);
1698  ParmVarDecl *CheckParameter(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc,
1699                              SourceLocation NameLoc, IdentifierInfo *Name,
1700                              QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo,
1701                              StorageClass SC);
1702  void ActOnParamDefaultArgument(Decl *param,
1703                                 SourceLocation EqualLoc,
1704                                 Expr *defarg);
1705  void ActOnParamUnparsedDefaultArgument(Decl *param,
1706                                         SourceLocation EqualLoc,
1707                                         SourceLocation ArgLoc);
1708  void ActOnParamDefaultArgumentError(Decl *param, SourceLocation EqualLoc);
1709  bool SetParamDefaultArgument(ParmVarDecl *Param, Expr *DefaultArg,
1710                               SourceLocation EqualLoc);
1711
1712  void AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *dcl, Expr *init, bool DirectInit,
1713                            bool TypeMayContainAuto);
1714  void ActOnUninitializedDecl(Decl *dcl, bool TypeMayContainAuto);
1715  void ActOnInitializerError(Decl *Dcl);
1716  void ActOnPureSpecifier(Decl *D, SourceLocation PureSpecLoc);
1717  void ActOnCXXForRangeDecl(Decl *D);
1718  StmtResult ActOnCXXForRangeIdentifier(Scope *S, SourceLocation IdentLoc,
1719                                        IdentifierInfo *Ident,
1720                                        ParsedAttributes &Attrs,
1721                                        SourceLocation AttrEnd);
1722  void SetDeclDeleted(Decl *dcl, SourceLocation DelLoc);
1723  void SetDeclDefaulted(Decl *dcl, SourceLocation DefaultLoc);
1724  void FinalizeDeclaration(Decl *D);
1725  DeclGroupPtrTy FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS,
1726                                         ArrayRef<Decl *> Group);
1727  DeclGroupPtrTy BuildDeclaratorGroup(MutableArrayRef<Decl *> Group,
1728                                      bool TypeMayContainAuto = true);
1729
1730  /// Should be called on all declarations that might have attached
1731  /// documentation comments.
1732  void ActOnDocumentableDecl(Decl *D);
1733  void ActOnDocumentableDecls(ArrayRef<Decl *> Group);
1734
1735  void ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
1736                                       SourceLocation LocAfterDecls);
1737  void CheckForFunctionRedefinition(
1738      FunctionDecl *FD, const FunctionDecl *EffectiveDefinition = nullptr,
1739      SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody = nullptr);
1740  Decl *ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
1741                                MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists,
1742                                SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody = nullptr);
1743  Decl *ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *S, Decl *D,
1744                                SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody = nullptr);
1745  void ActOnStartOfObjCMethodDef(Scope *S, Decl *D);
1746  bool isObjCMethodDecl(Decl *D) {
1747    return D && isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(D);
1748  }
1749
1750  /// \brief Determine whether we can delay parsing the body of a function or
1751  /// function template until it is used, assuming we don't care about emitting
1752  /// code for that function.
1753  ///
1754  /// This will be \c false if we may need the body of the function in the
1755  /// middle of parsing an expression (where it's impractical to switch to
1756  /// parsing a different function), for instance, if it's constexpr in C++11
1757  /// or has an 'auto' return type in C++14. These cases are essentially bugs.
1758  bool canDelayFunctionBody(const Declarator &D);
1759
1760  /// \brief Determine whether we can skip parsing the body of a function
1761  /// definition, assuming we don't care about analyzing its body or emitting
1762  /// code for that function.
1763  ///
1764  /// This will be \c false only if we may need the body of the function in
1765  /// order to parse the rest of the program (for instance, if it is
1766  /// \c constexpr in C++11 or has an 'auto' return type in C++14).
1767  bool canSkipFunctionBody(Decl *D);
1768
1769  void computeNRVO(Stmt *Body, sema::FunctionScopeInfo *Scope);
1770  Decl *ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *Decl, Stmt *Body);
1771  Decl *ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *Decl, Stmt *Body, bool IsInstantiation);
1772  Decl *ActOnSkippedFunctionBody(Decl *Decl);
1773  void ActOnFinishInlineMethodDef(CXXMethodDecl *D);
1774
1775  /// ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute - Invoked when we have finished parsing an
1776  /// attribute for which parsing is delayed.
1777  void ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute(Scope *S, Decl *D, ParsedAttributes &Attrs);
1778
1779  /// \brief Diagnose any unused parameters in the given sequence of
1780  /// ParmVarDecl pointers.
1781  void DiagnoseUnusedParameters(ParmVarDecl * const *Begin,
1782                                ParmVarDecl * const *End);
1783
1784  /// \brief Diagnose whether the size of parameters or return value of a
1785  /// function or obj-c method definition is pass-by-value and larger than a
1786  /// specified threshold.
1787  void DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(ParmVarDecl * const *Begin,
1788                                              ParmVarDecl * const *End,
1789                                              QualType ReturnTy,
1790                                              NamedDecl *D);
1791
1792  void DiagnoseInvalidJumps(Stmt *Body);
1793  Decl *ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(Expr *expr,
1794                              SourceLocation AsmLoc,
1795                              SourceLocation RParenLoc);
1796
1797  /// \brief Handle a C++11 empty-declaration and attribute-declaration.
1798  Decl *ActOnEmptyDeclaration(Scope *S,
1799                              AttributeList *AttrList,
1800                              SourceLocation SemiLoc);
1801
1802  /// \brief The parser has processed a module import declaration.
1803  ///
1804  /// \param AtLoc The location of the '@' symbol, if any.
1805  ///
1806  /// \param ImportLoc The location of the 'import' keyword.
1807  ///
1808  /// \param Path The module access path.
1809  DeclResult ActOnModuleImport(SourceLocation AtLoc, SourceLocation ImportLoc,
1810                               ModuleIdPath Path);
1811
1812  /// \brief The parser has processed a module import translated from a
1813  /// #include or similar preprocessing directive.
1814  void ActOnModuleInclude(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod);
1815
1816  /// \brief The parsed has entered a submodule.
1817  void ActOnModuleBegin(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod);
1818  /// \brief The parser has left a submodule.
1819  void ActOnModuleEnd(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod);
1820
1821  /// \brief Check if module import may be found in the current context,
1822  /// emit error if not.
1823  void diagnoseMisplacedModuleImport(Module *M, SourceLocation ImportLoc);
1824
1825  /// \brief Create an implicit import of the given module at the given
1826  /// source location, for error recovery, if possible.
1827  ///
1828  /// This routine is typically used when an entity found by name lookup
1829  /// is actually hidden within a module that we know about but the user
1830  /// has forgotten to import.
1831  void createImplicitModuleImportForErrorRecovery(SourceLocation Loc,
1832                                                  Module *Mod);
1833
1834  /// Kinds of missing import. Note, the values of these enumerators correspond
1835  /// to %select values in diagnostics.
1836  enum class MissingImportKind {
1837    Declaration,
1838    Definition,
1839    DefaultArgument
1840  };
1841
1842  /// \brief Diagnose that the specified declaration needs to be visible but
1843  /// isn't, and suggest a module import that would resolve the problem.
1844  void diagnoseMissingImport(SourceLocation Loc, NamedDecl *Decl,
1845                             bool NeedDefinition, bool Recover = true);
1846  void diagnoseMissingImport(SourceLocation Loc, NamedDecl *Decl,
1847                             SourceLocation DeclLoc, ArrayRef<Module *> Modules,
1848                             MissingImportKind MIK, bool Recover);
1849
1850  /// \brief Retrieve a suitable printing policy.
1851  PrintingPolicy getPrintingPolicy() const {
1852    return getPrintingPolicy(Context, PP);
1853  }
1854
1855  /// \brief Retrieve a suitable printing policy.
1856  static PrintingPolicy getPrintingPolicy(const ASTContext &Ctx,
1857                                          const Preprocessor &PP);
1858
1859  /// Scope actions.
1860  void ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *S);
1861  void ActOnTranslationUnitScope(Scope *S);
1862
1863  Decl *ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS,
1864                                   DeclSpec &DS);
1865  Decl *ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS,
1866                                   DeclSpec &DS,
1867                                   MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams,
1868                                   bool IsExplicitInstantiation = false);
1869
1870  Decl *BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS,
1871                                    AccessSpecifier AS,
1872                                    RecordDecl *Record,
1873                                    const PrintingPolicy &Policy);
1874
1875  Decl *BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS,
1876                                       RecordDecl *Record);
1877
1878  bool isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(const TagDecl *Previous,
1879                                    TagTypeKind NewTag, bool isDefinition,
1880                                    SourceLocation NewTagLoc,
1881                                    const IdentifierInfo *Name);
1882
1883  enum TagUseKind {
1884    TUK_Reference,   // Reference to a tag:  'struct foo *X;'
1885    TUK_Declaration, // Fwd decl of a tag:   'struct foo;'
1886    TUK_Definition,  // Definition of a tag: 'struct foo { int X; } Y;'
1887    TUK_Friend       // Friend declaration:  'friend struct foo;'
1888  };
1889
1890  Decl *ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK,
1891                 SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
1892                 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc,
1893                 AttributeList *Attr, AccessSpecifier AS,
1894                 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc,
1895                 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists,
1896                 bool &OwnedDecl, bool &IsDependent,
1897                 SourceLocation ScopedEnumKWLoc,
1898                 bool ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, TypeResult UnderlyingType,
1899                 bool IsTypeSpecifier, SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody = nullptr);
1900
1901  Decl *ActOnTemplatedFriendTag(Scope *S, SourceLocation FriendLoc,
1902                                unsigned TagSpec, SourceLocation TagLoc,
1903                                CXXScopeSpec &SS,
1904                                IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc,
1905                                AttributeList *Attr,
1906                                MultiTemplateParamsArg TempParamLists);
1907
1908  TypeResult ActOnDependentTag(Scope *S,
1909                               unsigned TagSpec,
1910                               TagUseKind TUK,
1911                               const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
1912                               IdentifierInfo *Name,
1913                               SourceLocation TagLoc,
1914                               SourceLocation NameLoc);
1915
1916  void ActOnDefs(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart,
1917                 IdentifierInfo *ClassName,
1918                 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &Decls);
1919  Decl *ActOnField(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart,
1920                   Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth);
1921
1922  FieldDecl *HandleField(Scope *S, RecordDecl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart,
1923                         Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth,
1924                         InClassInitStyle InitStyle,
1925                         AccessSpecifier AS);
1926  MSPropertyDecl *HandleMSProperty(Scope *S, RecordDecl *TagD,
1927                                   SourceLocation DeclStart,
1928                                   Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth,
1929                                   InClassInitStyle InitStyle,
1930                                   AccessSpecifier AS,
1931                                   AttributeList *MSPropertyAttr);
1932
1933  FieldDecl *CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name, QualType T,
1934                            TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
1935                            RecordDecl *Record, SourceLocation Loc,
1936                            bool Mutable, Expr *BitfieldWidth,
1937                            InClassInitStyle InitStyle,
1938                            SourceLocation TSSL,
1939                            AccessSpecifier AS, NamedDecl *PrevDecl,
1940                            Declarator *D = nullptr);
1941
1942  bool CheckNontrivialField(FieldDecl *FD);
1943  void DiagnoseNontrivial(const CXXRecordDecl *Record, CXXSpecialMember CSM);
1944  bool SpecialMemberIsTrivial(CXXMethodDecl *MD, CXXSpecialMember CSM,
1945                              bool Diagnose = false);
1946  CXXSpecialMember getSpecialMember(const CXXMethodDecl *MD);
1947  void ActOnLastBitfield(SourceLocation DeclStart,
1948                         SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &AllIvarDecls);
1949  Decl *ActOnIvar(Scope *S, SourceLocation DeclStart,
1950                  Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth,
1951                  tok::ObjCKeywordKind visibility);
1952
1953  // This is used for both record definitions and ObjC interface declarations.
1954  void ActOnFields(Scope* S, SourceLocation RecLoc, Decl *TagDecl,
1955                   ArrayRef<Decl *> Fields,
1956                   SourceLocation LBrac, SourceLocation RBrac,
1957                   AttributeList *AttrList);
1958
1959  /// ActOnTagStartDefinition - Invoked when we have entered the
1960  /// scope of a tag's definition (e.g., for an enumeration, class,
1961  /// struct, or union).
1962  void ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl);
1963
1964  typedef void *SkippedDefinitionContext;
1965
1966  /// \brief Invoked when we enter a tag definition that we're skipping.
1967  SkippedDefinitionContext ActOnTagStartSkippedDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TD);
1968
1969  Decl *ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(Decl *IDecl);
1970
1971  /// ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations - Invoked when we have parsed a
1972  /// C++ record definition's base-specifiers clause and are starting its
1973  /// member declarations.
1974  void ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl,
1975                                       SourceLocation FinalLoc,
1976                                       bool IsFinalSpelledSealed,
1977                                       SourceLocation LBraceLoc);
1978
1979  /// ActOnTagFinishDefinition - Invoked once we have finished parsing
1980  /// the definition of a tag (enumeration, class, struct, or union).
1981  void ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl,
1982                                SourceLocation RBraceLoc);
1983
1984  void ActOnTagFinishSkippedDefinition(SkippedDefinitionContext Context);
1985
1986  void ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition();
1987
1988  /// \brief Invoked when we must temporarily exit the objective-c container
1989  /// scope for parsing/looking-up C constructs.
1990  ///
1991  /// Must be followed by a call to \see ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext
1992  void ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext(DeclContext *DC);
1993  void ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext(DeclContext *DC);
1994
1995  /// ActOnTagDefinitionError - Invoked when there was an unrecoverable
1996  /// error parsing the definition of a tag.
1997  void ActOnTagDefinitionError(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl);
1998
1999  EnumConstantDecl *CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl *Enum,
2000                                      EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst,
2001                                      SourceLocation IdLoc,
2002                                      IdentifierInfo *Id,
2003                                      Expr *val);
2004  bool CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TypeSourceInfo *TI);
2005  bool CheckEnumRedeclaration(SourceLocation EnumLoc, bool IsScoped,
2006                              QualType EnumUnderlyingTy,
2007                              bool EnumUnderlyingIsImplicit,
2008                              const EnumDecl *Prev);
2009
2010  /// Determine whether the body of an anonymous enumeration should be skipped.
2011  /// \param II The name of the first enumerator.
2012  SkipBodyInfo shouldSkipAnonEnumBody(Scope *S, IdentifierInfo *II,
2013                                      SourceLocation IILoc);
2014
2015  Decl *ActOnEnumConstant(Scope *S, Decl *EnumDecl, Decl *LastEnumConstant,
2016                          SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id,
2017                          AttributeList *Attrs,
2018                          SourceLocation EqualLoc, Expr *Val);
2019  void ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc,
2020                     SourceLocation RBraceLoc, Decl *EnumDecl,
2021                     ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements,
2022                     Scope *S, AttributeList *Attr);
2023
2024  DeclContext *getContainingDC(DeclContext *DC);
2025
2026  /// Set the current declaration context until it gets popped.
2027  void PushDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC);
2028  void PopDeclContext();
2029
2030  /// EnterDeclaratorContext - Used when we must lookup names in the context
2031  /// of a declarator's nested name specifier.
2032  void EnterDeclaratorContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC);
2033  void ExitDeclaratorContext(Scope *S);
2034
2035  /// Push the parameters of D, which must be a function, into scope.
2036  void ActOnReenterFunctionContext(Scope* S, Decl* D);
2037  void ActOnExitFunctionContext();
2038
2039  DeclContext *getFunctionLevelDeclContext();
2040
2041  /// getCurFunctionDecl - If inside of a function body, this returns a pointer
2042  /// to the function decl for the function being parsed.  If we're currently
2043  /// in a 'block', this returns the containing context.
2044  FunctionDecl *getCurFunctionDecl();
2045
2046  /// getCurMethodDecl - If inside of a method body, this returns a pointer to
2047  /// the method decl for the method being parsed.  If we're currently
2048  /// in a 'block', this returns the containing context.
2049  ObjCMethodDecl *getCurMethodDecl();
2050
2051  /// getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl - Return the Decl for the current ObjC method
2052  /// or C function we're in, otherwise return null.  If we're currently
2053  /// in a 'block', this returns the containing context.
2054  NamedDecl *getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl();
2055
2056  /// Add this decl to the scope shadowed decl chains.
2057  void PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl *D, Scope *S, bool AddToContext = true);
2058
2059  /// \brief Make the given externally-produced declaration visible at the
2060  /// top level scope.
2061  ///
2062  /// \param D The externally-produced declaration to push.
2063  ///
2064  /// \param Name The name of the externally-produced declaration.
2065  void pushExternalDeclIntoScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclarationName Name);
2066
2067  /// isDeclInScope - If 'Ctx' is a function/method, isDeclInScope returns true
2068  /// if 'D' is in Scope 'S', otherwise 'S' is ignored and isDeclInScope returns
2069  /// true if 'D' belongs to the given declaration context.
2070  ///
2071  /// \param AllowInlineNamespace If \c true, allow the declaration to be in the
2072  ///        enclosing namespace set of the context, rather than contained
2073  ///        directly within it.
2074  bool isDeclInScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S = nullptr,
2075                     bool AllowInlineNamespace = false);
2076
2077  /// Finds the scope corresponding to the given decl context, if it
2078  /// happens to be an enclosing scope.  Otherwise return NULL.
2079  static Scope *getScopeForDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC);
2080
2081  /// Subroutines of ActOnDeclarator().
2082  TypedefDecl *ParseTypedefDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, QualType T,
2083                                TypeSourceInfo *TInfo);
2084  bool isIncompatibleTypedef(TypeDecl *Old, TypedefNameDecl *New);
2085
2086  /// \brief Describes the kind of merge to perform for availability
2087  /// attributes (including "deprecated", "unavailable", and "availability").
2088  enum AvailabilityMergeKind {
2089    /// \brief Don't merge availability attributes at all.
2090    AMK_None,
2091    /// \brief Merge availability attributes for a redeclaration, which requires
2092    /// an exact match.
2093    AMK_Redeclaration,
2094    /// \brief Merge availability attributes for an override, which requires
2095    /// an exact match or a weakening of constraints.
2096    AMK_Override,
2097    /// \brief Merge availability attributes for an implementation of
2098    /// a protocol requirement.
2099    AMK_ProtocolImplementation,
2100  };
2101
2102  /// Attribute merging methods. Return true if a new attribute was added.
2103  AvailabilityAttr *mergeAvailabilityAttr(NamedDecl *D, SourceRange Range,
2104                                          IdentifierInfo *Platform,
2105                                          VersionTuple Introduced,
2106                                          VersionTuple Deprecated,
2107                                          VersionTuple Obsoleted,
2108                                          bool IsUnavailable,
2109                                          StringRef Message,
2110                                          AvailabilityMergeKind AMK,
2111                                          unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex);
2112  TypeVisibilityAttr *mergeTypeVisibilityAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range,
2113                                       TypeVisibilityAttr::VisibilityType Vis,
2114                                              unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex);
2115  VisibilityAttr *mergeVisibilityAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range,
2116                                      VisibilityAttr::VisibilityType Vis,
2117                                      unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex);
2118  DLLImportAttr *mergeDLLImportAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range,
2119                                    unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex);
2120  DLLExportAttr *mergeDLLExportAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range,
2121                                    unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex);
2122  MSInheritanceAttr *
2123  mergeMSInheritanceAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, bool BestCase,
2124                         unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex,
2125                         MSInheritanceAttr::Spelling SemanticSpelling);
2126  FormatAttr *mergeFormatAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range,
2127                              IdentifierInfo *Format, int FormatIdx,
2128                              int FirstArg, unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex);
2129  SectionAttr *mergeSectionAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, StringRef Name,
2130                                unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex);
2131  AlwaysInlineAttr *mergeAlwaysInlineAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range,
2132                                          IdentifierInfo *Ident,
2133                                          unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex);
2134  MinSizeAttr *mergeMinSizeAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range,
2135                                unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex);
2136  OptimizeNoneAttr *mergeOptimizeNoneAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range,
2137                                          unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex);
2138  InternalLinkageAttr *mergeInternalLinkageAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range,
2139                                                IdentifierInfo *Ident,
2140                                                unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex);
2141  CommonAttr *mergeCommonAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, IdentifierInfo *Ident,
2142                              unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex);
2143
2144  void mergeDeclAttributes(NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old,
2145                           AvailabilityMergeKind AMK = AMK_Redeclaration);
2146  void MergeTypedefNameDecl(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *New,
2147                            LookupResult &OldDecls);
2148  bool MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, NamedDecl *&Old, Scope *S,
2149                         bool MergeTypeWithOld);
2150  bool MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old,
2151                                    Scope *S, bool MergeTypeWithOld);
2152  void mergeObjCMethodDecls(ObjCMethodDecl *New, ObjCMethodDecl *Old);
2153  void MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, LookupResult &Previous);
2154  void MergeVarDeclTypes(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old, bool MergeTypeWithOld);
2155  void MergeVarDeclExceptionSpecs(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old);
2156  bool MergeCXXFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, Scope *S);
2157
2158  // AssignmentAction - This is used by all the assignment diagnostic functions
2159  // to represent what is actually causing the operation
2160  enum AssignmentAction {
2161    AA_Assigning,
2162    AA_Passing,
2163    AA_Returning,
2164    AA_Converting,
2165    AA_Initializing,
2166    AA_Sending,
2167    AA_Casting,
2168    AA_Passing_CFAudited
2169  };
2170
2171  /// C++ Overloading.
2172  enum OverloadKind {
2173    /// This is a legitimate overload: the existing declarations are
2174    /// functions or function templates with different signatures.
2175    Ovl_Overload,
2176
2177    /// This is not an overload because the signature exactly matches
2178    /// an existing declaration.
2179    Ovl_Match,
2180
2181    /// This is not an overload because the lookup results contain a
2182    /// non-function.
2183    Ovl_NonFunction
2184  };
2185  OverloadKind CheckOverload(Scope *S,
2186                             FunctionDecl *New,
2187                             const LookupResult &OldDecls,
2188                             NamedDecl *&OldDecl,
2189                             bool IsForUsingDecl);
2190  bool IsOverload(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, bool IsForUsingDecl);
2191
2192  /// \brief Checks availability of the function depending on the current
2193  /// function context.Inside an unavailable function,unavailability is ignored.
2194  ///
2195  /// \returns true if \p FD is unavailable and current context is inside
2196  /// an available function, false otherwise.
2197  bool isFunctionConsideredUnavailable(FunctionDecl *FD);
2198
2199  ImplicitConversionSequence
2200  TryImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
2201                        bool SuppressUserConversions,
2202                        bool AllowExplicit,
2203                        bool InOverloadResolution,
2204                        bool CStyle,
2205                        bool AllowObjCWritebackConversion);
2206
2207  bool IsIntegralPromotion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType);
2208  bool IsFloatingPointPromotion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType);
2209  bool IsComplexPromotion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType);
2210  bool IsPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
2211                           bool InOverloadResolution,
2212                           QualType& ConvertedType, bool &IncompatibleObjC);
2213  bool isObjCPointerConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
2214                               QualType& ConvertedType, bool &IncompatibleObjC);
2215  bool isObjCWritebackConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
2216                                 QualType &ConvertedType);
2217  bool IsBlockPointerConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
2218                                QualType& ConvertedType);
2219  bool FunctionParamTypesAreEqual(const FunctionProtoType *OldType,
2220                                  const FunctionProtoType *NewType,
2221                                  unsigned *ArgPos = nullptr);
2222  void HandleFunctionTypeMismatch(PartialDiagnostic &PDiag,
2223                                  QualType FromType, QualType ToType);
2224
2225  void maybeExtendBlockObject(ExprResult &E);
2226  CastKind PrepareCastToObjCObjectPointer(ExprResult &E);
2227  bool CheckPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
2228                              CastKind &Kind,
2229                              CXXCastPath& BasePath,
2230                              bool IgnoreBaseAccess);
2231  bool IsMemberPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
2232                                 bool InOverloadResolution,
2233                                 QualType &ConvertedType);
2234  bool CheckMemberPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
2235                                    CastKind &Kind,
2236                                    CXXCastPath &BasePath,
2237                                    bool IgnoreBaseAccess);
2238  bool IsQualificationConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
2239                                 bool CStyle, bool &ObjCLifetimeConversion);
2240  bool IsNoReturnConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
2241                            QualType &ResultTy);
2242  bool DiagnoseMultipleUserDefinedConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType);
2243  bool isSameOrCompatibleFunctionType(CanQualType Param, CanQualType Arg);
2244
2245  ExprResult PerformMoveOrCopyInitialization(const InitializedEntity &Entity,
2246                                             const VarDecl *NRVOCandidate,
2247                                             QualType ResultType,
2248                                             Expr *Value,
2249                                             bool AllowNRVO = true);
2250
2251  bool CanPerformCopyInitialization(const InitializedEntity &Entity,
2252                                    ExprResult Init);
2253  ExprResult PerformCopyInitialization(const InitializedEntity &Entity,
2254                                       SourceLocation EqualLoc,
2255                                       ExprResult Init,
2256                                       bool TopLevelOfInitList = false,
2257                                       bool AllowExplicit = false);
2258  ExprResult PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(Expr *From,
2259                                                 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier,
2260                                                 NamedDecl *FoundDecl,
2261                                                 CXXMethodDecl *Method);
2262
2263  ExprResult PerformContextuallyConvertToBool(Expr *From);
2264  ExprResult PerformContextuallyConvertToObjCPointer(Expr *From);
2265
2266  /// Contexts in which a converted constant expression is required.
2267  enum CCEKind {
2268    CCEK_CaseValue,   ///< Expression in a case label.
2269    CCEK_Enumerator,  ///< Enumerator value with fixed underlying type.
2270    CCEK_TemplateArg, ///< Value of a non-type template parameter.
2271    CCEK_NewExpr      ///< Constant expression in a noptr-new-declarator.
2272  };
2273  ExprResult CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Expr *From, QualType T,
2274                                              llvm::APSInt &Value, CCEKind CCE);
2275  ExprResult CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Expr *From, QualType T,
2276                                              APValue &Value, CCEKind CCE);
2277
2278  /// \brief Abstract base class used to perform a contextual implicit
2279  /// conversion from an expression to any type passing a filter.
2280  class ContextualImplicitConverter {
2281  public:
2282    bool Suppress;
2283    bool SuppressConversion;
2284
2285    ContextualImplicitConverter(bool Suppress = false,
2286                                bool SuppressConversion = false)
2287        : Suppress(Suppress), SuppressConversion(SuppressConversion) {}
2288
2289    /// \brief Determine whether the specified type is a valid destination type
2290    /// for this conversion.
2291    virtual bool match(QualType T) = 0;
2292
2293    /// \brief Emits a diagnostic complaining that the expression does not have
2294    /// integral or enumeration type.
2295    virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder
2296    diagnoseNoMatch(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) = 0;
2297
2298    /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when the expression has incomplete class type.
2299    virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder
2300    diagnoseIncomplete(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) = 0;
2301
2302    /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when the only matching conversion function
2303    /// is explicit.
2304    virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseExplicitConv(
2305        Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, QualType ConvTy) = 0;
2306
2307    /// \brief Emits a note for the explicit conversion function.
2308    virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder
2309    noteExplicitConv(Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, QualType ConvTy) = 0;
2310
2311    /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when there are multiple possible conversion
2312    /// functions.
2313    virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder
2314    diagnoseAmbiguous(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) = 0;
2315
2316    /// \brief Emits a note for one of the candidate conversions.
2317    virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder
2318    noteAmbiguous(Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, QualType ConvTy) = 0;
2319
2320    /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when we picked a conversion function
2321    /// (for cases when we are not allowed to pick a conversion function).
2322    virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseConversion(
2323        Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, QualType ConvTy) = 0;
2324
2325    virtual ~ContextualImplicitConverter() {}
2326  };
2327
2328  class ICEConvertDiagnoser : public ContextualImplicitConverter {
2329    bool AllowScopedEnumerations;
2330
2331  public:
2332    ICEConvertDiagnoser(bool AllowScopedEnumerations,
2333                        bool Suppress, bool SuppressConversion)
2334        : ContextualImplicitConverter(Suppress, SuppressConversion),
2335          AllowScopedEnumerations(AllowScopedEnumerations) {}
2336
2337    /// Match an integral or (possibly scoped) enumeration type.
2338    bool match(QualType T) override;
2339
2340    SemaDiagnosticBuilder
2341    diagnoseNoMatch(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) override {
2342      return diagnoseNotInt(S, Loc, T);
2343    }
2344
2345    /// \brief Emits a diagnostic complaining that the expression does not have
2346    /// integral or enumeration type.
2347    virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder
2348    diagnoseNotInt(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) = 0;
2349  };
2350
2351  /// Perform a contextual implicit conversion.
2352  ExprResult PerformContextualImplicitConversion(
2353      SourceLocation Loc, Expr *FromE, ContextualImplicitConverter &Converter);
2354
2355
2356  enum ObjCSubscriptKind {
2357    OS_Array,
2358    OS_Dictionary,
2359    OS_Error
2360  };
2361  ObjCSubscriptKind CheckSubscriptingKind(Expr *FromE);
2362
2363  // Note that LK_String is intentionally after the other literals, as
2364  // this is used for diagnostics logic.
2365  enum ObjCLiteralKind {
2366    LK_Array,
2367    LK_Dictionary,
2368    LK_Numeric,
2369    LK_Boxed,
2370    LK_String,
2371    LK_Block,
2372    LK_None
2373  };
2374  ObjCLiteralKind CheckLiteralKind(Expr *FromE);
2375
2376  ExprResult PerformObjectMemberConversion(Expr *From,
2377                                           NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier,
2378                                           NamedDecl *FoundDecl,
2379                                           NamedDecl *Member);
2380
2381  // Members have to be NamespaceDecl* or TranslationUnitDecl*.
2382  // TODO: make this is a typesafe union.
2383  typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<DeclContext   *, 16> AssociatedNamespaceSet;
2384  typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<CXXRecordDecl *, 16> AssociatedClassSet;
2385
2386  void AddOverloadCandidate(FunctionDecl *Function,
2387                            DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
2388                            ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2389                            OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
2390                            bool SuppressUserConversions = false,
2391                            bool PartialOverloading = false,
2392                            bool AllowExplicit = false);
2393  void AddFunctionCandidates(const UnresolvedSetImpl &Functions,
2394                      ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2395                      OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet,
2396                      TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = nullptr,
2397                      bool SuppressUserConversions = false,
2398                      bool PartialOverloading = false);
2399  void AddMethodCandidate(DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
2400                          QualType ObjectType,
2401                          Expr::Classification ObjectClassification,
2402                          ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2403                          OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
2404                          bool SuppressUserConversion = false);
2405  void AddMethodCandidate(CXXMethodDecl *Method,
2406                          DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
2407                          CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, QualType ObjectType,
2408                          Expr::Classification ObjectClassification,
2409                          ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2410                          OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
2411                          bool SuppressUserConversions = false,
2412                          bool PartialOverloading = false);
2413  void AddMethodTemplateCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *MethodTmpl,
2414                                  DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
2415                                  CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext,
2416                                 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
2417                                  QualType ObjectType,
2418                                  Expr::Classification ObjectClassification,
2419                                  ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2420                                  OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
2421                                  bool SuppressUserConversions = false,
2422                                  bool PartialOverloading = false);
2423  void AddTemplateOverloadCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
2424                                    DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
2425                                 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
2426                                    ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2427                                    OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
2428                                    bool SuppressUserConversions = false,
2429                                    bool PartialOverloading = false);
2430  void AddConversionCandidate(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion,
2431                              DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
2432                              CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext,
2433                              Expr *From, QualType ToType,
2434                              OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
2435                              bool AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit);
2436  void AddTemplateConversionCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
2437                                      DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
2438                                      CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext,
2439                                      Expr *From, QualType ToType,
2440                                      OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet,
2441                                      bool AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit);
2442  void AddSurrogateCandidate(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion,
2443                             DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
2444                             CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext,
2445                             const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
2446                             Expr *Object, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2447                             OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet);
2448  void AddMemberOperatorCandidates(OverloadedOperatorKind Op,
2449                                   SourceLocation OpLoc, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2450                                   OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
2451                                   SourceRange OpRange = SourceRange());
2452  void AddBuiltinCandidate(QualType ResultTy, QualType *ParamTys,
2453                           ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2454                           OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
2455                           bool IsAssignmentOperator = false,
2456                           unsigned NumContextualBoolArguments = 0);
2457  void AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates(OverloadedOperatorKind Op,
2458                                    SourceLocation OpLoc, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2459                                    OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet);
2460  void AddArgumentDependentLookupCandidates(DeclarationName Name,
2461                                            SourceLocation Loc,
2462                                            ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2463                                TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
2464                                            OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
2465                                            bool PartialOverloading = false);
2466
2467  // Emit as a 'note' the specific overload candidate
2468  void NoteOverloadCandidate(FunctionDecl *Fn, QualType DestType = QualType(),
2469                             bool TakingAddress = false);
2470
2471  // Emit as a series of 'note's all template and non-templates identified by
2472  // the expression Expr
2473  void NoteAllOverloadCandidates(Expr *E, QualType DestType = QualType(),
2474                                 bool TakingAddress = false);
2475
2476  /// Check the enable_if expressions on the given function. Returns the first
2477  /// failing attribute, or NULL if they were all successful.
2478  EnableIfAttr *CheckEnableIf(FunctionDecl *Function, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2479                              bool MissingImplicitThis = false);
2480
2481  /// Returns whether the given function's address can be taken or not,
2482  /// optionally emitting a diagnostic if the address can't be taken.
2483  ///
2484  /// Returns false if taking the address of the function is illegal.
2485  bool checkAddressOfFunctionIsAvailable(const FunctionDecl *Function,
2486                                         bool Complain = false,
2487                                         SourceLocation Loc = SourceLocation());
2488
2489  // [PossiblyAFunctionType]  -->   [Return]
2490  // NonFunctionType --> NonFunctionType
2491  // R (A) --> R(A)
2492  // R (*)(A) --> R (A)
2493  // R (&)(A) --> R (A)
2494  // R (S::*)(A) --> R (A)
2495  QualType ExtractUnqualifiedFunctionType(QualType PossiblyAFunctionType);
2496
2497  FunctionDecl *
2498  ResolveAddressOfOverloadedFunction(Expr *AddressOfExpr,
2499                                     QualType TargetType,
2500                                     bool Complain,
2501                                     DeclAccessPair &Found,
2502                                     bool *pHadMultipleCandidates = nullptr);
2503
2504  FunctionDecl *
2505  ResolveSingleFunctionTemplateSpecialization(OverloadExpr *ovl,
2506                                              bool Complain = false,
2507                                              DeclAccessPair *Found = nullptr);
2508
2509  bool ResolveAndFixSingleFunctionTemplateSpecialization(
2510                      ExprResult &SrcExpr,
2511                      bool DoFunctionPointerConverion = false,
2512                      bool Complain = false,
2513                      SourceRange OpRangeForComplaining = SourceRange(),
2514                      QualType DestTypeForComplaining = QualType(),
2515                      unsigned DiagIDForComplaining = 0);
2516
2517
2518  Expr *FixOverloadedFunctionReference(Expr *E,
2519                                       DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
2520                                       FunctionDecl *Fn);
2521  ExprResult FixOverloadedFunctionReference(ExprResult,
2522                                            DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
2523                                            FunctionDecl *Fn);
2524
2525  void AddOverloadedCallCandidates(UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE,
2526                                   ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2527                                   OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet,
2528                                   bool PartialOverloading = false);
2529
2530  // An enum used to represent the different possible results of building a
2531  // range-based for loop.
2532  enum ForRangeStatus {
2533    FRS_Success,
2534    FRS_NoViableFunction,
2535    FRS_DiagnosticIssued
2536  };
2537
2538  ForRangeStatus BuildForRangeBeginEndCall(SourceLocation Loc,
2539                                           SourceLocation RangeLoc,
2540                                           const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
2541                                           LookupResult &MemberLookup,
2542                                           OverloadCandidateSet *CandidateSet,
2543                                           Expr *Range, ExprResult *CallExpr);
2544
2545  ExprResult BuildOverloadedCallExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Fn,
2546                                     UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE,
2547                                     SourceLocation LParenLoc,
2548                                     MultiExprArg Args,
2549                                     SourceLocation RParenLoc,
2550                                     Expr *ExecConfig,
2551                                     bool AllowTypoCorrection=true);
2552
2553  bool buildOverloadedCallSet(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE,
2554                              MultiExprArg Args, SourceLocation RParenLoc,
2555                              OverloadCandidateSet *CandidateSet,
2556                              ExprResult *Result);
2557
2558  ExprResult CreateOverloadedUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
2559                                     UnaryOperatorKind Opc,
2560                                     const UnresolvedSetImpl &Fns,
2561                                     Expr *input);
2562
2563  ExprResult CreateOverloadedBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
2564                                   BinaryOperatorKind Opc,
2565                                   const UnresolvedSetImpl &Fns,
2566                                   Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS);
2567
2568  ExprResult CreateOverloadedArraySubscriptExpr(SourceLocation LLoc,
2569                                                SourceLocation RLoc,
2570                                                Expr *Base,Expr *Idx);
2571
2572  ExprResult
2573  BuildCallToMemberFunction(Scope *S, Expr *MemExpr,
2574                            SourceLocation LParenLoc,
2575                            MultiExprArg Args,
2576                            SourceLocation RParenLoc);
2577  ExprResult
2578  BuildCallToObjectOfClassType(Scope *S, Expr *Object, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
2579                               MultiExprArg Args,
2580                               SourceLocation RParenLoc);
2581
2582  ExprResult BuildOverloadedArrowExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base,
2583                                      SourceLocation OpLoc,
2584                                      bool *NoArrowOperatorFound = nullptr);
2585
2586  /// CheckCallReturnType - Checks that a call expression's return type is
2587  /// complete. Returns true on failure. The location passed in is the location
2588  /// that best represents the call.
2589  bool CheckCallReturnType(QualType ReturnType, SourceLocation Loc,
2590                           CallExpr *CE, FunctionDecl *FD);
2591
2592  /// Helpers for dealing with blocks and functions.
2593  bool CheckParmsForFunctionDef(ParmVarDecl *const *Param,
2594                                ParmVarDecl *const *ParamEnd,
2595                                bool CheckParameterNames);
2596  void CheckCXXDefaultArguments(FunctionDecl *FD);
2597  void CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(Declarator &D);
2598  Scope *getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope *S);
2599
2600  /// \name Name lookup
2601  ///
2602  /// These routines provide name lookup that is used during semantic
2603  /// analysis to resolve the various kinds of names (identifiers,
2604  /// overloaded operator names, constructor names, etc.) into zero or
2605  /// more declarations within a particular scope. The major entry
2606  /// points are LookupName, which performs unqualified name lookup,
2607  /// and LookupQualifiedName, which performs qualified name lookup.
2608  ///
2609  /// All name lookup is performed based on some specific criteria,
2610  /// which specify what names will be visible to name lookup and how
2611  /// far name lookup should work. These criteria are important both
2612  /// for capturing language semantics (certain lookups will ignore
2613  /// certain names, for example) and for performance, since name
2614  /// lookup is often a bottleneck in the compilation of C++. Name
2615  /// lookup criteria is specified via the LookupCriteria enumeration.
2616  ///
2617  /// The results of name lookup can vary based on the kind of name
2618  /// lookup performed, the current language, and the translation
2619  /// unit. In C, for example, name lookup will either return nothing
2620  /// (no entity found) or a single declaration. In C++, name lookup
2621  /// can additionally refer to a set of overloaded functions or
2622  /// result in an ambiguity. All of the possible results of name
2623  /// lookup are captured by the LookupResult class, which provides
2624  /// the ability to distinguish among them.
2625  //@{
2626
2627  /// @brief Describes the kind of name lookup to perform.
2628  enum LookupNameKind {
2629    /// Ordinary name lookup, which finds ordinary names (functions,
2630    /// variables, typedefs, etc.) in C and most kinds of names
2631    /// (functions, variables, members, types, etc.) in C++.
2632    LookupOrdinaryName = 0,
2633    /// Tag name lookup, which finds the names of enums, classes,
2634    /// structs, and unions.
2635    LookupTagName,
2636    /// Label name lookup.
2637    LookupLabel,
2638    /// Member name lookup, which finds the names of
2639    /// class/struct/union members.
2640    LookupMemberName,
2641    /// Look up of an operator name (e.g., operator+) for use with
2642    /// operator overloading. This lookup is similar to ordinary name
2643    /// lookup, but will ignore any declarations that are class members.
2644    LookupOperatorName,
2645    /// Look up of a name that precedes the '::' scope resolution
2646    /// operator in C++. This lookup completely ignores operator, object,
2647    /// function, and enumerator names (C++ [basic.lookup.qual]p1).
2648    LookupNestedNameSpecifierName,
2649    /// Look up a namespace name within a C++ using directive or
2650    /// namespace alias definition, ignoring non-namespace names (C++
2651    /// [basic.lookup.udir]p1).
2652    LookupNamespaceName,
2653    /// Look up all declarations in a scope with the given name,
2654    /// including resolved using declarations.  This is appropriate
2655    /// for checking redeclarations for a using declaration.
2656    LookupUsingDeclName,
2657    /// Look up an ordinary name that is going to be redeclared as a
2658    /// name with linkage. This lookup ignores any declarations that
2659    /// are outside of the current scope unless they have linkage. See
2660    /// C99 6.2.2p4-5 and C++ [basic.link]p6.
2661    LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage,
2662    /// Look up a friend of a local class. This lookup does not look
2663    /// outside the innermost non-class scope. See C++11 [class.friend]p11.
2664    LookupLocalFriendName,
2665    /// Look up the name of an Objective-C protocol.
2666    LookupObjCProtocolName,
2667    /// Look up implicit 'self' parameter of an objective-c method.
2668    LookupObjCImplicitSelfParam,
2669    /// \brief Look up any declaration with any name.
2670    LookupAnyName
2671  };
2672
2673  /// \brief Specifies whether (or how) name lookup is being performed for a
2674  /// redeclaration (vs. a reference).
2675  enum RedeclarationKind {
2676    /// \brief The lookup is a reference to this name that is not for the
2677    /// purpose of redeclaring the name.
2678    NotForRedeclaration = 0,
2679    /// \brief The lookup results will be used for redeclaration of a name,
2680    /// if an entity by that name already exists.
2681    ForRedeclaration
2682  };
2683
2684  /// \brief The possible outcomes of name lookup for a literal operator.
2685  enum LiteralOperatorLookupResult {
2686    /// \brief The lookup resulted in an error.
2687    LOLR_Error,
2688    /// \brief The lookup found a single 'cooked' literal operator, which
2689    /// expects a normal literal to be built and passed to it.
2690    LOLR_Cooked,
2691    /// \brief The lookup found a single 'raw' literal operator, which expects
2692    /// a string literal containing the spelling of the literal token.
2693    LOLR_Raw,
2694    /// \brief The lookup found an overload set of literal operator templates,
2695    /// which expect the characters of the spelling of the literal token to be
2696    /// passed as a non-type template argument pack.
2697    LOLR_Template,
2698    /// \brief The lookup found an overload set of literal operator templates,
2699    /// which expect the character type and characters of the spelling of the
2700    /// string literal token to be passed as template arguments.
2701    LOLR_StringTemplate
2702  };
2703
2704  SpecialMemberOverloadResult *LookupSpecialMember(CXXRecordDecl *D,
2705                                                   CXXSpecialMember SM,
2706                                                   bool ConstArg,
2707                                                   bool VolatileArg,
2708                                                   bool RValueThis,
2709                                                   bool ConstThis,
2710                                                   bool VolatileThis);
2711
2712  typedef std::function<void(const TypoCorrection &)> TypoDiagnosticGenerator;
2713  typedef std::function<ExprResult(Sema &, TypoExpr *, TypoCorrection)>
2714      TypoRecoveryCallback;
2715
2716private:
2717  bool CppLookupName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S);
2718
2719  struct TypoExprState {
2720    std::unique_ptr<TypoCorrectionConsumer> Consumer;
2721    TypoDiagnosticGenerator DiagHandler;
2722    TypoRecoveryCallback RecoveryHandler;
2723    TypoExprState();
2724    TypoExprState(TypoExprState&& other) LLVM_NOEXCEPT;
2725    TypoExprState& operator=(TypoExprState&& other) LLVM_NOEXCEPT;
2726  };
2727
2728  /// \brief The set of unhandled TypoExprs and their associated state.
2729  llvm::MapVector<TypoExpr *, TypoExprState> DelayedTypos;
2730
2731  /// \brief Creates a new TypoExpr AST node.
2732  TypoExpr *createDelayedTypo(std::unique_ptr<TypoCorrectionConsumer> TCC,
2733                              TypoDiagnosticGenerator TDG,
2734                              TypoRecoveryCallback TRC);
2735
2736  // \brief The set of known/encountered (unique, canonicalized) NamespaceDecls.
2737  //
2738  // The boolean value will be true to indicate that the namespace was loaded
2739  // from an AST/PCH file, or false otherwise.
2740  llvm::MapVector<NamespaceDecl*, bool> KnownNamespaces;
2741
2742  /// \brief Whether we have already loaded known namespaces from an extenal
2743  /// source.
2744  bool LoadedExternalKnownNamespaces;
2745
2746  /// \brief Helper for CorrectTypo and CorrectTypoDelayed used to create and
2747  /// populate a new TypoCorrectionConsumer. Returns nullptr if typo correction
2748  /// should be skipped entirely.
2749  std::unique_ptr<TypoCorrectionConsumer>
2750  makeTypoCorrectionConsumer(const DeclarationNameInfo &Typo,
2751                             Sema::LookupNameKind LookupKind, Scope *S,
2752                             CXXScopeSpec *SS,
2753                             std::unique_ptr<CorrectionCandidateCallback> CCC,
2754                             DeclContext *MemberContext, bool EnteringContext,
2755                             const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT,
2756                             bool ErrorRecovery);
2757
2758public:
2759  const TypoExprState &getTypoExprState(TypoExpr *TE) const;
2760
2761  /// \brief Clears the state of the given TypoExpr.
2762  void clearDelayedTypo(TypoExpr *TE);
2763
2764  /// \brief Look up a name, looking for a single declaration.  Return
2765  /// null if the results were absent, ambiguous, or overloaded.
2766  ///
2767  /// It is preferable to use the elaborated form and explicitly handle
2768  /// ambiguity and overloaded.
2769  NamedDecl *LookupSingleName(Scope *S, DeclarationName Name,
2770                              SourceLocation Loc,
2771                              LookupNameKind NameKind,
2772                              RedeclarationKind Redecl
2773                                = NotForRedeclaration);
2774  bool LookupName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S,
2775                  bool AllowBuiltinCreation = false);
2776  bool LookupQualifiedName(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *LookupCtx,
2777                           bool InUnqualifiedLookup = false);
2778  bool LookupQualifiedName(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *LookupCtx,
2779                           CXXScopeSpec &SS);
2780  bool LookupParsedName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS,
2781                        bool AllowBuiltinCreation = false,
2782                        bool EnteringContext = false);
2783  ObjCProtocolDecl *LookupProtocol(IdentifierInfo *II, SourceLocation IdLoc,
2784                                   RedeclarationKind Redecl
2785                                     = NotForRedeclaration);
2786  bool LookupInSuper(LookupResult &R, CXXRecordDecl *Class);
2787
2788  void LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverloadedOperatorKind Op, Scope *S,
2789                                    QualType T1, QualType T2,
2790                                    UnresolvedSetImpl &Functions);
2791  void addOverloadedOperatorToUnresolvedSet(UnresolvedSetImpl &Functions,
2792                                            DeclAccessPair Operator,
2793                                            QualType T1, QualType T2);
2794
2795  LabelDecl *LookupOrCreateLabel(IdentifierInfo *II, SourceLocation IdentLoc,
2796                                 SourceLocation GnuLabelLoc = SourceLocation());
2797
2798  DeclContextLookupResult LookupConstructors(CXXRecordDecl *Class);
2799  CXXConstructorDecl *LookupDefaultConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class);
2800  CXXConstructorDecl *LookupCopyingConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class,
2801                                               unsigned Quals);
2802  CXXMethodDecl *LookupCopyingAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *Class, unsigned Quals,
2803                                         bool RValueThis, unsigned ThisQuals);
2804  CXXConstructorDecl *LookupMovingConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class,
2805                                              unsigned Quals);
2806  CXXMethodDecl *LookupMovingAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *Class, unsigned Quals,
2807                                        bool RValueThis, unsigned ThisQuals);
2808  CXXDestructorDecl *LookupDestructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class);
2809
2810  bool checkLiteralOperatorId(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, const UnqualifiedId &Id);
2811  LiteralOperatorLookupResult LookupLiteralOperator(Scope *S, LookupResult &R,
2812                                                    ArrayRef<QualType> ArgTys,
2813                                                    bool AllowRaw,
2814                                                    bool AllowTemplate,
2815                                                    bool AllowStringTemplate);
2816  bool isKnownName(StringRef name);
2817
2818  void ArgumentDependentLookup(DeclarationName Name, SourceLocation Loc,
2819                               ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, ADLResult &Functions);
2820
2821  void LookupVisibleDecls(Scope *S, LookupNameKind Kind,
2822                          VisibleDeclConsumer &Consumer,
2823                          bool IncludeGlobalScope = true);
2824  void LookupVisibleDecls(DeclContext *Ctx, LookupNameKind Kind,
2825                          VisibleDeclConsumer &Consumer,
2826                          bool IncludeGlobalScope = true);
2827
2828  enum CorrectTypoKind {
2829    CTK_NonError,     // CorrectTypo used in a non error recovery situation.
2830    CTK_ErrorRecovery // CorrectTypo used in normal error recovery.
2831  };
2832
2833  TypoCorrection CorrectTypo(const DeclarationNameInfo &Typo,
2834                             Sema::LookupNameKind LookupKind,
2835                             Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS,
2836                             std::unique_ptr<CorrectionCandidateCallback> CCC,
2837                             CorrectTypoKind Mode,
2838                             DeclContext *MemberContext = nullptr,
2839                             bool EnteringContext = false,
2840                             const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = nullptr,
2841                             bool RecordFailure = true);
2842
2843  TypoExpr *CorrectTypoDelayed(const DeclarationNameInfo &Typo,
2844                               Sema::LookupNameKind LookupKind, Scope *S,
2845                               CXXScopeSpec *SS,
2846                               std::unique_ptr<CorrectionCandidateCallback> CCC,
2847                               TypoDiagnosticGenerator TDG,
2848                               TypoRecoveryCallback TRC, CorrectTypoKind Mode,
2849                               DeclContext *MemberContext = nullptr,
2850                               bool EnteringContext = false,
2851                               const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = nullptr);
2852
2853  /// \brief Process any TypoExprs in the given Expr and its children,
2854  /// generating diagnostics as appropriate and returning a new Expr if there
2855  /// were typos that were all successfully corrected and ExprError if one or
2856  /// more typos could not be corrected.
2857  ///
2858  /// \param E The Expr to check for TypoExprs.
2859  ///
2860  /// \param InitDecl A VarDecl to avoid because the Expr being corrected is its
2861  /// initializer.
2862  ///
2863  /// \param Filter A function applied to a newly rebuilt Expr to determine if
2864  /// it is an acceptable/usable result from a single combination of typo
2865  /// corrections. As long as the filter returns ExprError, different
2866  /// combinations of corrections will be tried until all are exhausted.
2867  ExprResult
2868  CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(Expr *E, VarDecl *InitDecl = nullptr,
2869                            llvm::function_ref<ExprResult(Expr *)> Filter =
2870                                [](Expr *E) -> ExprResult { return E; });
2871
2872  ExprResult
2873  CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(Expr *E,
2874                            llvm::function_ref<ExprResult(Expr *)> Filter) {
2875    return CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(E, nullptr, Filter);
2876  }
2877
2878  ExprResult
2879  CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(ExprResult ER, VarDecl *InitDecl = nullptr,
2880                            llvm::function_ref<ExprResult(Expr *)> Filter =
2881                                [](Expr *E) -> ExprResult { return E; }) {
2882    return ER.isInvalid() ? ER : CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(ER.get(), Filter);
2883  }
2884
2885  ExprResult
2886  CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(ExprResult ER,
2887                            llvm::function_ref<ExprResult(Expr *)> Filter) {
2888    return CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(ER, nullptr, Filter);
2889  }
2890
2891  void diagnoseTypo(const TypoCorrection &Correction,
2892                    const PartialDiagnostic &TypoDiag,
2893                    bool ErrorRecovery = true);
2894
2895  void diagnoseTypo(const TypoCorrection &Correction,
2896                    const PartialDiagnostic &TypoDiag,
2897                    const PartialDiagnostic &PrevNote,
2898                    bool ErrorRecovery = true);
2899
2900  void FindAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(SourceLocation InstantiationLoc,
2901                                          ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2902                                   AssociatedNamespaceSet &AssociatedNamespaces,
2903                                   AssociatedClassSet &AssociatedClasses);
2904
2905  void FilterLookupForScope(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S,
2906                            bool ConsiderLinkage, bool AllowInlineNamespace);
2907
2908  void DiagnoseAmbiguousLookup(LookupResult &Result);
2909  //@}
2910
2911  ObjCInterfaceDecl *getObjCInterfaceDecl(IdentifierInfo *&Id,
2912                                          SourceLocation IdLoc,
2913                                          bool TypoCorrection = false);
2914  NamedDecl *LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned ID,
2915                                 Scope *S, bool ForRedeclaration,
2916                                 SourceLocation Loc);
2917  NamedDecl *ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc, IdentifierInfo &II,
2918                                      Scope *S);
2919  void AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FunctionDecl *FD);
2920
2921  // More parsing and symbol table subroutines.
2922
2923  void ProcessPragmaWeak(Scope *S, Decl *D);
2924  // Decl attributes - this routine is the top level dispatcher.
2925  void ProcessDeclAttributes(Scope *S, Decl *D, const Declarator &PD);
2926  void ProcessDeclAttributeList(Scope *S, Decl *D, const AttributeList *AL,
2927                                bool IncludeCXX11Attributes = true);
2928  bool ProcessAccessDeclAttributeList(AccessSpecDecl *ASDecl,
2929                                      const AttributeList *AttrList);
2930
2931  void checkUnusedDeclAttributes(Declarator &D);
2932
2933  /// Determine if type T is a valid subject for a nonnull and similar
2934  /// attributes. By default, we look through references (the behavior used by
2935  /// nonnull), but if the second parameter is true, then we treat a reference
2936  /// type as valid.
2937  bool isValidPointerAttrType(QualType T, bool RefOkay = false);
2938
2939  bool CheckRegparmAttr(const AttributeList &attr, unsigned &value);
2940  bool CheckCallingConvAttr(const AttributeList &attr, CallingConv &CC,
2941                            const FunctionDecl *FD = nullptr);
2942  bool CheckNoReturnAttr(const AttributeList &attr);
2943  bool checkStringLiteralArgumentAttr(const AttributeList &Attr,
2944                                      unsigned ArgNum, StringRef &Str,
2945                                      SourceLocation *ArgLocation = nullptr);
2946  bool checkSectionName(SourceLocation LiteralLoc, StringRef Str);
2947  void checkTargetAttr(SourceLocation LiteralLoc, StringRef Str);
2948  bool checkMSInheritanceAttrOnDefinition(
2949      CXXRecordDecl *RD, SourceRange Range, bool BestCase,
2950      MSInheritanceAttr::Spelling SemanticSpelling);
2951
2952  void CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Decl *D);
2953
2954  /// Adjust the calling convention of a method to be the ABI default if it
2955  /// wasn't specified explicitly.  This handles method types formed from
2956  /// function type typedefs and typename template arguments.
2957  void adjustMemberFunctionCC(QualType &T, bool IsStatic, bool IsCtorOrDtor,
2958                              SourceLocation Loc);
2959
2960  // Check if there is an explicit attribute, but only look through parens.
2961  // The intent is to look for an attribute on the current declarator, but not
2962  // one that came from a typedef.
2963  bool hasExplicitCallingConv(QualType &T);
2964
2965  /// Get the outermost AttributedType node that sets a calling convention.
2966  /// Valid types should not have multiple attributes with different CCs.
2967  const AttributedType *getCallingConvAttributedType(QualType T) const;
2968
2969  /// Check whether a nullability type specifier can be added to the given
2970  /// type.
2971  ///
2972  /// \param type The type to which the nullability specifier will be
2973  /// added. On success, this type will be updated appropriately.
2974  ///
2975  /// \param nullability The nullability specifier to add.
2976  ///
2977  /// \param nullabilityLoc The location of the nullability specifier.
2978  ///
2979  /// \param isContextSensitive Whether this nullability specifier was
2980  /// written as a context-sensitive keyword (in an Objective-C
2981  /// method) or an Objective-C property attribute, rather than as an
2982  /// underscored type specifier.
2983  ///
2984  /// \returns true if nullability cannot be applied, false otherwise.
2985  bool checkNullabilityTypeSpecifier(QualType &type, NullabilityKind nullability,
2986                                     SourceLocation nullabilityLoc,
2987                                     bool isContextSensitive);
2988
2989  /// \brief Stmt attributes - this routine is the top level dispatcher.
2990  StmtResult ProcessStmtAttributes(Stmt *Stmt, AttributeList *Attrs,
2991                                   SourceRange Range);
2992
2993  void WarnConflictingTypedMethods(ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
2994                                   ObjCMethodDecl *MethodDecl,
2995                                   bool IsProtocolMethodDecl);
2996
2997  void CheckConflictingOverridingMethod(ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
2998                                   ObjCMethodDecl *Overridden,
2999                                   bool IsProtocolMethodDecl);
3000
3001  /// WarnExactTypedMethods - This routine issues a warning if method
3002  /// implementation declaration matches exactly that of its declaration.
3003  void WarnExactTypedMethods(ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
3004                             ObjCMethodDecl *MethodDecl,
3005                             bool IsProtocolMethodDecl);
3006
3007  typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<Selector, 8> SelectorSet;
3008  typedef llvm::DenseMap<Selector, ObjCMethodDecl*> ProtocolsMethodsMap;
3009
3010  /// CheckImplementationIvars - This routine checks if the instance variables
3011  /// listed in the implelementation match those listed in the interface.
3012  void CheckImplementationIvars(ObjCImplementationDecl *ImpDecl,
3013                                ObjCIvarDecl **Fields, unsigned nIvars,
3014                                SourceLocation Loc);
3015
3016  /// ImplMethodsVsClassMethods - This is main routine to warn if any method
3017  /// remains unimplemented in the class or category \@implementation.
3018  void ImplMethodsVsClassMethods(Scope *S, ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl,
3019                                 ObjCContainerDecl* IDecl,
3020                                 bool IncompleteImpl = false);
3021
3022  /// DiagnoseUnimplementedProperties - This routine warns on those properties
3023  /// which must be implemented by this implementation.
3024  void DiagnoseUnimplementedProperties(Scope *S, ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl,
3025                                       ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl,
3026                                       bool SynthesizeProperties);
3027
3028  /// Diagnose any null-resettable synthesized setters.
3029  void diagnoseNullResettableSynthesizedSetters(const ObjCImplDecl *impDecl);
3030
3031  /// DefaultSynthesizeProperties - This routine default synthesizes all
3032  /// properties which must be synthesized in the class's \@implementation.
3033  void DefaultSynthesizeProperties (Scope *S, ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl,
3034                                    ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl);
3035  void DefaultSynthesizeProperties(Scope *S, Decl *D);
3036
3037  /// IvarBacksCurrentMethodAccessor - This routine returns 'true' if 'IV' is
3038  /// an ivar synthesized for 'Method' and 'Method' is a property accessor
3039  /// declared in class 'IFace'.
3040  bool IvarBacksCurrentMethodAccessor(ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace,
3041                                      ObjCMethodDecl *Method, ObjCIvarDecl *IV);
3042
3043  /// DiagnoseUnusedBackingIvarInAccessor - Issue an 'unused' warning if ivar which
3044  /// backs the property is not used in the property's accessor.
3045  void DiagnoseUnusedBackingIvarInAccessor(Scope *S,
3046                                           const ObjCImplementationDecl *ImplD);
3047
3048  /// GetIvarBackingPropertyAccessor - If method is a property setter/getter and
3049  /// it property has a backing ivar, returns this ivar; otherwise, returns NULL.
3050  /// It also returns ivar's property on success.
3051  ObjCIvarDecl *GetIvarBackingPropertyAccessor(const ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
3052                                               const ObjCPropertyDecl *&PDecl) const;
3053
3054  /// Called by ActOnProperty to handle \@property declarations in
3055  /// class extensions.
3056  ObjCPropertyDecl *HandlePropertyInClassExtension(Scope *S,
3057                      SourceLocation AtLoc,
3058                      SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3059                      FieldDeclarator &FD,
3060                      Selector GetterSel,
3061                      Selector SetterSel,
3062                      const bool isReadWrite,
3063                      unsigned &Attributes,
3064                      const unsigned AttributesAsWritten,
3065                      QualType T,
3066                      TypeSourceInfo *TSI,
3067                      tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind);
3068
3069  /// Called by ActOnProperty and HandlePropertyInClassExtension to
3070  /// handle creating the ObjcPropertyDecl for a category or \@interface.
3071  ObjCPropertyDecl *CreatePropertyDecl(Scope *S,
3072                                       ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl,
3073                                       SourceLocation AtLoc,
3074                                       SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3075                                       FieldDeclarator &FD,
3076                                       Selector GetterSel,
3077                                       Selector SetterSel,
3078                                       const bool isReadWrite,
3079                                       const unsigned Attributes,
3080                                       const unsigned AttributesAsWritten,
3081                                       QualType T,
3082                                       TypeSourceInfo *TSI,
3083                                       tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind,
3084                                       DeclContext *lexicalDC = nullptr);
3085
3086  /// AtomicPropertySetterGetterRules - This routine enforces the rule (via
3087  /// warning) when atomic property has one but not the other user-declared
3088  /// setter or getter.
3089  void AtomicPropertySetterGetterRules(ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl,
3090                                       ObjCInterfaceDecl* IDecl);
3091
3092  void DiagnoseOwningPropertyGetterSynthesis(const ObjCImplementationDecl *D);
3093
3094  void DiagnoseMissingDesignatedInitOverrides(
3095                                          const ObjCImplementationDecl *ImplD,
3096                                          const ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFD);
3097
3098  void DiagnoseDuplicateIvars(ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID, ObjCInterfaceDecl *SID);
3099
3100  enum MethodMatchStrategy {
3101    MMS_loose,
3102    MMS_strict
3103  };
3104
3105  /// MatchTwoMethodDeclarations - Checks if two methods' type match and returns
3106  /// true, or false, accordingly.
3107  bool MatchTwoMethodDeclarations(const ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
3108                                  const ObjCMethodDecl *PrevMethod,
3109                                  MethodMatchStrategy strategy = MMS_strict);
3110
3111  /// MatchAllMethodDeclarations - Check methods declaraed in interface or
3112  /// or protocol against those declared in their implementations.
3113  void MatchAllMethodDeclarations(const SelectorSet &InsMap,
3114                                  const SelectorSet &ClsMap,
3115                                  SelectorSet &InsMapSeen,
3116                                  SelectorSet &ClsMapSeen,
3117                                  ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl,
3118                                  ObjCContainerDecl* IDecl,
3119                                  bool &IncompleteImpl,
3120                                  bool ImmediateClass,
3121                                  bool WarnCategoryMethodImpl=false);
3122
3123  /// CheckCategoryVsClassMethodMatches - Checks that methods implemented in
3124  /// category matches with those implemented in its primary class and
3125  /// warns each time an exact match is found.
3126  void CheckCategoryVsClassMethodMatches(ObjCCategoryImplDecl *CatIMP);
3127
3128  /// \brief Add the given method to the list of globally-known methods.
3129  void addMethodToGlobalList(ObjCMethodList *List, ObjCMethodDecl *Method);
3130
3131private:
3132  /// AddMethodToGlobalPool - Add an instance or factory method to the global
3133  /// pool. See descriptoin of AddInstanceMethodToGlobalPool.
3134  void AddMethodToGlobalPool(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool impl, bool instance);
3135
3136  /// LookupMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the instance or factory method and
3137  /// optionally warns if there are multiple signatures.
3138  ObjCMethodDecl *LookupMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, SourceRange R,
3139                                           bool receiverIdOrClass,
3140                                           bool instance);
3141
3142public:
3143  /// \brief - Returns instance or factory methods in global method pool for
3144  /// given selector. If no such method or only one method found, function returns
3145  /// false; otherwise, it returns true
3146  bool CollectMultipleMethodsInGlobalPool(Selector Sel,
3147                                          SmallVectorImpl<ObjCMethodDecl*>& Methods,
3148                                          bool instance);
3149
3150  bool AreMultipleMethodsInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, ObjCMethodDecl *BestMethod,
3151                                      SourceRange R,
3152                                      bool receiverIdOrClass);
3153
3154  void DiagnoseMultipleMethodInGlobalPool(SmallVectorImpl<ObjCMethodDecl*> &Methods,
3155                                          Selector Sel, SourceRange R,
3156                                          bool receiverIdOrClass);
3157
3158private:
3159  /// \brief - Returns a selector which best matches given argument list or
3160  /// nullptr if none could be found
3161  ObjCMethodDecl *SelectBestMethod(Selector Sel, MultiExprArg Args,
3162                                   bool IsInstance);
3163
3164
3165  /// \brief Record the typo correction failure and return an empty correction.
3166  TypoCorrection FailedCorrection(IdentifierInfo *Typo, SourceLocation TypoLoc,
3167                                  bool RecordFailure = true) {
3168    if (RecordFailure)
3169      TypoCorrectionFailures[Typo].insert(TypoLoc);
3170    return TypoCorrection();
3171  }
3172
3173public:
3174  /// AddInstanceMethodToGlobalPool - All instance methods in a translation
3175  /// unit are added to a global pool. This allows us to efficiently associate
3176  /// a selector with a method declaraation for purposes of typechecking
3177  /// messages sent to "id" (where the class of the object is unknown).
3178  void AddInstanceMethodToGlobalPool(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool impl=false) {
3179    AddMethodToGlobalPool(Method, impl, /*instance*/true);
3180  }
3181
3182  /// AddFactoryMethodToGlobalPool - Same as above, but for factory methods.
3183  void AddFactoryMethodToGlobalPool(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool impl=false) {
3184    AddMethodToGlobalPool(Method, impl, /*instance*/false);
3185  }
3186
3187  /// AddAnyMethodToGlobalPool - Add any method, instance or factory to global
3188  /// pool.
3189  void AddAnyMethodToGlobalPool(Decl *D);
3190
3191  /// LookupInstanceMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the method and warns if
3192  /// there are multiple signatures.
3193  ObjCMethodDecl *LookupInstanceMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, SourceRange R,
3194                                                   bool receiverIdOrClass=false) {
3195    return LookupMethodInGlobalPool(Sel, R, receiverIdOrClass,
3196                                    /*instance*/true);
3197  }
3198
3199  /// LookupFactoryMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the method and warns if
3200  /// there are multiple signatures.
3201  ObjCMethodDecl *LookupFactoryMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, SourceRange R,
3202                                                  bool receiverIdOrClass=false) {
3203    return LookupMethodInGlobalPool(Sel, R, receiverIdOrClass,
3204                                    /*instance*/false);
3205  }
3206
3207  const ObjCMethodDecl *SelectorsForTypoCorrection(Selector Sel,
3208                              QualType ObjectType=QualType());
3209  /// LookupImplementedMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the method which has an
3210  /// implementation.
3211  ObjCMethodDecl *LookupImplementedMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel);
3212
3213  /// CollectIvarsToConstructOrDestruct - Collect those ivars which require
3214  /// initialization.
3215  void CollectIvarsToConstructOrDestruct(ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI,
3216                                  SmallVectorImpl<ObjCIvarDecl*> &Ivars);
3217
3218  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
3219  // Statement Parsing Callbacks: SemaStmt.cpp.
3220public:
3221  class FullExprArg {
3222  public:
3223    FullExprArg(Sema &actions) : E(nullptr) { }
3224
3225    ExprResult release() {
3226      return E;
3227    }
3228
3229    Expr *get() const { return E; }
3230
3231    Expr *operator->() {
3232      return E;
3233    }
3234
3235  private:
3236    // FIXME: No need to make the entire Sema class a friend when it's just
3237    // Sema::MakeFullExpr that needs access to the constructor below.
3238    friend class Sema;
3239
3240    explicit FullExprArg(Expr *expr) : E(expr) {}
3241
3242    Expr *E;
3243  };
3244
3245  FullExprArg MakeFullExpr(Expr *Arg) {
3246    return MakeFullExpr(Arg, Arg ? Arg->getExprLoc() : SourceLocation());
3247  }
3248  FullExprArg MakeFullExpr(Expr *Arg, SourceLocation CC) {
3249    return FullExprArg(ActOnFinishFullExpr(Arg, CC).get());
3250  }
3251  FullExprArg MakeFullDiscardedValueExpr(Expr *Arg) {
3252    ExprResult FE =
3253      ActOnFinishFullExpr(Arg, Arg ? Arg->getExprLoc() : SourceLocation(),
3254                          /*DiscardedValue*/ true);
3255    return FullExprArg(FE.get());
3256  }
3257
3258  StmtResult ActOnExprStmt(ExprResult Arg);
3259  StmtResult ActOnExprStmtError();
3260
3261  StmtResult ActOnNullStmt(SourceLocation SemiLoc,
3262                           bool HasLeadingEmptyMacro = false);
3263
3264  void ActOnStartOfCompoundStmt();
3265  void ActOnFinishOfCompoundStmt();
3266  StmtResult ActOnCompoundStmt(SourceLocation L, SourceLocation R,
3267                               ArrayRef<Stmt *> Elts, bool isStmtExpr);
3268
3269  /// \brief A RAII object to enter scope of a compound statement.
3270  class CompoundScopeRAII {
3271  public:
3272    CompoundScopeRAII(Sema &S): S(S) {
3273      S.ActOnStartOfCompoundStmt();
3274    }
3275
3276    ~CompoundScopeRAII() {
3277      S.ActOnFinishOfCompoundStmt();
3278    }
3279
3280  private:
3281    Sema &S;
3282  };
3283
3284  /// An RAII helper that pops function a function scope on exit.
3285  struct FunctionScopeRAII {
3286    Sema &S;
3287    bool Active;
3288    FunctionScopeRAII(Sema &S) : S(S), Active(true) {}
3289    ~FunctionScopeRAII() {
3290      if (Active)
3291        S.PopFunctionScopeInfo();
3292    }
3293    void disable() { Active = false; }
3294  };
3295
3296  StmtResult ActOnDeclStmt(DeclGroupPtrTy Decl,
3297                                   SourceLocation StartLoc,
3298                                   SourceLocation EndLoc);
3299  void ActOnForEachDeclStmt(DeclGroupPtrTy Decl);
3300  StmtResult ActOnForEachLValueExpr(Expr *E);
3301  StmtResult ActOnCaseStmt(SourceLocation CaseLoc, Expr *LHSVal,
3302                                   SourceLocation DotDotDotLoc, Expr *RHSVal,
3303                                   SourceLocation ColonLoc);
3304  void ActOnCaseStmtBody(Stmt *CaseStmt, Stmt *SubStmt);
3305
3306  StmtResult ActOnDefaultStmt(SourceLocation DefaultLoc,
3307                                      SourceLocation ColonLoc,
3308                                      Stmt *SubStmt, Scope *CurScope);
3309  StmtResult ActOnLabelStmt(SourceLocation IdentLoc, LabelDecl *TheDecl,
3310                            SourceLocation ColonLoc, Stmt *SubStmt);
3311
3312  StmtResult ActOnAttributedStmt(SourceLocation AttrLoc,
3313                                 ArrayRef<const Attr*> Attrs,
3314                                 Stmt *SubStmt);
3315
3316  StmtResult ActOnIfStmt(SourceLocation IfLoc,
3317                         FullExprArg CondVal, Decl *CondVar,
3318                         Stmt *ThenVal,
3319                         SourceLocation ElseLoc, Stmt *ElseVal);
3320  StmtResult ActOnStartOfSwitchStmt(SourceLocation SwitchLoc,
3321                                            Expr *Cond,
3322                                            Decl *CondVar);
3323  StmtResult ActOnFinishSwitchStmt(SourceLocation SwitchLoc,
3324                                           Stmt *Switch, Stmt *Body);
3325  StmtResult ActOnWhileStmt(SourceLocation WhileLoc,
3326                            FullExprArg Cond,
3327                            Decl *CondVar, Stmt *Body);
3328  StmtResult ActOnDoStmt(SourceLocation DoLoc, Stmt *Body,
3329                                 SourceLocation WhileLoc,
3330                                 SourceLocation CondLParen, Expr *Cond,
3331                                 SourceLocation CondRParen);
3332
3333  StmtResult ActOnForStmt(SourceLocation ForLoc,
3334                          SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3335                          Stmt *First, FullExprArg Second,
3336                          Decl *SecondVar,
3337                          FullExprArg Third,
3338                          SourceLocation RParenLoc,
3339                          Stmt *Body);
3340  ExprResult CheckObjCForCollectionOperand(SourceLocation forLoc,
3341                                           Expr *collection);
3342  StmtResult ActOnObjCForCollectionStmt(SourceLocation ForColLoc,
3343                                        Stmt *First, Expr *collection,
3344                                        SourceLocation RParenLoc);
3345  StmtResult FinishObjCForCollectionStmt(Stmt *ForCollection, Stmt *Body);
3346
3347  enum BuildForRangeKind {
3348    /// Initial building of a for-range statement.
3349    BFRK_Build,
3350    /// Instantiation or recovery rebuild of a for-range statement. Don't
3351    /// attempt any typo-correction.
3352    BFRK_Rebuild,
3353    /// Determining whether a for-range statement could be built. Avoid any
3354    /// unnecessary or irreversible actions.
3355    BFRK_Check
3356  };
3357
3358  StmtResult ActOnCXXForRangeStmt(Scope *S, SourceLocation ForLoc,
3359                                  SourceLocation CoawaitLoc,
3360                                  Stmt *LoopVar,
3361                                  SourceLocation ColonLoc, Expr *Collection,
3362                                  SourceLocation RParenLoc,
3363                                  BuildForRangeKind Kind);
3364  StmtResult BuildCXXForRangeStmt(SourceLocation ForLoc,
3365                                  SourceLocation CoawaitLoc,
3366                                  SourceLocation ColonLoc,
3367                                  Stmt *RangeDecl, Stmt *BeginEndDecl,
3368                                  Expr *Cond, Expr *Inc,
3369                                  Stmt *LoopVarDecl,
3370                                  SourceLocation RParenLoc,
3371                                  BuildForRangeKind Kind);
3372  StmtResult FinishCXXForRangeStmt(Stmt *ForRange, Stmt *Body);
3373
3374  StmtResult ActOnGotoStmt(SourceLocation GotoLoc,
3375                           SourceLocation LabelLoc,
3376                           LabelDecl *TheDecl);
3377  StmtResult ActOnIndirectGotoStmt(SourceLocation GotoLoc,
3378                                   SourceLocation StarLoc,
3379                                   Expr *DestExp);
3380  StmtResult ActOnContinueStmt(SourceLocation ContinueLoc, Scope *CurScope);
3381  StmtResult ActOnBreakStmt(SourceLocation BreakLoc, Scope *CurScope);
3382
3383  void ActOnCapturedRegionStart(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *CurScope,
3384                                CapturedRegionKind Kind, unsigned NumParams);
3385  typedef std::pair<StringRef, QualType> CapturedParamNameType;
3386  void ActOnCapturedRegionStart(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *CurScope,
3387                                CapturedRegionKind Kind,
3388                                ArrayRef<CapturedParamNameType> Params);
3389  StmtResult ActOnCapturedRegionEnd(Stmt *S);
3390  void ActOnCapturedRegionError();
3391  RecordDecl *CreateCapturedStmtRecordDecl(CapturedDecl *&CD,
3392                                           SourceLocation Loc,
3393                                           unsigned NumParams);
3394  VarDecl *getCopyElisionCandidate(QualType ReturnType, Expr *E,
3395                                   bool AllowFunctionParameters);
3396  bool isCopyElisionCandidate(QualType ReturnType, const VarDecl *VD,
3397                              bool AllowFunctionParameters);
3398
3399  StmtResult ActOnReturnStmt(SourceLocation ReturnLoc, Expr *RetValExp,
3400                             Scope *CurScope);
3401  StmtResult BuildReturnStmt(SourceLocation ReturnLoc, Expr *RetValExp);
3402  StmtResult ActOnCapScopeReturnStmt(SourceLocation ReturnLoc, Expr *RetValExp);
3403
3404  StmtResult ActOnGCCAsmStmt(SourceLocation AsmLoc, bool IsSimple,
3405                             bool IsVolatile, unsigned NumOutputs,
3406                             unsigned NumInputs, IdentifierInfo **Names,
3407                             MultiExprArg Constraints, MultiExprArg Exprs,
3408                             Expr *AsmString, MultiExprArg Clobbers,
3409                             SourceLocation RParenLoc);
3410
3411  ExprResult LookupInlineAsmIdentifier(CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3412                                       SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
3413                                       UnqualifiedId &Id,
3414                                       llvm::InlineAsmIdentifierInfo &Info,
3415                                       bool IsUnevaluatedContext);
3416  bool LookupInlineAsmField(StringRef Base, StringRef Member,
3417                            unsigned &Offset, SourceLocation AsmLoc);
3418  ExprResult LookupInlineAsmVarDeclField(Expr *RefExpr, StringRef Member,
3419                                         unsigned &Offset,
3420                                         llvm::InlineAsmIdentifierInfo &Info,
3421                                         SourceLocation AsmLoc);
3422  StmtResult ActOnMSAsmStmt(SourceLocation AsmLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc,
3423                            ArrayRef<Token> AsmToks,
3424                            StringRef AsmString,
3425                            unsigned NumOutputs, unsigned NumInputs,
3426                            ArrayRef<StringRef> Constraints,
3427                            ArrayRef<StringRef> Clobbers,
3428                            ArrayRef<Expr*> Exprs,
3429                            SourceLocation EndLoc);
3430  LabelDecl *GetOrCreateMSAsmLabel(StringRef ExternalLabelName,
3431                                   SourceLocation Location,
3432                                   bool AlwaysCreate);
3433
3434  VarDecl *BuildObjCExceptionDecl(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, QualType ExceptionType,
3435                                  SourceLocation StartLoc,
3436                                  SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id,
3437                                  bool Invalid = false);
3438
3439  Decl *ActOnObjCExceptionDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D);
3440
3441  StmtResult ActOnObjCAtCatchStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, SourceLocation RParen,
3442                                  Decl *Parm, Stmt *Body);
3443
3444  StmtResult ActOnObjCAtFinallyStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Stmt *Body);
3445
3446  StmtResult ActOnObjCAtTryStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Stmt *Try,
3447                                MultiStmtArg Catch, Stmt *Finally);
3448
3449  StmtResult BuildObjCAtThrowStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Expr *Throw);
3450  StmtResult ActOnObjCAtThrowStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Expr *Throw,
3451                                  Scope *CurScope);
3452  ExprResult ActOnObjCAtSynchronizedOperand(SourceLocation atLoc,
3453                                            Expr *operand);
3454  StmtResult ActOnObjCAtSynchronizedStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc,
3455                                         Expr *SynchExpr,
3456                                         Stmt *SynchBody);
3457
3458  StmtResult ActOnObjCAutoreleasePoolStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Stmt *Body);
3459
3460  VarDecl *BuildExceptionDeclaration(Scope *S, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
3461                                     SourceLocation StartLoc,
3462                                     SourceLocation IdLoc,
3463                                     IdentifierInfo *Id);
3464
3465  Decl *ActOnExceptionDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D);
3466
3467  StmtResult ActOnCXXCatchBlock(SourceLocation CatchLoc,
3468                                Decl *ExDecl, Stmt *HandlerBlock);
3469  StmtResult ActOnCXXTryBlock(SourceLocation TryLoc, Stmt *TryBlock,
3470                              ArrayRef<Stmt *> Handlers);
3471
3472  StmtResult ActOnSEHTryBlock(bool IsCXXTry, // try (true) or __try (false) ?
3473                              SourceLocation TryLoc, Stmt *TryBlock,
3474                              Stmt *Handler);
3475  StmtResult ActOnSEHExceptBlock(SourceLocation Loc,
3476                                 Expr *FilterExpr,
3477                                 Stmt *Block);
3478  void ActOnStartSEHFinallyBlock();
3479  void ActOnAbortSEHFinallyBlock();
3480  StmtResult ActOnFinishSEHFinallyBlock(SourceLocation Loc, Stmt *Block);
3481  StmtResult ActOnSEHLeaveStmt(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *CurScope);
3482
3483  void DiagnoseReturnInConstructorExceptionHandler(CXXTryStmt *TryBlock);
3484
3485  bool ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) const;
3486
3487  /// \brief If it's a file scoped decl that must warn if not used, keep track
3488  /// of it.
3489  void MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D);
3490
3491  /// DiagnoseUnusedExprResult - If the statement passed in is an expression
3492  /// whose result is unused, warn.
3493  void DiagnoseUnusedExprResult(const Stmt *S);
3494  void DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(const RecordDecl *D);
3495  void DiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *ND);
3496
3497  /// Emit \p DiagID if statement located on \p StmtLoc has a suspicious null
3498  /// statement as a \p Body, and it is located on the same line.
3499  ///
3500  /// This helps prevent bugs due to typos, such as:
3501  ///     if (condition);
3502  ///       do_stuff();
3503  void DiagnoseEmptyStmtBody(SourceLocation StmtLoc,
3504                             const Stmt *Body,
3505                             unsigned DiagID);
3506
3507  /// Warn if a for/while loop statement \p S, which is followed by
3508  /// \p PossibleBody, has a suspicious null statement as a body.
3509  void DiagnoseEmptyLoopBody(const Stmt *S,
3510                             const Stmt *PossibleBody);
3511
3512  /// Warn if a value is moved to itself.
3513  void DiagnoseSelfMove(const Expr *LHSExpr, const Expr *RHSExpr,
3514                        SourceLocation OpLoc);
3515
3516  /// \brief Warn if we're implicitly casting from a _Nullable pointer type to a
3517  /// _Nonnull one.
3518  void diagnoseNullableToNonnullConversion(QualType DstType, QualType SrcType,
3519                                           SourceLocation Loc);
3520
3521  ParsingDeclState PushParsingDeclaration(sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool &pool) {
3522    return DelayedDiagnostics.push(pool);
3523  }
3524  void PopParsingDeclaration(ParsingDeclState state, Decl *decl);
3525
3526  typedef ProcessingContextState ParsingClassState;
3527  ParsingClassState PushParsingClass() {
3528    return DelayedDiagnostics.pushUndelayed();
3529  }
3530  void PopParsingClass(ParsingClassState state) {
3531    DelayedDiagnostics.popUndelayed(state);
3532  }
3533
3534  void redelayDiagnostics(sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool &pool);
3535
3536  enum AvailabilityDiagnostic { AD_Deprecation, AD_Unavailable, AD_Partial };
3537
3538  void EmitAvailabilityWarning(AvailabilityDiagnostic AD,
3539                               NamedDecl *D, StringRef Message,
3540                               SourceLocation Loc,
3541                               const ObjCInterfaceDecl *UnknownObjCClass,
3542                               const ObjCPropertyDecl  *ObjCProperty,
3543                               bool ObjCPropertyAccess);
3544
3545  bool makeUnavailableInSystemHeader(SourceLocation loc,
3546                                     UnavailableAttr::ImplicitReason reason);
3547
3548  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
3549  // Expression Parsing Callbacks: SemaExpr.cpp.
3550
3551  bool CanUseDecl(NamedDecl *D);
3552  bool DiagnoseUseOfDecl(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc,
3553                         const ObjCInterfaceDecl *UnknownObjCClass=nullptr,
3554                         bool ObjCPropertyAccess=false);
3555  void NoteDeletedFunction(FunctionDecl *FD);
3556  std::string getDeletedOrUnavailableSuffix(const FunctionDecl *FD);
3557  bool DiagnosePropertyAccessorMismatch(ObjCPropertyDecl *PD,
3558                                        ObjCMethodDecl *Getter,
3559                                        SourceLocation Loc);
3560  void DiagnoseSentinelCalls(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc,
3561                             ArrayRef<Expr *> Args);
3562
3563  void PushExpressionEvaluationContext(ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext,
3564                                       Decl *LambdaContextDecl = nullptr,
3565                                       bool IsDecltype = false);
3566  enum ReuseLambdaContextDecl_t { ReuseLambdaContextDecl };
3567  void PushExpressionEvaluationContext(ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext,
3568                                       ReuseLambdaContextDecl_t,
3569                                       bool IsDecltype = false);
3570  void PopExpressionEvaluationContext();
3571
3572  void DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext();
3573
3574  ExprResult TransformToPotentiallyEvaluated(Expr *E);
3575  ExprResult HandleExprEvaluationContextForTypeof(Expr *E);
3576
3577  ExprResult ActOnConstantExpression(ExprResult Res);
3578
3579  // Functions for marking a declaration referenced.  These functions also
3580  // contain the relevant logic for marking if a reference to a function or
3581  // variable is an odr-use (in the C++11 sense).  There are separate variants
3582  // for expressions referring to a decl; these exist because odr-use marking
3583  // needs to be delayed for some constant variables when we build one of the
3584  // named expressions.
3585  void MarkAnyDeclReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, Decl *D, bool OdrUse);
3586  void MarkFunctionReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, FunctionDecl *Func,
3587                              bool OdrUse = true);
3588  void MarkVariableReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, VarDecl *Var);
3589  void MarkDeclRefReferenced(DeclRefExpr *E);
3590  void MarkMemberReferenced(MemberExpr *E);
3591
3592  void UpdateMarkingForLValueToRValue(Expr *E);
3593  void CleanupVarDeclMarking();
3594
3595  enum TryCaptureKind {
3596    TryCapture_Implicit, TryCapture_ExplicitByVal, TryCapture_ExplicitByRef
3597  };
3598
3599  /// \brief Try to capture the given variable.
3600  ///
3601  /// \param Var The variable to capture.
3602  ///
3603  /// \param Loc The location at which the capture occurs.
3604  ///
3605  /// \param Kind The kind of capture, which may be implicit (for either a
3606  /// block or a lambda), or explicit by-value or by-reference (for a lambda).
3607  ///
3608  /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis, if one is provided in
3609  /// an explicit lambda capture.
3610  ///
3611  /// \param BuildAndDiagnose Whether we are actually supposed to add the
3612  /// captures or diagnose errors. If false, this routine merely check whether
3613  /// the capture can occur without performing the capture itself or complaining
3614  /// if the variable cannot be captured.
3615  ///
3616  /// \param CaptureType Will be set to the type of the field used to capture
3617  /// this variable in the innermost block or lambda. Only valid when the
3618  /// variable can be captured.
3619  ///
3620  /// \param DeclRefType Will be set to the type of a reference to the capture
3621  /// from within the current scope. Only valid when the variable can be
3622  /// captured.
3623  ///
3624  /// \param FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt If non-null, it points to the index
3625  /// of the FunctionScopeInfo stack beyond which we do not attempt to capture.
3626  /// This is useful when enclosing lambdas must speculatively capture
3627  /// variables that may or may not be used in certain specializations of
3628  /// a nested generic lambda.
3629  ///
3630  /// \returns true if an error occurred (i.e., the variable cannot be
3631  /// captured) and false if the capture succeeded.
3632  bool tryCaptureVariable(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc, TryCaptureKind Kind,
3633                          SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, bool BuildAndDiagnose,
3634                          QualType &CaptureType,
3635                          QualType &DeclRefType,
3636                          const unsigned *const FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt);
3637
3638  /// \brief Try to capture the given variable.
3639  bool tryCaptureVariable(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc,
3640                          TryCaptureKind Kind = TryCapture_Implicit,
3641                          SourceLocation EllipsisLoc = SourceLocation());
3642
3643  /// \brief Checks if the variable must be captured.
3644  bool NeedToCaptureVariable(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc);
3645
3646  /// \brief Given a variable, determine the type that a reference to that
3647  /// variable will have in the given scope.
3648  QualType getCapturedDeclRefType(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc);
3649
3650  void MarkDeclarationsReferencedInType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T);
3651  void MarkDeclarationsReferencedInExpr(Expr *E,
3652                                        bool SkipLocalVariables = false);
3653
3654  /// \brief Try to recover by turning the given expression into a
3655  /// call.  Returns true if recovery was attempted or an error was
3656  /// emitted; this may also leave the ExprResult invalid.
3657  bool tryToRecoverWithCall(ExprResult &E, const PartialDiagnostic &PD,
3658                            bool ForceComplain = false,
3659                            bool (*IsPlausibleResult)(QualType) = nullptr);
3660
3661  /// \brief Figure out if an expression could be turned into a call.
3662  bool tryExprAsCall(Expr &E, QualType &ZeroArgCallReturnTy,
3663                     UnresolvedSetImpl &NonTemplateOverloads);
3664
3665  /// \brief Conditionally issue a diagnostic based on the current
3666  /// evaluation context.
3667  ///
3668  /// \param Statement If Statement is non-null, delay reporting the
3669  /// diagnostic until the function body is parsed, and then do a basic
3670  /// reachability analysis to determine if the statement is reachable.
3671  /// If it is unreachable, the diagnostic will not be emitted.
3672  bool DiagRuntimeBehavior(SourceLocation Loc, const Stmt *Statement,
3673                           const PartialDiagnostic &PD);
3674
3675  // Primary Expressions.
3676  SourceRange getExprRange(Expr *E) const;
3677
3678  ExprResult ActOnIdExpression(
3679      Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
3680      UnqualifiedId &Id, bool HasTrailingLParen, bool IsAddressOfOperand,
3681      std::unique_ptr<CorrectionCandidateCallback> CCC = nullptr,
3682      bool IsInlineAsmIdentifier = false, Token *KeywordReplacement = nullptr);
3683
3684  void DecomposeUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Id,
3685                              TemplateArgumentListInfo &Buffer,
3686                              DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
3687                              const TemplateArgumentListInfo *&TemplateArgs);
3688
3689  bool
3690  DiagnoseEmptyLookup(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, LookupResult &R,
3691                      std::unique_ptr<CorrectionCandidateCallback> CCC,
3692                      TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = nullptr,
3693                      ArrayRef<Expr *> Args = None, TypoExpr **Out = nullptr);
3694
3695  ExprResult LookupInObjCMethod(LookupResult &LookUp, Scope *S,
3696                                IdentifierInfo *II,
3697                                bool AllowBuiltinCreation=false);
3698
3699  ExprResult ActOnDependentIdExpression(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3700                                        SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
3701                                        const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
3702                                        bool isAddressOfOperand,
3703                                const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs);
3704
3705  ExprResult BuildDeclRefExpr(ValueDecl *D, QualType Ty,
3706                              ExprValueKind VK,
3707                              SourceLocation Loc,
3708                              const CXXScopeSpec *SS = nullptr);
3709  ExprResult
3710  BuildDeclRefExpr(ValueDecl *D, QualType Ty, ExprValueKind VK,
3711                   const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
3712                   const CXXScopeSpec *SS = nullptr,
3713                   NamedDecl *FoundD = nullptr,
3714                   const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs = nullptr);
3715  ExprResult
3716  BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(
3717      const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3718      SourceLocation nameLoc,
3719      IndirectFieldDecl *indirectField,
3720      DeclAccessPair FoundDecl = DeclAccessPair::make(nullptr, AS_none),
3721      Expr *baseObjectExpr = nullptr,
3722      SourceLocation opLoc = SourceLocation());
3723
3724  ExprResult BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3725                                             SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
3726                                             LookupResult &R,
3727                                const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs,
3728                                             const Scope *S);
3729  ExprResult BuildImplicitMemberExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3730                                     SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
3731                                     LookupResult &R,
3732                                const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs,
3733                                     bool IsDefiniteInstance,
3734                                     const Scope *S);
3735  bool UseArgumentDependentLookup(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3736                                  const LookupResult &R,
3737                                  bool HasTrailingLParen);
3738
3739  ExprResult
3740  BuildQualifiedDeclarationNameExpr(CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3741                                    const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
3742                                    bool IsAddressOfOperand, const Scope *S,
3743                                    TypeSourceInfo **RecoveryTSI = nullptr);
3744
3745  ExprResult BuildDependentDeclRefExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3746                                       SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
3747                                const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
3748                                const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs);
3749
3750  ExprResult BuildDeclarationNameExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3751                                      LookupResult &R,
3752                                      bool NeedsADL,
3753                                      bool AcceptInvalidDecl = false);
3754  ExprResult BuildDeclarationNameExpr(
3755      const CXXScopeSpec &SS, const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, NamedDecl *D,
3756      NamedDecl *FoundD = nullptr,
3757      const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs = nullptr,
3758      bool AcceptInvalidDecl = false);
3759
3760  ExprResult BuildLiteralOperatorCall(LookupResult &R,
3761                      DeclarationNameInfo &SuffixInfo,
3762                      ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
3763                      SourceLocation LitEndLoc,
3764                      TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = nullptr);
3765
3766  ExprResult BuildPredefinedExpr(SourceLocation Loc,
3767                                 PredefinedExpr::IdentType IT);
3768  ExprResult ActOnPredefinedExpr(SourceLocation Loc, tok::TokenKind Kind);
3769  ExprResult ActOnIntegerConstant(SourceLocation Loc, uint64_t Val);
3770
3771  bool CheckLoopHintExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc);
3772
3773  ExprResult ActOnNumericConstant(const Token &Tok, Scope *UDLScope = nullptr);
3774  ExprResult ActOnCharacterConstant(const Token &Tok,
3775                                    Scope *UDLScope = nullptr);
3776  ExprResult ActOnParenExpr(SourceLocation L, SourceLocation R, Expr *E);
3777  ExprResult ActOnParenListExpr(SourceLocation L,
3778                                SourceLocation R,
3779                                MultiExprArg Val);
3780
3781  /// ActOnStringLiteral - The specified tokens were lexed as pasted string
3782  /// fragments (e.g. "foo" "bar" L"baz").
3783  ExprResult ActOnStringLiteral(ArrayRef<Token> StringToks,
3784                                Scope *UDLScope = nullptr);
3785
3786  ExprResult ActOnGenericSelectionExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc,
3787                                       SourceLocation DefaultLoc,
3788                                       SourceLocation RParenLoc,
3789                                       Expr *ControllingExpr,
3790                                       ArrayRef<ParsedType> ArgTypes,
3791                                       ArrayRef<Expr *> ArgExprs);
3792  ExprResult CreateGenericSelectionExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc,
3793                                        SourceLocation DefaultLoc,
3794                                        SourceLocation RParenLoc,
3795                                        Expr *ControllingExpr,
3796                                        ArrayRef<TypeSourceInfo *> Types,
3797                                        ArrayRef<Expr *> Exprs);
3798
3799  // Binary/Unary Operators.  'Tok' is the token for the operator.
3800  ExprResult CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, UnaryOperatorKind Opc,
3801                                  Expr *InputExpr);
3802  ExprResult BuildUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
3803                          UnaryOperatorKind Opc, Expr *Input);
3804  ExprResult ActOnUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
3805                          tok::TokenKind Op, Expr *Input);
3806
3807  QualType CheckAddressOfOperand(ExprResult &Operand, SourceLocation OpLoc);
3808
3809  ExprResult CreateUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
3810                                            SourceLocation OpLoc,
3811                                            UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind,
3812                                            SourceRange R);
3813  ExprResult CreateUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc,
3814                                            UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind);
3815  ExprResult
3816    ActOnUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(SourceLocation OpLoc,
3817                                  UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind,
3818                                  bool IsType, void *TyOrEx,
3819                                  SourceRange ArgRange);
3820
3821  ExprResult CheckPlaceholderExpr(Expr *E);
3822  bool CheckVecStepExpr(Expr *E);
3823
3824  bool CheckUnaryExprOrTypeTraitOperand(Expr *E, UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind);
3825  bool CheckUnaryExprOrTypeTraitOperand(QualType ExprType, SourceLocation OpLoc,
3826                                        SourceRange ExprRange,
3827                                        UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind);
3828  ExprResult ActOnSizeofParameterPackExpr(Scope *S,
3829                                          SourceLocation OpLoc,
3830                                          IdentifierInfo &Name,
3831                                          SourceLocation NameLoc,
3832                                          SourceLocation RParenLoc);
3833  ExprResult ActOnPostfixUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
3834                                 tok::TokenKind Kind, Expr *Input);
3835
3836  ExprResult ActOnArraySubscriptExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, SourceLocation LLoc,
3837                                     Expr *Idx, SourceLocation RLoc);
3838  ExprResult CreateBuiltinArraySubscriptExpr(Expr *Base, SourceLocation LLoc,
3839                                             Expr *Idx, SourceLocation RLoc);
3840  ExprResult ActOnOMPArraySectionExpr(Expr *Base, SourceLocation LBLoc,
3841                                      Expr *LowerBound, SourceLocation ColonLoc,
3842                                      Expr *Length, SourceLocation RBLoc);
3843
3844  // This struct is for use by ActOnMemberAccess to allow
3845  // BuildMemberReferenceExpr to be able to reinvoke ActOnMemberAccess after
3846  // changing the access operator from a '.' to a '->' (to see if that is the
3847  // change needed to fix an error about an unknown member, e.g. when the class
3848  // defines a custom operator->).
3849  struct ActOnMemberAccessExtraArgs {
3850    Scope *S;
3851    UnqualifiedId &Id;
3852    Decl *ObjCImpDecl;
3853  };
3854
3855  ExprResult BuildMemberReferenceExpr(
3856      Expr *Base, QualType BaseType, SourceLocation OpLoc, bool IsArrow,
3857      CXXScopeSpec &SS, SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
3858      NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope, const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
3859      const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs,
3860      const Scope *S,
3861      ActOnMemberAccessExtraArgs *ExtraArgs = nullptr);
3862
3863  ExprResult
3864  BuildMemberReferenceExpr(Expr *Base, QualType BaseType, SourceLocation OpLoc,
3865                           bool IsArrow, const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3866                           SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
3867                           NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope, LookupResult &R,
3868                           const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs,
3869                           const Scope *S,
3870                           bool SuppressQualifierCheck = false,
3871                           ActOnMemberAccessExtraArgs *ExtraArgs = nullptr);
3872
3873  ExprResult PerformMemberExprBaseConversion(Expr *Base, bool IsArrow);
3874
3875  bool CheckQualifiedMemberReference(Expr *BaseExpr, QualType BaseType,
3876                                     const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3877                                     const LookupResult &R);
3878
3879  ExprResult ActOnDependentMemberExpr(Expr *Base, QualType BaseType,
3880                                      bool IsArrow, SourceLocation OpLoc,
3881                                      const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3882                                      SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
3883                                      NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope,
3884                               const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
3885                               const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs);
3886
3887  ExprResult ActOnMemberAccessExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base,
3888                                   SourceLocation OpLoc,
3889                                   tok::TokenKind OpKind,
3890                                   CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3891                                   SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
3892                                   UnqualifiedId &Member,
3893                                   Decl *ObjCImpDecl);
3894
3895  void ActOnDefaultCtorInitializers(Decl *CDtorDecl);
3896  bool ConvertArgumentsForCall(CallExpr *Call, Expr *Fn,
3897                               FunctionDecl *FDecl,
3898                               const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
3899                               ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
3900                               SourceLocation RParenLoc,
3901                               bool ExecConfig = false);
3902  void CheckStaticArrayArgument(SourceLocation CallLoc,
3903                                ParmVarDecl *Param,
3904                                const Expr *ArgExpr);
3905
3906  /// ActOnCallExpr - Handle a call to Fn with the specified array of arguments.
3907  /// This provides the location of the left/right parens and a list of comma
3908  /// locations.
3909  ExprResult ActOnCallExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3910                           MultiExprArg ArgExprs, SourceLocation RParenLoc,
3911                           Expr *ExecConfig = nullptr,
3912                           bool IsExecConfig = false);
3913  ExprResult BuildResolvedCallExpr(Expr *Fn, NamedDecl *NDecl,
3914                                   SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3915                                   ArrayRef<Expr *> Arg,
3916                                   SourceLocation RParenLoc,
3917                                   Expr *Config = nullptr,
3918                                   bool IsExecConfig = false);
3919
3920  ExprResult ActOnCUDAExecConfigExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LLLLoc,
3921                                     MultiExprArg ExecConfig,
3922                                     SourceLocation GGGLoc);
3923
3924  ExprResult ActOnCastExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3925                           Declarator &D, ParsedType &Ty,
3926                           SourceLocation RParenLoc, Expr *CastExpr);
3927  ExprResult BuildCStyleCastExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3928                                 TypeSourceInfo *Ty,
3929                                 SourceLocation RParenLoc,
3930                                 Expr *Op);
3931  CastKind PrepareScalarCast(ExprResult &src, QualType destType);
3932
3933  /// \brief Build an altivec or OpenCL literal.
3934  ExprResult BuildVectorLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3935                                SourceLocation RParenLoc, Expr *E,
3936                                TypeSourceInfo *TInfo);
3937
3938  ExprResult MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(Scope *S, Expr *ME);
3939
3940  ExprResult ActOnCompoundLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3941                                  ParsedType Ty,
3942                                  SourceLocation RParenLoc,
3943                                  Expr *InitExpr);
3944
3945  ExprResult BuildCompoundLiteralExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3946                                      TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
3947                                      SourceLocation RParenLoc,
3948                                      Expr *LiteralExpr);
3949
3950  ExprResult ActOnInitList(SourceLocation LBraceLoc,
3951                           MultiExprArg InitArgList,
3952                           SourceLocation RBraceLoc);
3953
3954  ExprResult ActOnDesignatedInitializer(Designation &Desig,
3955                                        SourceLocation Loc,
3956                                        bool GNUSyntax,
3957                                        ExprResult Init);
3958
3959private:
3960  static BinaryOperatorKind ConvertTokenKindToBinaryOpcode(tok::TokenKind Kind);
3961
3962public:
3963  ExprResult ActOnBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation TokLoc,
3964                        tok::TokenKind Kind, Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr);
3965  ExprResult BuildBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
3966                        BinaryOperatorKind Opc, Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr);
3967  ExprResult CreateBuiltinBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, BinaryOperatorKind Opc,
3968                                Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr);
3969
3970  /// ActOnConditionalOp - Parse a ?: operation.  Note that 'LHS' may be null
3971  /// in the case of a the GNU conditional expr extension.
3972  ExprResult ActOnConditionalOp(SourceLocation QuestionLoc,
3973                                SourceLocation ColonLoc,
3974                                Expr *CondExpr, Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr);
3975
3976  /// ActOnAddrLabel - Parse the GNU address of label extension: "&&foo".
3977  ExprResult ActOnAddrLabel(SourceLocation OpLoc, SourceLocation LabLoc,
3978                            LabelDecl *TheDecl);
3979
3980  void ActOnStartStmtExpr();
3981  ExprResult ActOnStmtExpr(SourceLocation LPLoc, Stmt *SubStmt,
3982                           SourceLocation RPLoc); // "({..})"
3983  void ActOnStmtExprError();
3984
3985  // __builtin_offsetof(type, identifier(.identifier|[expr])*)
3986  struct OffsetOfComponent {
3987    SourceLocation LocStart, LocEnd;
3988    bool isBrackets;  // true if [expr], false if .ident
3989    union {
3990      IdentifierInfo *IdentInfo;
3991      Expr *E;
3992    } U;
3993  };
3994
3995  /// __builtin_offsetof(type, a.b[123][456].c)
3996  ExprResult BuildBuiltinOffsetOf(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
3997                                  TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
3998                                  ArrayRef<OffsetOfComponent> Components,
3999                                  SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4000  ExprResult ActOnBuiltinOffsetOf(Scope *S,
4001                                  SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
4002                                  SourceLocation TypeLoc,
4003                                  ParsedType ParsedArgTy,
4004                                  ArrayRef<OffsetOfComponent> Components,
4005                                  SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4006
4007  // __builtin_choose_expr(constExpr, expr1, expr2)
4008  ExprResult ActOnChooseExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
4009                             Expr *CondExpr, Expr *LHSExpr,
4010                             Expr *RHSExpr, SourceLocation RPLoc);
4011
4012  // __builtin_va_arg(expr, type)
4013  ExprResult ActOnVAArg(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, Expr *E, ParsedType Ty,
4014                        SourceLocation RPLoc);
4015  ExprResult BuildVAArgExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, Expr *E,
4016                            TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, SourceLocation RPLoc);
4017
4018  // __null
4019  ExprResult ActOnGNUNullExpr(SourceLocation TokenLoc);
4020
4021  bool CheckCaseExpression(Expr *E);
4022
4023  /// \brief Describes the result of an "if-exists" condition check.
4024  enum IfExistsResult {
4025    /// \brief The symbol exists.
4026    IER_Exists,
4027
4028    /// \brief The symbol does not exist.
4029    IER_DoesNotExist,
4030
4031    /// \brief The name is a dependent name, so the results will differ
4032    /// from one instantiation to the next.
4033    IER_Dependent,
4034
4035    /// \brief An error occurred.
4036    IER_Error
4037  };
4038
4039  IfExistsResult
4040  CheckMicrosoftIfExistsSymbol(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4041                               const DeclarationNameInfo &TargetNameInfo);
4042
4043  IfExistsResult
4044  CheckMicrosoftIfExistsSymbol(Scope *S, SourceLocation KeywordLoc,
4045                               bool IsIfExists, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4046                               UnqualifiedId &Name);
4047
4048  StmtResult BuildMSDependentExistsStmt(SourceLocation KeywordLoc,
4049                                        bool IsIfExists,
4050                                        NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc,
4051                                        DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo,
4052                                        Stmt *Nested);
4053  StmtResult ActOnMSDependentExistsStmt(SourceLocation KeywordLoc,
4054                                        bool IsIfExists,
4055                                        CXXScopeSpec &SS, UnqualifiedId &Name,
4056                                        Stmt *Nested);
4057
4058  //===------------------------- "Block" Extension ------------------------===//
4059
4060  /// ActOnBlockStart - This callback is invoked when a block literal is
4061  /// started.
4062  void ActOnBlockStart(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope);
4063
4064  /// ActOnBlockArguments - This callback allows processing of block arguments.
4065  /// If there are no arguments, this is still invoked.
4066  void ActOnBlockArguments(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Declarator &ParamInfo,
4067                           Scope *CurScope);
4068
4069  /// ActOnBlockError - If there is an error parsing a block, this callback
4070  /// is invoked to pop the information about the block from the action impl.
4071  void ActOnBlockError(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope);
4072
4073  /// ActOnBlockStmtExpr - This is called when the body of a block statement
4074  /// literal was successfully completed.  ^(int x){...}
4075  ExprResult ActOnBlockStmtExpr(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Stmt *Body,
4076                                Scope *CurScope);
4077
4078  //===---------------------------- Clang Extensions ----------------------===//
4079
4080  /// __builtin_convertvector(...)
4081  ExprResult ActOnConvertVectorExpr(Expr *E, ParsedType ParsedDestTy,
4082                                    SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
4083                                    SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4084
4085  //===---------------------------- OpenCL Features -----------------------===//
4086
4087  /// __builtin_astype(...)
4088  ExprResult ActOnAsTypeExpr(Expr *E, ParsedType ParsedDestTy,
4089                             SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
4090                             SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4091
4092  //===---------------------------- C++ Features --------------------------===//
4093
4094  // Act on C++ namespaces
4095  Decl *ActOnStartNamespaceDef(Scope *S, SourceLocation InlineLoc,
4096                               SourceLocation NamespaceLoc,
4097                               SourceLocation IdentLoc,
4098                               IdentifierInfo *Ident,
4099                               SourceLocation LBrace,
4100                               AttributeList *AttrList,
4101                               UsingDirectiveDecl * &UsingDecl);
4102  void ActOnFinishNamespaceDef(Decl *Dcl, SourceLocation RBrace);
4103
4104  NamespaceDecl *getStdNamespace() const;
4105  NamespaceDecl *getOrCreateStdNamespace();
4106
4107  CXXRecordDecl *getStdBadAlloc() const;
4108
4109  /// \brief Tests whether Ty is an instance of std::initializer_list and, if
4110  /// it is and Element is not NULL, assigns the element type to Element.
4111  bool isStdInitializerList(QualType Ty, QualType *Element);
4112
4113  /// \brief Looks for the std::initializer_list template and instantiates it
4114  /// with Element, or emits an error if it's not found.
4115  ///
4116  /// \returns The instantiated template, or null on error.
4117  QualType BuildStdInitializerList(QualType Element, SourceLocation Loc);
4118
4119  /// \brief Determine whether Ctor is an initializer-list constructor, as
4120  /// defined in [dcl.init.list]p2.
4121  bool isInitListConstructor(const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor);
4122
4123  Decl *ActOnUsingDirective(Scope *CurScope,
4124                            SourceLocation UsingLoc,
4125                            SourceLocation NamespcLoc,
4126                            CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4127                            SourceLocation IdentLoc,
4128                            IdentifierInfo *NamespcName,
4129                            AttributeList *AttrList);
4130
4131  void PushUsingDirective(Scope *S, UsingDirectiveDecl *UDir);
4132
4133  Decl *ActOnNamespaceAliasDef(Scope *CurScope,
4134                               SourceLocation NamespaceLoc,
4135                               SourceLocation AliasLoc,
4136                               IdentifierInfo *Alias,
4137                               CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4138                               SourceLocation IdentLoc,
4139                               IdentifierInfo *Ident);
4140
4141  void HideUsingShadowDecl(Scope *S, UsingShadowDecl *Shadow);
4142  bool CheckUsingShadowDecl(UsingDecl *UD, NamedDecl *Target,
4143                            const LookupResult &PreviousDecls,
4144                            UsingShadowDecl *&PrevShadow);
4145  UsingShadowDecl *BuildUsingShadowDecl(Scope *S, UsingDecl *UD,
4146                                        NamedDecl *Target,
4147                                        UsingShadowDecl *PrevDecl);
4148
4149  bool CheckUsingDeclRedeclaration(SourceLocation UsingLoc,
4150                                   bool HasTypenameKeyword,
4151                                   const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4152                                   SourceLocation NameLoc,
4153                                   const LookupResult &Previous);
4154  bool CheckUsingDeclQualifier(SourceLocation UsingLoc,
4155                               const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4156                               const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
4157                               SourceLocation NameLoc);
4158
4159  NamedDecl *BuildUsingDeclaration(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS,
4160                                   SourceLocation UsingLoc,
4161                                   CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4162                                   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo,
4163                                   AttributeList *AttrList,
4164                                   bool IsInstantiation,
4165                                   bool HasTypenameKeyword,
4166                                   SourceLocation TypenameLoc);
4167
4168  bool CheckInheritingConstructorUsingDecl(UsingDecl *UD);
4169
4170  Decl *ActOnUsingDeclaration(Scope *CurScope,
4171                              AccessSpecifier AS,
4172                              bool HasUsingKeyword,
4173                              SourceLocation UsingLoc,
4174                              CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4175                              UnqualifiedId &Name,
4176                              AttributeList *AttrList,
4177                              bool HasTypenameKeyword,
4178                              SourceLocation TypenameLoc);
4179  Decl *ActOnAliasDeclaration(Scope *CurScope,
4180                              AccessSpecifier AS,
4181                              MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams,
4182                              SourceLocation UsingLoc,
4183                              UnqualifiedId &Name,
4184                              AttributeList *AttrList,
4185                              TypeResult Type,
4186                              Decl *DeclFromDeclSpec);
4187
4188  /// BuildCXXConstructExpr - Creates a complete call to a constructor,
4189  /// including handling of its default argument expressions.
4190  ///
4191  /// \param ConstructKind - a CXXConstructExpr::ConstructionKind
4192  ExprResult
4193  BuildCXXConstructExpr(SourceLocation ConstructLoc, QualType DeclInitType,
4194                        CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, MultiExprArg Exprs,
4195                        bool HadMultipleCandidates, bool IsListInitialization,
4196                        bool IsStdInitListInitialization,
4197                        bool RequiresZeroInit, unsigned ConstructKind,
4198                        SourceRange ParenRange);
4199
4200  // FIXME: Can we remove this and have the above BuildCXXConstructExpr check if
4201  // the constructor can be elidable?
4202  ExprResult
4203  BuildCXXConstructExpr(SourceLocation ConstructLoc, QualType DeclInitType,
4204                        CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, bool Elidable,
4205                        MultiExprArg Exprs, bool HadMultipleCandidates,
4206                        bool IsListInitialization,
4207                        bool IsStdInitListInitialization, bool RequiresZeroInit,
4208                        unsigned ConstructKind, SourceRange ParenRange);
4209
4210  ExprResult BuildCXXDefaultInitExpr(SourceLocation Loc, FieldDecl *Field);
4211
4212  /// BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr - Creates a CXXDefaultArgExpr, instantiating
4213  /// the default expr if needed.
4214  ExprResult BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr(SourceLocation CallLoc,
4215                                    FunctionDecl *FD,
4216                                    ParmVarDecl *Param);
4217
4218  /// FinalizeVarWithDestructor - Prepare for calling destructor on the
4219  /// constructed variable.
4220  void FinalizeVarWithDestructor(VarDecl *VD, const RecordType *DeclInitType);
4221
4222  /// \brief Helper class that collects exception specifications for
4223  /// implicitly-declared special member functions.
4224  class ImplicitExceptionSpecification {
4225    // Pointer to allow copying
4226    Sema *Self;
4227    // We order exception specifications thus:
4228    // noexcept is the most restrictive, but is only used in C++11.
4229    // throw() comes next.
4230    // Then a throw(collected exceptions)
4231    // Finally no specification, which is expressed as noexcept(false).
4232    // throw(...) is used instead if any called function uses it.
4233    ExceptionSpecificationType ComputedEST;
4234    llvm::SmallPtrSet<CanQualType, 4> ExceptionsSeen;
4235    SmallVector<QualType, 4> Exceptions;
4236
4237    void ClearExceptions() {
4238      ExceptionsSeen.clear();
4239      Exceptions.clear();
4240    }
4241
4242  public:
4243    explicit ImplicitExceptionSpecification(Sema &Self)
4244      : Self(&Self), ComputedEST(EST_BasicNoexcept) {
4245      if (!Self.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
4246        ComputedEST = EST_DynamicNone;
4247    }
4248
4249    /// \brief Get the computed exception specification type.
4250    ExceptionSpecificationType getExceptionSpecType() const {
4251      assert(ComputedEST != EST_ComputedNoexcept &&
4252             "noexcept(expr) should not be a possible result");
4253      return ComputedEST;
4254    }
4255
4256    /// \brief The number of exceptions in the exception specification.
4257    unsigned size() const { return Exceptions.size(); }
4258
4259    /// \brief The set of exceptions in the exception specification.
4260    const QualType *data() const { return Exceptions.data(); }
4261
4262    /// \brief Integrate another called method into the collected data.
4263    void CalledDecl(SourceLocation CallLoc, const CXXMethodDecl *Method);
4264
4265    /// \brief Integrate an invoked expression into the collected data.
4266    void CalledExpr(Expr *E);
4267
4268    /// \brief Overwrite an EPI's exception specification with this
4269    /// computed exception specification.
4270    FunctionProtoType::ExceptionSpecInfo getExceptionSpec() const {
4271      FunctionProtoType::ExceptionSpecInfo ESI;
4272      ESI.Type = getExceptionSpecType();
4273      if (ESI.Type == EST_Dynamic) {
4274        ESI.Exceptions = Exceptions;
4275      } else if (ESI.Type == EST_None) {
4276        /// C++11 [except.spec]p14:
4277        ///   The exception-specification is noexcept(false) if the set of
4278        ///   potential exceptions of the special member function contains "any"
4279        ESI.Type = EST_ComputedNoexcept;
4280        ESI.NoexceptExpr = Self->ActOnCXXBoolLiteral(SourceLocation(),
4281                                                     tok::kw_false).get();
4282      }
4283      return ESI;
4284    }
4285  };
4286
4287  /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted
4288  /// copy constructor of a class will have.
4289  ImplicitExceptionSpecification
4290  ComputeDefaultedDefaultCtorExceptionSpec(SourceLocation Loc,
4291                                           CXXMethodDecl *MD);
4292
4293  /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted
4294  /// default constructor of a class will have, and whether the parameter
4295  /// will be const.
4296  ImplicitExceptionSpecification
4297  ComputeDefaultedCopyCtorExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD);
4298
4299  /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defautled
4300  /// copy assignment operator of a class will have, and whether the
4301  /// parameter will be const.
4302  ImplicitExceptionSpecification
4303  ComputeDefaultedCopyAssignmentExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD);
4304
4305  /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted move
4306  /// constructor of a class will have.
4307  ImplicitExceptionSpecification
4308  ComputeDefaultedMoveCtorExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD);
4309
4310  /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted move
4311  /// assignment operator of a class will have.
4312  ImplicitExceptionSpecification
4313  ComputeDefaultedMoveAssignmentExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD);
4314
4315  /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted
4316  /// destructor of a class will have.
4317  ImplicitExceptionSpecification
4318  ComputeDefaultedDtorExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD);
4319
4320  /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification an inheriting
4321  /// constructor of a class will have.
4322  ImplicitExceptionSpecification
4323  ComputeInheritingCtorExceptionSpec(CXXConstructorDecl *CD);
4324
4325  /// \brief Evaluate the implicit exception specification for a defaulted
4326  /// special member function.
4327  void EvaluateImplicitExceptionSpec(SourceLocation Loc, CXXMethodDecl *MD);
4328
4329  /// \brief Check the given exception-specification and update the
4330  /// exception specification information with the results.
4331  void checkExceptionSpecification(bool IsTopLevel,
4332                                   ExceptionSpecificationType EST,
4333                                   ArrayRef<ParsedType> DynamicExceptions,
4334                                   ArrayRef<SourceRange> DynamicExceptionRanges,
4335                                   Expr *NoexceptExpr,
4336                                   SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &Exceptions,
4337                                   FunctionProtoType::ExceptionSpecInfo &ESI);
4338
4339  /// \brief Determine if we're in a case where we need to (incorrectly) eagerly
4340  /// parse an exception specification to work around a libstdc++ bug.
4341  bool isLibstdcxxEagerExceptionSpecHack(const Declarator &D);
4342
4343  /// \brief Add an exception-specification to the given member function
4344  /// (or member function template). The exception-specification was parsed
4345  /// after the method itself was declared.
4346  void actOnDelayedExceptionSpecification(Decl *Method,
4347         ExceptionSpecificationType EST,
4348         SourceRange SpecificationRange,
4349         ArrayRef<ParsedType> DynamicExceptions,
4350         ArrayRef<SourceRange> DynamicExceptionRanges,
4351         Expr *NoexceptExpr);
4352
4353  /// \brief Determine if a special member function should have a deleted
4354  /// definition when it is defaulted.
4355  bool ShouldDeleteSpecialMember(CXXMethodDecl *MD, CXXSpecialMember CSM,
4356                                 bool Diagnose = false);
4357
4358  /// \brief Declare the implicit default constructor for the given class.
4359  ///
4360  /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit
4361  /// default constructor will be added.
4362  ///
4363  /// \returns The implicitly-declared default constructor.
4364  CXXConstructorDecl *DeclareImplicitDefaultConstructor(
4365                                                     CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
4366
4367  /// DefineImplicitDefaultConstructor - Checks for feasibility of
4368  /// defining this constructor as the default constructor.
4369  void DefineImplicitDefaultConstructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation,
4370                                        CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor);
4371
4372  /// \brief Declare the implicit destructor for the given class.
4373  ///
4374  /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit
4375  /// destructor will be added.
4376  ///
4377  /// \returns The implicitly-declared destructor.
4378  CXXDestructorDecl *DeclareImplicitDestructor(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
4379
4380  /// DefineImplicitDestructor - Checks for feasibility of
4381  /// defining this destructor as the default destructor.
4382  void DefineImplicitDestructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation,
4383                                CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor);
4384
4385  /// \brief Build an exception spec for destructors that don't have one.
4386  ///
4387  /// C++11 says that user-defined destructors with no exception spec get one
4388  /// that looks as if the destructor was implicitly declared.
4389  void AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl,
4390                                     CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor);
4391
4392  /// \brief Declare all inheriting constructors for the given class.
4393  ///
4394  /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the inheriting
4395  /// constructors will be added.
4396  void DeclareInheritingConstructors(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
4397
4398  /// \brief Define the specified inheriting constructor.
4399  void DefineInheritingConstructor(SourceLocation UseLoc,
4400                                   CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor);
4401
4402  /// \brief Declare the implicit copy constructor for the given class.
4403  ///
4404  /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit
4405  /// copy constructor will be added.
4406  ///
4407  /// \returns The implicitly-declared copy constructor.
4408  CXXConstructorDecl *DeclareImplicitCopyConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
4409
4410  /// DefineImplicitCopyConstructor - Checks for feasibility of
4411  /// defining this constructor as the copy constructor.
4412  void DefineImplicitCopyConstructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation,
4413                                     CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor);
4414
4415  /// \brief Declare the implicit move constructor for the given class.
4416  ///
4417  /// \param ClassDecl The Class declaration into which the implicit
4418  /// move constructor will be added.
4419  ///
4420  /// \returns The implicitly-declared move constructor, or NULL if it wasn't
4421  /// declared.
4422  CXXConstructorDecl *DeclareImplicitMoveConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
4423
4424  /// DefineImplicitMoveConstructor - Checks for feasibility of
4425  /// defining this constructor as the move constructor.
4426  void DefineImplicitMoveConstructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation,
4427                                     CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor);
4428
4429  /// \brief Declare the implicit copy assignment operator for the given class.
4430  ///
4431  /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit
4432  /// copy assignment operator will be added.
4433  ///
4434  /// \returns The implicitly-declared copy assignment operator.
4435  CXXMethodDecl *DeclareImplicitCopyAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
4436
4437  /// \brief Defines an implicitly-declared copy assignment operator.
4438  void DefineImplicitCopyAssignment(SourceLocation CurrentLocation,
4439                                    CXXMethodDecl *MethodDecl);
4440
4441  /// \brief Declare the implicit move assignment operator for the given class.
4442  ///
4443  /// \param ClassDecl The Class declaration into which the implicit
4444  /// move assignment operator will be added.
4445  ///
4446  /// \returns The implicitly-declared move assignment operator, or NULL if it
4447  /// wasn't declared.
4448  CXXMethodDecl *DeclareImplicitMoveAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
4449
4450  /// \brief Defines an implicitly-declared move assignment operator.
4451  void DefineImplicitMoveAssignment(SourceLocation CurrentLocation,
4452                                    CXXMethodDecl *MethodDecl);
4453
4454  /// \brief Force the declaration of any implicitly-declared members of this
4455  /// class.
4456  void ForceDeclarationOfImplicitMembers(CXXRecordDecl *Class);
4457
4458  /// \brief Determine whether the given function is an implicitly-deleted
4459  /// special member function.
4460  bool isImplicitlyDeleted(FunctionDecl *FD);
4461
4462  /// \brief Check whether 'this' shows up in the type of a static member
4463  /// function after the (naturally empty) cv-qualifier-seq would be.
4464  ///
4465  /// \returns true if an error occurred.
4466  bool checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionType(CXXMethodDecl *Method);
4467
4468  /// \brief Whether this' shows up in the exception specification of a static
4469  /// member function.
4470  bool checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *Method);
4471
4472  /// \brief Check whether 'this' shows up in the attributes of the given
4473  /// static member function.
4474  ///
4475  /// \returns true if an error occurred.
4476  bool checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionAttributes(CXXMethodDecl *Method);
4477
4478  /// MaybeBindToTemporary - If the passed in expression has a record type with
4479  /// a non-trivial destructor, this will return CXXBindTemporaryExpr. Otherwise
4480  /// it simply returns the passed in expression.
4481  ExprResult MaybeBindToTemporary(Expr *E);
4482
4483  bool CompleteConstructorCall(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor,
4484                               MultiExprArg ArgsPtr,
4485                               SourceLocation Loc,
4486                               SmallVectorImpl<Expr*> &ConvertedArgs,
4487                               bool AllowExplicit = false,
4488                               bool IsListInitialization = false);
4489
4490  ParsedType getInheritingConstructorName(CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4491                                          SourceLocation NameLoc,
4492                                          IdentifierInfo &Name);
4493
4494  ParsedType getDestructorName(SourceLocation TildeLoc,
4495                               IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc,
4496                               Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4497                               ParsedType ObjectType,
4498                               bool EnteringContext);
4499
4500  ParsedType getDestructorType(const DeclSpec& DS, ParsedType ObjectType);
4501
4502  // Checks that reinterpret casts don't have undefined behavior.
4503  void CheckCompatibleReinterpretCast(QualType SrcType, QualType DestType,
4504                                      bool IsDereference, SourceRange Range);
4505
4506  /// ActOnCXXNamedCast - Parse {dynamic,static,reinterpret,const}_cast's.
4507  ExprResult ActOnCXXNamedCast(SourceLocation OpLoc,
4508                               tok::TokenKind Kind,
4509                               SourceLocation LAngleBracketLoc,
4510                               Declarator &D,
4511                               SourceLocation RAngleBracketLoc,
4512                               SourceLocation LParenLoc,
4513                               Expr *E,
4514                               SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4515
4516  ExprResult BuildCXXNamedCast(SourceLocation OpLoc,
4517                               tok::TokenKind Kind,
4518                               TypeSourceInfo *Ty,
4519                               Expr *E,
4520                               SourceRange AngleBrackets,
4521                               SourceRange Parens);
4522
4523  ExprResult BuildCXXTypeId(QualType TypeInfoType,
4524                            SourceLocation TypeidLoc,
4525                            TypeSourceInfo *Operand,
4526                            SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4527  ExprResult BuildCXXTypeId(QualType TypeInfoType,
4528                            SourceLocation TypeidLoc,
4529                            Expr *Operand,
4530                            SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4531
4532  /// ActOnCXXTypeid - Parse typeid( something ).
4533  ExprResult ActOnCXXTypeid(SourceLocation OpLoc,
4534                            SourceLocation LParenLoc, bool isType,
4535                            void *TyOrExpr,
4536                            SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4537
4538  ExprResult BuildCXXUuidof(QualType TypeInfoType,
4539                            SourceLocation TypeidLoc,
4540                            TypeSourceInfo *Operand,
4541                            SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4542  ExprResult BuildCXXUuidof(QualType TypeInfoType,
4543                            SourceLocation TypeidLoc,
4544                            Expr *Operand,
4545                            SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4546
4547  /// ActOnCXXUuidof - Parse __uuidof( something ).
4548  ExprResult ActOnCXXUuidof(SourceLocation OpLoc,
4549                            SourceLocation LParenLoc, bool isType,
4550                            void *TyOrExpr,
4551                            SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4552
4553  /// \brief Handle a C++1z fold-expression: ( expr op ... op expr ).
4554  ExprResult ActOnCXXFoldExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc, Expr *LHS,
4555                              tok::TokenKind Operator,
4556                              SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, Expr *RHS,
4557                              SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4558  ExprResult BuildCXXFoldExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc, Expr *LHS,
4559                              BinaryOperatorKind Operator,
4560                              SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, Expr *RHS,
4561                              SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4562  ExprResult BuildEmptyCXXFoldExpr(SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
4563                                   BinaryOperatorKind Operator);
4564
4565  //// ActOnCXXThis -  Parse 'this' pointer.
4566  ExprResult ActOnCXXThis(SourceLocation loc);
4567
4568  /// \brief Try to retrieve the type of the 'this' pointer.
4569  ///
4570  /// \returns The type of 'this', if possible. Otherwise, returns a NULL type.
4571  QualType getCurrentThisType();
4572
4573  /// \brief When non-NULL, the C++ 'this' expression is allowed despite the
4574  /// current context not being a non-static member function. In such cases,
4575  /// this provides the type used for 'this'.
4576  QualType CXXThisTypeOverride;
4577
4578  /// \brief RAII object used to temporarily allow the C++ 'this' expression
4579  /// to be used, with the given qualifiers on the current class type.
4580  class CXXThisScopeRAII {
4581    Sema &S;
4582    QualType OldCXXThisTypeOverride;
4583    bool Enabled;
4584
4585  public:
4586    /// \brief Introduce a new scope where 'this' may be allowed (when enabled),
4587    /// using the given declaration (which is either a class template or a
4588    /// class) along with the given qualifiers.
4589    /// along with the qualifiers placed on '*this'.
4590    CXXThisScopeRAII(Sema &S, Decl *ContextDecl, unsigned CXXThisTypeQuals,
4591                     bool Enabled = true);
4592
4593    ~CXXThisScopeRAII();
4594  };
4595
4596  /// \brief Make sure the value of 'this' is actually available in the current
4597  /// context, if it is a potentially evaluated context.
4598  ///
4599  /// \param Loc The location at which the capture of 'this' occurs.
4600  ///
4601  /// \param Explicit Whether 'this' is explicitly captured in a lambda
4602  /// capture list.
4603  ///
4604  /// \param FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt If non-null, it points to the index
4605  /// of the FunctionScopeInfo stack beyond which we do not attempt to capture.
4606  /// This is useful when enclosing lambdas must speculatively capture
4607  /// 'this' that may or may not be used in certain specializations of
4608  /// a nested generic lambda (depending on whether the name resolves to
4609  /// a non-static member function or a static function).
4610  /// \return returns 'true' if failed, 'false' if success.
4611  bool CheckCXXThisCapture(SourceLocation Loc, bool Explicit = false,
4612      bool BuildAndDiagnose = true,
4613      const unsigned *const FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt = nullptr);
4614
4615  /// \brief Determine whether the given type is the type of *this that is used
4616  /// outside of the body of a member function for a type that is currently
4617  /// being defined.
4618  bool isThisOutsideMemberFunctionBody(QualType BaseType);
4619
4620  /// ActOnCXXBoolLiteral - Parse {true,false} literals.
4621  ExprResult ActOnCXXBoolLiteral(SourceLocation OpLoc, tok::TokenKind Kind);
4622
4623
4624  /// ActOnObjCBoolLiteral - Parse {__objc_yes,__objc_no} literals.
4625  ExprResult ActOnObjCBoolLiteral(SourceLocation OpLoc, tok::TokenKind Kind);
4626
4627  /// ActOnCXXNullPtrLiteral - Parse 'nullptr'.
4628  ExprResult ActOnCXXNullPtrLiteral(SourceLocation Loc);
4629
4630  //// ActOnCXXThrow -  Parse throw expressions.
4631  ExprResult ActOnCXXThrow(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *expr);
4632  ExprResult BuildCXXThrow(SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *Ex,
4633                           bool IsThrownVarInScope);
4634  bool CheckCXXThrowOperand(SourceLocation ThrowLoc, QualType ThrowTy, Expr *E);
4635
4636  /// ActOnCXXTypeConstructExpr - Parse construction of a specified type.
4637  /// Can be interpreted either as function-style casting ("int(x)")
4638  /// or class type construction ("ClassType(x,y,z)")
4639  /// or creation of a value-initialized type ("int()").
4640  ExprResult ActOnCXXTypeConstructExpr(ParsedType TypeRep,
4641                                       SourceLocation LParenLoc,
4642                                       MultiExprArg Exprs,
4643                                       SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4644
4645  ExprResult BuildCXXTypeConstructExpr(TypeSourceInfo *Type,
4646                                       SourceLocation LParenLoc,
4647                                       MultiExprArg Exprs,
4648                                       SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4649
4650  /// ActOnCXXNew - Parsed a C++ 'new' expression.
4651  ExprResult ActOnCXXNew(SourceLocation StartLoc, bool UseGlobal,
4652                         SourceLocation PlacementLParen,
4653                         MultiExprArg PlacementArgs,
4654                         SourceLocation PlacementRParen,
4655                         SourceRange TypeIdParens, Declarator &D,
4656                         Expr *Initializer);
4657  ExprResult BuildCXXNew(SourceRange Range, bool UseGlobal,
4658                         SourceLocation PlacementLParen,
4659                         MultiExprArg PlacementArgs,
4660                         SourceLocation PlacementRParen,
4661                         SourceRange TypeIdParens,
4662                         QualType AllocType,
4663                         TypeSourceInfo *AllocTypeInfo,
4664                         Expr *ArraySize,
4665                         SourceRange DirectInitRange,
4666                         Expr *Initializer,
4667                         bool TypeMayContainAuto = true);
4668
4669  bool CheckAllocatedType(QualType AllocType, SourceLocation Loc,
4670                          SourceRange R);
4671  bool FindAllocationFunctions(SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceRange Range,
4672                               bool UseGlobal, QualType AllocType, bool IsArray,
4673                               MultiExprArg PlaceArgs,
4674                               FunctionDecl *&OperatorNew,
4675                               FunctionDecl *&OperatorDelete);
4676  bool FindAllocationOverload(SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceRange Range,
4677                              DeclarationName Name, MultiExprArg Args,
4678                              DeclContext *Ctx,
4679                              bool AllowMissing, FunctionDecl *&Operator,
4680                              bool Diagnose = true);
4681  void DeclareGlobalNewDelete();
4682  void DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction(DeclarationName Name, QualType Return,
4683                                       QualType Param1,
4684                                       QualType Param2 = QualType(),
4685                                       bool addRestrictAttr = false);
4686
4687  bool FindDeallocationFunction(SourceLocation StartLoc, CXXRecordDecl *RD,
4688                                DeclarationName Name, FunctionDecl* &Operator,
4689                                bool Diagnose = true);
4690  FunctionDecl *FindUsualDeallocationFunction(SourceLocation StartLoc,
4691                                              bool CanProvideSize,
4692                                              DeclarationName Name);
4693
4694  /// ActOnCXXDelete - Parsed a C++ 'delete' expression
4695  ExprResult ActOnCXXDelete(SourceLocation StartLoc,
4696                            bool UseGlobal, bool ArrayForm,
4697                            Expr *Operand);
4698
4699  DeclResult ActOnCXXConditionDeclaration(Scope *S, Declarator &D);
4700  ExprResult CheckConditionVariable(VarDecl *ConditionVar,
4701                                    SourceLocation StmtLoc,
4702                                    bool ConvertToBoolean);
4703
4704  ExprResult ActOnNoexceptExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, SourceLocation LParen,
4705                               Expr *Operand, SourceLocation RParen);
4706  ExprResult BuildCXXNoexceptExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, Expr *Operand,
4707                                  SourceLocation RParen);
4708
4709  /// \brief Parsed one of the type trait support pseudo-functions.
4710  ExprResult ActOnTypeTrait(TypeTrait Kind, SourceLocation KWLoc,
4711                            ArrayRef<ParsedType> Args,
4712                            SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4713  ExprResult BuildTypeTrait(TypeTrait Kind, SourceLocation KWLoc,
4714                            ArrayRef<TypeSourceInfo *> Args,
4715                            SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4716
4717  /// ActOnArrayTypeTrait - Parsed one of the bianry type trait support
4718  /// pseudo-functions.
4719  ExprResult ActOnArrayTypeTrait(ArrayTypeTrait ATT,
4720                                 SourceLocation KWLoc,
4721                                 ParsedType LhsTy,
4722                                 Expr *DimExpr,
4723                                 SourceLocation RParen);
4724
4725  ExprResult BuildArrayTypeTrait(ArrayTypeTrait ATT,
4726                                 SourceLocation KWLoc,
4727                                 TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo,
4728                                 Expr *DimExpr,
4729                                 SourceLocation RParen);
4730
4731  /// ActOnExpressionTrait - Parsed one of the unary type trait support
4732  /// pseudo-functions.
4733  ExprResult ActOnExpressionTrait(ExpressionTrait OET,
4734                                  SourceLocation KWLoc,
4735                                  Expr *Queried,
4736                                  SourceLocation RParen);
4737
4738  ExprResult BuildExpressionTrait(ExpressionTrait OET,
4739                                  SourceLocation KWLoc,
4740                                  Expr *Queried,
4741                                  SourceLocation RParen);
4742
4743  ExprResult ActOnStartCXXMemberReference(Scope *S,
4744                                          Expr *Base,
4745                                          SourceLocation OpLoc,
4746                                          tok::TokenKind OpKind,
4747                                          ParsedType &ObjectType,
4748                                          bool &MayBePseudoDestructor);
4749
4750  ExprResult BuildPseudoDestructorExpr(Expr *Base,
4751                                       SourceLocation OpLoc,
4752                                       tok::TokenKind OpKind,
4753                                       const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4754                                       TypeSourceInfo *ScopeType,
4755                                       SourceLocation CCLoc,
4756                                       SourceLocation TildeLoc,
4757                                     PseudoDestructorTypeStorage DestroyedType);
4758
4759  ExprResult ActOnPseudoDestructorExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base,
4760                                       SourceLocation OpLoc,
4761                                       tok::TokenKind OpKind,
4762                                       CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4763                                       UnqualifiedId &FirstTypeName,
4764                                       SourceLocation CCLoc,
4765                                       SourceLocation TildeLoc,
4766                                       UnqualifiedId &SecondTypeName);
4767
4768  ExprResult ActOnPseudoDestructorExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base,
4769                                       SourceLocation OpLoc,
4770                                       tok::TokenKind OpKind,
4771                                       SourceLocation TildeLoc,
4772                                       const DeclSpec& DS);
4773
4774  /// MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups - If the current full-expression
4775  /// requires any cleanups, surround it with a ExprWithCleanups node.
4776  /// Otherwise, just returns the passed-in expression.
4777  Expr *MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Expr *SubExpr);
4778  Stmt *MaybeCreateStmtWithCleanups(Stmt *SubStmt);
4779  ExprResult MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(ExprResult SubExpr);
4780
4781  ExprResult ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr *Expr) {
4782    return ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr, Expr ? Expr->getExprLoc()
4783                                          : SourceLocation());
4784  }
4785  ExprResult ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr *Expr, SourceLocation CC,
4786                                 bool DiscardedValue = false,
4787                                 bool IsConstexpr = false,
4788                                 bool IsLambdaInitCaptureInitializer = false);
4789  StmtResult ActOnFinishFullStmt(Stmt *Stmt);
4790
4791  // Marks SS invalid if it represents an incomplete type.
4792  bool RequireCompleteDeclContext(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC);
4793
4794  DeclContext *computeDeclContext(QualType T);
4795  DeclContext *computeDeclContext(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4796                                  bool EnteringContext = false);
4797  bool isDependentScopeSpecifier(const CXXScopeSpec &SS);
4798  CXXRecordDecl *getCurrentInstantiationOf(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS);
4799
4800  /// \brief The parser has parsed a global nested-name-specifier '::'.
4801  ///
4802  /// \param CCLoc The location of the '::'.
4803  ///
4804  /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which will be updated in-place
4805  /// to reflect the parsed nested-name-specifier.
4806  ///
4807  /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
4808  bool ActOnCXXGlobalScopeSpecifier(SourceLocation CCLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS);
4809
4810  /// \brief The parser has parsed a '__super' nested-name-specifier.
4811  ///
4812  /// \param SuperLoc The location of the '__super' keyword.
4813  ///
4814  /// \param ColonColonLoc The location of the '::'.
4815  ///
4816  /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which will be updated in-place
4817  /// to reflect the parsed nested-name-specifier.
4818  ///
4819  /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
4820  bool ActOnSuperScopeSpecifier(SourceLocation SuperLoc,
4821                                SourceLocation ColonColonLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS);
4822
4823  bool isAcceptableNestedNameSpecifier(const NamedDecl *SD,
4824                                       bool *CanCorrect = nullptr);
4825  NamedDecl *FindFirstQualifierInScope(Scope *S, NestedNameSpecifier *NNS);
4826
4827  bool isNonTypeNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4828                                    SourceLocation IdLoc,
4829                                    IdentifierInfo &II,
4830                                    ParsedType ObjectType);
4831
4832  bool BuildCXXNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S,
4833                                   IdentifierInfo &Identifier,
4834                                   SourceLocation IdentifierLoc,
4835                                   SourceLocation CCLoc,
4836                                   QualType ObjectType,
4837                                   bool EnteringContext,
4838                                   CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4839                                   NamedDecl *ScopeLookupResult,
4840                                   bool ErrorRecoveryLookup,
4841                                   bool *IsCorrectedToColon = nullptr);
4842
4843  /// \brief The parser has parsed a nested-name-specifier 'identifier::'.
4844  ///
4845  /// \param S The scope in which this nested-name-specifier occurs.
4846  ///
4847  /// \param Identifier The identifier preceding the '::'.
4848  ///
4849  /// \param IdentifierLoc The location of the identifier.
4850  ///
4851  /// \param CCLoc The location of the '::'.
4852  ///
4853  /// \param ObjectType The type of the object, if we're parsing
4854  /// nested-name-specifier in a member access expression.
4855  ///
4856  /// \param EnteringContext Whether we're entering the context nominated by
4857  /// this nested-name-specifier.
4858  ///
4859  /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which is both an input
4860  /// parameter (the nested-name-specifier before this type) and an
4861  /// output parameter (containing the full nested-name-specifier,
4862  /// including this new type).
4863  ///
4864  /// \param ErrorRecoveryLookup If true, then this method is called to improve
4865  /// error recovery. In this case do not emit error message.
4866  ///
4867  /// \param IsCorrectedToColon If not null, suggestions to replace '::' -> ':'
4868  /// are allowed.  The bool value pointed by this parameter is set to 'true'
4869  /// if the identifier is treated as if it was followed by ':', not '::'.
4870  ///
4871  /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
4872  bool ActOnCXXNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S,
4873                                   IdentifierInfo &Identifier,
4874                                   SourceLocation IdentifierLoc,
4875                                   SourceLocation CCLoc,
4876                                   ParsedType ObjectType,
4877                                   bool EnteringContext,
4878                                   CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4879                                   bool ErrorRecoveryLookup = false,
4880                                   bool *IsCorrectedToColon = nullptr);
4881
4882  ExprResult ActOnDecltypeExpression(Expr *E);
4883
4884  bool ActOnCXXNestedNameSpecifierDecltype(CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4885                                           const DeclSpec &DS,
4886                                           SourceLocation ColonColonLoc);
4887
4888  bool IsInvalidUnlessNestedName(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4889                                 IdentifierInfo &Identifier,
4890                                 SourceLocation IdentifierLoc,
4891                                 SourceLocation ColonLoc,
4892                                 ParsedType ObjectType,
4893                                 bool EnteringContext);
4894
4895  /// \brief The parser has parsed a nested-name-specifier
4896  /// 'template[opt] template-name < template-args >::'.
4897  ///
4898  /// \param S The scope in which this nested-name-specifier occurs.
4899  ///
4900  /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which is both an input
4901  /// parameter (the nested-name-specifier before this type) and an
4902  /// output parameter (containing the full nested-name-specifier,
4903  /// including this new type).
4904  ///
4905  /// \param TemplateKWLoc the location of the 'template' keyword, if any.
4906  /// \param TemplateName the template name.
4907  /// \param TemplateNameLoc The location of the template name.
4908  /// \param LAngleLoc The location of the opening angle bracket  ('<').
4909  /// \param TemplateArgs The template arguments.
4910  /// \param RAngleLoc The location of the closing angle bracket  ('>').
4911  /// \param CCLoc The location of the '::'.
4912  ///
4913  /// \param EnteringContext Whether we're entering the context of the
4914  /// nested-name-specifier.
4915  ///
4916  ///
4917  /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
4918  bool ActOnCXXNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S,
4919                                   CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4920                                   SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
4921                                   TemplateTy TemplateName,
4922                                   SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc,
4923                                   SourceLocation LAngleLoc,
4924                                   ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs,
4925                                   SourceLocation RAngleLoc,
4926                                   SourceLocation CCLoc,
4927                                   bool EnteringContext);
4928
4929  /// \brief Given a C++ nested-name-specifier, produce an annotation value
4930  /// that the parser can use later to reconstruct the given
4931  /// nested-name-specifier.
4932  ///
4933  /// \param SS A nested-name-specifier.
4934  ///
4935  /// \returns A pointer containing all of the information in the
4936  /// nested-name-specifier \p SS.
4937  void *SaveNestedNameSpecifierAnnotation(CXXScopeSpec &SS);
4938
4939  /// \brief Given an annotation pointer for a nested-name-specifier, restore
4940  /// the nested-name-specifier structure.
4941  ///
4942  /// \param Annotation The annotation pointer, produced by
4943  /// \c SaveNestedNameSpecifierAnnotation().
4944  ///
4945  /// \param AnnotationRange The source range corresponding to the annotation.
4946  ///
4947  /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that will be updated with the contents
4948  /// of the annotation pointer.
4949  void RestoreNestedNameSpecifierAnnotation(void *Annotation,
4950                                            SourceRange AnnotationRange,
4951                                            CXXScopeSpec &SS);
4952
4953  bool ShouldEnterDeclaratorScope(Scope *S, const CXXScopeSpec &SS);
4954
4955  /// ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope - Called when a C++ scope specifier (global
4956  /// scope or nested-name-specifier) is parsed, part of a declarator-id.
4957  /// After this method is called, according to [C++ 3.4.3p3], names should be
4958  /// looked up in the declarator-id's scope, until the declarator is parsed and
4959  /// ActOnCXXExitDeclaratorScope is called.
4960  /// The 'SS' should be a non-empty valid CXXScopeSpec.
4961  bool ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS);
4962
4963  /// ActOnCXXExitDeclaratorScope - Called when a declarator that previously
4964  /// invoked ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope(), is finished. 'SS' is the same
4965  /// CXXScopeSpec that was passed to ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope as well.
4966  /// Used to indicate that names should revert to being looked up in the
4967  /// defining scope.
4968  void ActOnCXXExitDeclaratorScope(Scope *S, const CXXScopeSpec &SS);
4969
4970  /// ActOnCXXEnterDeclInitializer - Invoked when we are about to parse an
4971  /// initializer for the declaration 'Dcl'.
4972  /// After this method is called, according to [C++ 3.4.1p13], if 'Dcl' is a
4973  /// static data member of class X, names should be looked up in the scope of
4974  /// class X.
4975  void ActOnCXXEnterDeclInitializer(Scope *S, Decl *Dcl);
4976
4977  /// ActOnCXXExitDeclInitializer - Invoked after we are finished parsing an
4978  /// initializer for the declaration 'Dcl'.
4979  void ActOnCXXExitDeclInitializer(Scope *S, Decl *Dcl);
4980
4981  /// \brief Create a new lambda closure type.
4982  CXXRecordDecl *createLambdaClosureType(SourceRange IntroducerRange,
4983                                         TypeSourceInfo *Info,
4984                                         bool KnownDependent,
4985                                         LambdaCaptureDefault CaptureDefault);
4986
4987  /// \brief Start the definition of a lambda expression.
4988  CXXMethodDecl *startLambdaDefinition(CXXRecordDecl *Class,
4989                                       SourceRange IntroducerRange,
4990                                       TypeSourceInfo *MethodType,
4991                                       SourceLocation EndLoc,
4992                                       ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> Params);
4993
4994  /// \brief Endow the lambda scope info with the relevant properties.
4995  void buildLambdaScope(sema::LambdaScopeInfo *LSI,
4996                        CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator,
4997                        SourceRange IntroducerRange,
4998                        LambdaCaptureDefault CaptureDefault,
4999                        SourceLocation CaptureDefaultLoc,
5000                        bool ExplicitParams,
5001                        bool ExplicitResultType,
5002                        bool Mutable);
5003
5004  /// \brief Perform initialization analysis of the init-capture and perform
5005  /// any implicit conversions such as an lvalue-to-rvalue conversion if
5006  /// not being used to initialize a reference.
5007  ParsedType actOnLambdaInitCaptureInitialization(
5008      SourceLocation Loc, bool ByRef, IdentifierInfo *Id,
5009      LambdaCaptureInitKind InitKind, Expr *&Init) {
5010    return ParsedType::make(buildLambdaInitCaptureInitialization(
5011        Loc, ByRef, Id, InitKind != LambdaCaptureInitKind::CopyInit, Init));
5012  }
5013  QualType buildLambdaInitCaptureInitialization(SourceLocation Loc, bool ByRef,
5014                                                IdentifierInfo *Id,
5015                                                bool DirectInit, Expr *&Init);
5016
5017  /// \brief Create a dummy variable within the declcontext of the lambda's
5018  ///  call operator, for name lookup purposes for a lambda init capture.
5019  ///
5020  ///  CodeGen handles emission of lambda captures, ignoring these dummy
5021  ///  variables appropriately.
5022  VarDecl *createLambdaInitCaptureVarDecl(SourceLocation Loc,
5023                                          QualType InitCaptureType,
5024                                          IdentifierInfo *Id,
5025                                          unsigned InitStyle, Expr *Init);
5026
5027  /// \brief Build the implicit field for an init-capture.
5028  FieldDecl *buildInitCaptureField(sema::LambdaScopeInfo *LSI, VarDecl *Var);
5029
5030  /// \brief Note that we have finished the explicit captures for the
5031  /// given lambda.
5032  void finishLambdaExplicitCaptures(sema::LambdaScopeInfo *LSI);
5033
5034  /// \brief Introduce the lambda parameters into scope.
5035  void addLambdaParameters(CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator, Scope *CurScope);
5036
5037  /// \brief Deduce a block or lambda's return type based on the return
5038  /// statements present in the body.
5039  void deduceClosureReturnType(sema::CapturingScopeInfo &CSI);
5040
5041  /// ActOnStartOfLambdaDefinition - This is called just before we start
5042  /// parsing the body of a lambda; it analyzes the explicit captures and
5043  /// arguments, and sets up various data-structures for the body of the
5044  /// lambda.
5045  void ActOnStartOfLambdaDefinition(LambdaIntroducer &Intro,
5046                                    Declarator &ParamInfo, Scope *CurScope);
5047
5048  /// ActOnLambdaError - If there is an error parsing a lambda, this callback
5049  /// is invoked to pop the information about the lambda.
5050  void ActOnLambdaError(SourceLocation StartLoc, Scope *CurScope,
5051                        bool IsInstantiation = false);
5052
5053  /// ActOnLambdaExpr - This is called when the body of a lambda expression
5054  /// was successfully completed.
5055  ExprResult ActOnLambdaExpr(SourceLocation StartLoc, Stmt *Body,
5056                             Scope *CurScope);
5057
5058  /// \brief Complete a lambda-expression having processed and attached the
5059  /// lambda body.
5060  ExprResult BuildLambdaExpr(SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceLocation EndLoc,
5061                             sema::LambdaScopeInfo *LSI);
5062
5063  /// \brief Define the "body" of the conversion from a lambda object to a
5064  /// function pointer.
5065  ///
5066  /// This routine doesn't actually define a sensible body; rather, it fills
5067  /// in the initialization expression needed to copy the lambda object into
5068  /// the block, and IR generation actually generates the real body of the
5069  /// block pointer conversion.
5070  void DefineImplicitLambdaToFunctionPointerConversion(
5071         SourceLocation CurrentLoc, CXXConversionDecl *Conv);
5072
5073  /// \brief Define the "body" of the conversion from a lambda object to a
5074  /// block pointer.
5075  ///
5076  /// This routine doesn't actually define a sensible body; rather, it fills
5077  /// in the initialization expression needed to copy the lambda object into
5078  /// the block, and IR generation actually generates the real body of the
5079  /// block pointer conversion.
5080  void DefineImplicitLambdaToBlockPointerConversion(SourceLocation CurrentLoc,
5081                                                    CXXConversionDecl *Conv);
5082
5083  ExprResult BuildBlockForLambdaConversion(SourceLocation CurrentLocation,
5084                                           SourceLocation ConvLocation,
5085                                           CXXConversionDecl *Conv,
5086                                           Expr *Src);
5087
5088  // ParseObjCStringLiteral - Parse Objective-C string literals.
5089  ExprResult ParseObjCStringLiteral(SourceLocation *AtLocs,
5090                                    Expr **Strings,
5091                                    unsigned NumStrings);
5092
5093  ExprResult BuildObjCStringLiteral(SourceLocation AtLoc, StringLiteral *S);
5094
5095  /// BuildObjCNumericLiteral - builds an ObjCBoxedExpr AST node for the
5096  /// numeric literal expression. Type of the expression will be "NSNumber *"
5097  /// or "id" if NSNumber is unavailable.
5098  ExprResult BuildObjCNumericLiteral(SourceLocation AtLoc, Expr *Number);
5099  ExprResult ActOnObjCBoolLiteral(SourceLocation AtLoc, SourceLocation ValueLoc,
5100                                  bool Value);
5101  ExprResult BuildObjCArrayLiteral(SourceRange SR, MultiExprArg Elements);
5102
5103  /// BuildObjCBoxedExpr - builds an ObjCBoxedExpr AST node for the
5104  /// '@' prefixed parenthesized expression. The type of the expression will
5105  /// either be "NSNumber *", "NSString *" or "NSValue *" depending on the type
5106  /// of ValueType, which is allowed to be a built-in numeric type, "char *",
5107  /// "const char *" or C structure with attribute 'objc_boxable'.
5108  ExprResult BuildObjCBoxedExpr(SourceRange SR, Expr *ValueExpr);
5109
5110  ExprResult BuildObjCSubscriptExpression(SourceLocation RB, Expr *BaseExpr,
5111                                          Expr *IndexExpr,
5112                                          ObjCMethodDecl *getterMethod,
5113                                          ObjCMethodDecl *setterMethod);
5114
5115  ExprResult BuildObjCDictionaryLiteral(SourceRange SR,
5116                                        ObjCDictionaryElement *Elements,
5117                                        unsigned NumElements);
5118
5119  ExprResult BuildObjCEncodeExpression(SourceLocation AtLoc,
5120                                  TypeSourceInfo *EncodedTypeInfo,
5121                                  SourceLocation RParenLoc);
5122  ExprResult BuildCXXMemberCallExpr(Expr *Exp, NamedDecl *FoundDecl,
5123                                    CXXConversionDecl *Method,
5124                                    bool HadMultipleCandidates);
5125
5126  ExprResult ParseObjCEncodeExpression(SourceLocation AtLoc,
5127                                       SourceLocation EncodeLoc,
5128                                       SourceLocation LParenLoc,
5129                                       ParsedType Ty,
5130                                       SourceLocation RParenLoc);
5131
5132  /// ParseObjCSelectorExpression - Build selector expression for \@selector
5133  ExprResult ParseObjCSelectorExpression(Selector Sel,
5134                                         SourceLocation AtLoc,
5135                                         SourceLocation SelLoc,
5136                                         SourceLocation LParenLoc,
5137                                         SourceLocation RParenLoc,
5138                                         bool WarnMultipleSelectors);
5139
5140  /// ParseObjCProtocolExpression - Build protocol expression for \@protocol
5141  ExprResult ParseObjCProtocolExpression(IdentifierInfo * ProtocolName,
5142                                         SourceLocation AtLoc,
5143                                         SourceLocation ProtoLoc,
5144                                         SourceLocation LParenLoc,
5145                                         SourceLocation ProtoIdLoc,
5146                                         SourceLocation RParenLoc);
5147
5148  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5149  // C++ Declarations
5150  //
5151  Decl *ActOnStartLinkageSpecification(Scope *S,
5152                                       SourceLocation ExternLoc,
5153                                       Expr *LangStr,
5154                                       SourceLocation LBraceLoc);
5155  Decl *ActOnFinishLinkageSpecification(Scope *S,
5156                                        Decl *LinkageSpec,
5157                                        SourceLocation RBraceLoc);
5158
5159
5160  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5161  // C++ Classes
5162  //
5163  bool isCurrentClassName(const IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S,
5164                          const CXXScopeSpec *SS = nullptr);
5165  bool isCurrentClassNameTypo(IdentifierInfo *&II, const CXXScopeSpec *SS);
5166
5167  bool ActOnAccessSpecifier(AccessSpecifier Access,
5168                            SourceLocation ASLoc,
5169                            SourceLocation ColonLoc,
5170                            AttributeList *Attrs = nullptr);
5171
5172  NamedDecl *ActOnCXXMemberDeclarator(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS,
5173                                 Declarator &D,
5174                                 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists,
5175                                 Expr *BitfieldWidth, const VirtSpecifiers &VS,
5176                                 InClassInitStyle InitStyle);
5177
5178  void ActOnStartCXXInClassMemberInitializer();
5179  void ActOnFinishCXXInClassMemberInitializer(Decl *VarDecl,
5180                                              SourceLocation EqualLoc,
5181                                              Expr *Init);
5182
5183  MemInitResult ActOnMemInitializer(Decl *ConstructorD,
5184                                    Scope *S,
5185                                    CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5186                                    IdentifierInfo *MemberOrBase,
5187                                    ParsedType TemplateTypeTy,
5188                                    const DeclSpec &DS,
5189                                    SourceLocation IdLoc,
5190                                    SourceLocation LParenLoc,
5191                                    ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
5192                                    SourceLocation RParenLoc,
5193                                    SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
5194
5195  MemInitResult ActOnMemInitializer(Decl *ConstructorD,
5196                                    Scope *S,
5197                                    CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5198                                    IdentifierInfo *MemberOrBase,
5199                                    ParsedType TemplateTypeTy,
5200                                    const DeclSpec &DS,
5201                                    SourceLocation IdLoc,
5202                                    Expr *InitList,
5203                                    SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
5204
5205  MemInitResult BuildMemInitializer(Decl *ConstructorD,
5206                                    Scope *S,
5207                                    CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5208                                    IdentifierInfo *MemberOrBase,
5209                                    ParsedType TemplateTypeTy,
5210                                    const DeclSpec &DS,
5211                                    SourceLocation IdLoc,
5212                                    Expr *Init,
5213                                    SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
5214
5215  MemInitResult BuildMemberInitializer(ValueDecl *Member,
5216                                       Expr *Init,
5217                                       SourceLocation IdLoc);
5218
5219  MemInitResult BuildBaseInitializer(QualType BaseType,
5220                                     TypeSourceInfo *BaseTInfo,
5221                                     Expr *Init,
5222                                     CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl,
5223                                     SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
5224
5225  MemInitResult BuildDelegatingInitializer(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
5226                                           Expr *Init,
5227                                           CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
5228
5229  bool SetDelegatingInitializer(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor,
5230                                CXXCtorInitializer *Initializer);
5231
5232  bool SetCtorInitializers(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, bool AnyErrors,
5233                           ArrayRef<CXXCtorInitializer *> Initializers = None);
5234
5235  void SetIvarInitializers(ObjCImplementationDecl *ObjCImplementation);
5236
5237
5238  /// MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced - Given a record decl,
5239  /// mark all the non-trivial destructors of its members and bases as
5240  /// referenced.
5241  void MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced(SourceLocation Loc,
5242                                              CXXRecordDecl *Record);
5243
5244  /// \brief The list of classes whose vtables have been used within
5245  /// this translation unit, and the source locations at which the
5246  /// first use occurred.
5247  typedef std::pair<CXXRecordDecl*, SourceLocation> VTableUse;
5248
5249  /// \brief The list of vtables that are required but have not yet been
5250  /// materialized.
5251  SmallVector<VTableUse, 16> VTableUses;
5252
5253  /// \brief The set of classes whose vtables have been used within
5254  /// this translation unit, and a bit that will be true if the vtable is
5255  /// required to be emitted (otherwise, it should be emitted only if needed
5256  /// by code generation).
5257  llvm::DenseMap<CXXRecordDecl *, bool> VTablesUsed;
5258
5259  /// \brief Load any externally-stored vtable uses.
5260  void LoadExternalVTableUses();
5261
5262  /// \brief Note that the vtable for the given class was used at the
5263  /// given location.
5264  void MarkVTableUsed(SourceLocation Loc, CXXRecordDecl *Class,
5265                      bool DefinitionRequired = false);
5266
5267  /// \brief Mark the exception specifications of all virtual member functions
5268  /// in the given class as needed.
5269  void MarkVirtualMemberExceptionSpecsNeeded(SourceLocation Loc,
5270                                             const CXXRecordDecl *RD);
5271
5272  /// MarkVirtualMembersReferenced - Will mark all members of the given
5273  /// CXXRecordDecl referenced.
5274  void MarkVirtualMembersReferenced(SourceLocation Loc,
5275                                    const CXXRecordDecl *RD);
5276
5277  /// \brief Define all of the vtables that have been used in this
5278  /// translation unit and reference any virtual members used by those
5279  /// vtables.
5280  ///
5281  /// \returns true if any work was done, false otherwise.
5282  bool DefineUsedVTables();
5283
5284  void AddImplicitlyDeclaredMembersToClass(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
5285
5286  void ActOnMemInitializers(Decl *ConstructorDecl,
5287                            SourceLocation ColonLoc,
5288                            ArrayRef<CXXCtorInitializer*> MemInits,
5289                            bool AnyErrors);
5290
5291  void checkClassLevelDLLAttribute(CXXRecordDecl *Class);
5292  void propagateDLLAttrToBaseClassTemplate(
5293      CXXRecordDecl *Class, Attr *ClassAttr,
5294      ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *BaseTemplateSpec,
5295      SourceLocation BaseLoc);
5296  void CheckCompletedCXXClass(CXXRecordDecl *Record);
5297  void ActOnFinishCXXMemberSpecification(Scope* S, SourceLocation RLoc,
5298                                         Decl *TagDecl,
5299                                         SourceLocation LBrac,
5300                                         SourceLocation RBrac,
5301                                         AttributeList *AttrList);
5302  void ActOnFinishCXXMemberDecls();
5303  void ActOnFinishCXXNonNestedClass(Decl *D);
5304
5305  void ActOnReenterCXXMethodParameter(Scope *S, ParmVarDecl *Param);
5306  unsigned ActOnReenterTemplateScope(Scope *S, Decl *Template);
5307  void ActOnStartDelayedMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *Record);
5308  void ActOnStartDelayedCXXMethodDeclaration(Scope *S, Decl *Method);
5309  void ActOnDelayedCXXMethodParameter(Scope *S, Decl *Param);
5310  void ActOnFinishDelayedMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *Record);
5311  void ActOnFinishDelayedCXXMethodDeclaration(Scope *S, Decl *Method);
5312  void ActOnFinishDelayedMemberInitializers(Decl *Record);
5313  void MarkAsLateParsedTemplate(FunctionDecl *FD, Decl *FnD,
5314                                CachedTokens &Toks);
5315  void UnmarkAsLateParsedTemplate(FunctionDecl *FD);
5316  bool IsInsideALocalClassWithinATemplateFunction();
5317
5318  Decl *ActOnStaticAssertDeclaration(SourceLocation StaticAssertLoc,
5319                                     Expr *AssertExpr,
5320                                     Expr *AssertMessageExpr,
5321                                     SourceLocation RParenLoc);
5322  Decl *BuildStaticAssertDeclaration(SourceLocation StaticAssertLoc,
5323                                     Expr *AssertExpr,
5324                                     StringLiteral *AssertMessageExpr,
5325                                     SourceLocation RParenLoc,
5326                                     bool Failed);
5327
5328  FriendDecl *CheckFriendTypeDecl(SourceLocation LocStart,
5329                                  SourceLocation FriendLoc,
5330                                  TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo);
5331  Decl *ActOnFriendTypeDecl(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS,
5332                            MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams);
5333  NamedDecl *ActOnFriendFunctionDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
5334                                     MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams);
5335
5336  QualType CheckConstructorDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType R,
5337                                      StorageClass& SC);
5338  void CheckConstructor(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor);
5339  QualType CheckDestructorDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType R,
5340                                     StorageClass& SC);
5341  bool CheckDestructor(CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor);
5342  void CheckConversionDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType &R,
5343                                 StorageClass& SC);
5344  Decl *ActOnConversionDeclarator(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion);
5345
5346  void CheckExplicitlyDefaultedSpecialMember(CXXMethodDecl *MD);
5347  void CheckExplicitlyDefaultedMemberExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD,
5348                                                   const FunctionProtoType *T);
5349  void CheckDelayedMemberExceptionSpecs();
5350
5351  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5352  // C++ Derived Classes
5353  //
5354
5355  /// ActOnBaseSpecifier - Parsed a base specifier
5356  CXXBaseSpecifier *CheckBaseSpecifier(CXXRecordDecl *Class,
5357                                       SourceRange SpecifierRange,
5358                                       bool Virtual, AccessSpecifier Access,
5359                                       TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
5360                                       SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
5361
5362  BaseResult ActOnBaseSpecifier(Decl *classdecl,
5363                                SourceRange SpecifierRange,
5364                                ParsedAttributes &Attrs,
5365                                bool Virtual, AccessSpecifier Access,
5366                                ParsedType basetype,
5367                                SourceLocation BaseLoc,
5368                                SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
5369
5370  bool AttachBaseSpecifiers(CXXRecordDecl *Class, CXXBaseSpecifier **Bases,
5371                            unsigned NumBases);
5372  void ActOnBaseSpecifiers(Decl *ClassDecl, CXXBaseSpecifier **Bases,
5373                           unsigned NumBases);
5374
5375  bool IsDerivedFrom(SourceLocation Loc, QualType Derived, QualType Base);
5376  bool IsDerivedFrom(SourceLocation Loc, QualType Derived, QualType Base,
5377                     CXXBasePaths &Paths);
5378
5379  // FIXME: I don't like this name.
5380  void BuildBasePathArray(const CXXBasePaths &Paths, CXXCastPath &BasePath);
5381
5382  bool CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(QualType Derived, QualType Base,
5383                                    SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range,
5384                                    CXXCastPath *BasePath = nullptr,
5385                                    bool IgnoreAccess = false);
5386  bool CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(QualType Derived, QualType Base,
5387                                    unsigned InaccessibleBaseID,
5388                                    unsigned AmbigiousBaseConvID,
5389                                    SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range,
5390                                    DeclarationName Name,
5391                                    CXXCastPath *BasePath);
5392
5393  std::string getAmbiguousPathsDisplayString(CXXBasePaths &Paths);
5394
5395  bool CheckOverridingFunctionAttributes(const CXXMethodDecl *New,
5396                                         const CXXMethodDecl *Old);
5397
5398  /// CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType - Checks whether the return types are
5399  /// covariant, according to C++ [class.virtual]p5.
5400  bool CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType(const CXXMethodDecl *New,
5401                                         const CXXMethodDecl *Old);
5402
5403  /// CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec - Checks whether the exception
5404  /// spec is a subset of base spec.
5405  bool CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(const CXXMethodDecl *New,
5406                                            const CXXMethodDecl *Old);
5407
5408  bool CheckPureMethod(CXXMethodDecl *Method, SourceRange InitRange);
5409
5410  /// CheckOverrideControl - Check C++11 override control semantics.
5411  void CheckOverrideControl(NamedDecl *D);
5412
5413  /// DiagnoseAbsenceOfOverrideControl - Diagnose if 'override' keyword was
5414  /// not used in the declaration of an overriding method.
5415  void DiagnoseAbsenceOfOverrideControl(NamedDecl *D);
5416
5417  /// CheckForFunctionMarkedFinal - Checks whether a virtual member function
5418  /// overrides a virtual member function marked 'final', according to
5419  /// C++11 [class.virtual]p4.
5420  bool CheckIfOverriddenFunctionIsMarkedFinal(const CXXMethodDecl *New,
5421                                              const CXXMethodDecl *Old);
5422
5423
5424  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5425  // C++ Access Control
5426  //
5427
5428  enum AccessResult {
5429    AR_accessible,
5430    AR_inaccessible,
5431    AR_dependent,
5432    AR_delayed
5433  };
5434
5435  bool SetMemberAccessSpecifier(NamedDecl *MemberDecl,
5436                                NamedDecl *PrevMemberDecl,
5437                                AccessSpecifier LexicalAS);
5438
5439  AccessResult CheckUnresolvedMemberAccess(UnresolvedMemberExpr *E,
5440                                           DeclAccessPair FoundDecl);
5441  AccessResult CheckUnresolvedLookupAccess(UnresolvedLookupExpr *E,
5442                                           DeclAccessPair FoundDecl);
5443  AccessResult CheckAllocationAccess(SourceLocation OperatorLoc,
5444                                     SourceRange PlacementRange,
5445                                     CXXRecordDecl *NamingClass,
5446                                     DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
5447                                     bool Diagnose = true);
5448  AccessResult CheckConstructorAccess(SourceLocation Loc,
5449                                      CXXConstructorDecl *D,
5450                                      const InitializedEntity &Entity,
5451                                      AccessSpecifier Access,
5452                                      bool IsCopyBindingRefToTemp = false);
5453  AccessResult CheckConstructorAccess(SourceLocation Loc,
5454                                      CXXConstructorDecl *D,
5455                                      const InitializedEntity &Entity,
5456                                      AccessSpecifier Access,
5457                                      const PartialDiagnostic &PDiag);
5458  AccessResult CheckDestructorAccess(SourceLocation Loc,
5459                                     CXXDestructorDecl *Dtor,
5460                                     const PartialDiagnostic &PDiag,
5461                                     QualType objectType = QualType());
5462  AccessResult CheckFriendAccess(NamedDecl *D);
5463  AccessResult CheckMemberAccess(SourceLocation UseLoc,
5464                                 CXXRecordDecl *NamingClass,
5465                                 DeclAccessPair Found);
5466  AccessResult CheckMemberOperatorAccess(SourceLocation Loc,
5467                                         Expr *ObjectExpr,
5468                                         Expr *ArgExpr,
5469                                         DeclAccessPair FoundDecl);
5470  AccessResult CheckAddressOfMemberAccess(Expr *OvlExpr,
5471                                          DeclAccessPair FoundDecl);
5472  AccessResult CheckBaseClassAccess(SourceLocation AccessLoc,
5473                                    QualType Base, QualType Derived,
5474                                    const CXXBasePath &Path,
5475                                    unsigned DiagID,
5476                                    bool ForceCheck = false,
5477                                    bool ForceUnprivileged = false);
5478  void CheckLookupAccess(const LookupResult &R);
5479  bool IsSimplyAccessible(NamedDecl *decl, DeclContext *Ctx);
5480  bool isSpecialMemberAccessibleForDeletion(CXXMethodDecl *decl,
5481                                            AccessSpecifier access,
5482                                            QualType objectType);
5483
5484  void HandleDependentAccessCheck(const DependentDiagnostic &DD,
5485                         const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
5486  void PerformDependentDiagnostics(const DeclContext *Pattern,
5487                        const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
5488
5489  void HandleDelayedAccessCheck(sema::DelayedDiagnostic &DD, Decl *Ctx);
5490
5491  /// \brief When true, access checking violations are treated as SFINAE
5492  /// failures rather than hard errors.
5493  bool AccessCheckingSFINAE;
5494
5495  enum AbstractDiagSelID {
5496    AbstractNone = -1,
5497    AbstractReturnType,
5498    AbstractParamType,
5499    AbstractVariableType,
5500    AbstractFieldType,
5501    AbstractIvarType,
5502    AbstractSynthesizedIvarType,
5503    AbstractArrayType
5504  };
5505
5506  bool isAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T);
5507  bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
5508                              TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser);
5509  template <typename... Ts>
5510  bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, unsigned DiagID,
5511                              const Ts &...Args) {
5512    BoundTypeDiagnoser<Ts...> Diagnoser(DiagID, Args...);
5513    return RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, Diagnoser);
5514  }
5515
5516  void DiagnoseAbstractType(const CXXRecordDecl *RD);
5517
5518  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5519  // C++ Overloaded Operators [C++ 13.5]
5520  //
5521
5522  bool CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(FunctionDecl *FnDecl);
5523
5524  bool CheckLiteralOperatorDeclaration(FunctionDecl *FnDecl);
5525
5526  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5527  // C++ Templates [C++ 14]
5528  //
5529  void FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(LookupResult &R,
5530                                     bool AllowFunctionTemplates = true);
5531  bool hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(LookupResult &R,
5532                                     bool AllowFunctionTemplates = true);
5533
5534  void LookupTemplateName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5535                          QualType ObjectType, bool EnteringContext,
5536                          bool &MemberOfUnknownSpecialization);
5537
5538  TemplateNameKind isTemplateName(Scope *S,
5539                                  CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5540                                  bool hasTemplateKeyword,
5541                                  UnqualifiedId &Name,
5542                                  ParsedType ObjectType,
5543                                  bool EnteringContext,
5544                                  TemplateTy &Template,
5545                                  bool &MemberOfUnknownSpecialization);
5546
5547  bool DiagnoseUnknownTemplateName(const IdentifierInfo &II,
5548                                   SourceLocation IILoc,
5549                                   Scope *S,
5550                                   const CXXScopeSpec *SS,
5551                                   TemplateTy &SuggestedTemplate,
5552                                   TemplateNameKind &SuggestedKind);
5553
5554  void DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(SourceLocation Loc, Decl *PrevDecl);
5555  TemplateDecl *AdjustDeclIfTemplate(Decl *&Decl);
5556
5557  Decl *ActOnTypeParameter(Scope *S, bool Typename,
5558                           SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
5559                           SourceLocation KeyLoc,
5560                           IdentifierInfo *ParamName,
5561                           SourceLocation ParamNameLoc,
5562                           unsigned Depth, unsigned Position,
5563                           SourceLocation EqualLoc,
5564                           ParsedType DefaultArg);
5565
5566  QualType CheckNonTypeTemplateParameterType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc);
5567  Decl *ActOnNonTypeTemplateParameter(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
5568                                      unsigned Depth,
5569                                      unsigned Position,
5570                                      SourceLocation EqualLoc,
5571                                      Expr *DefaultArg);
5572  Decl *ActOnTemplateTemplateParameter(Scope *S,
5573                                       SourceLocation TmpLoc,
5574                                       TemplateParameterList *Params,
5575                                       SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
5576                                       IdentifierInfo *ParamName,
5577                                       SourceLocation ParamNameLoc,
5578                                       unsigned Depth,
5579                                       unsigned Position,
5580                                       SourceLocation EqualLoc,
5581                                       ParsedTemplateArgument DefaultArg);
5582
5583  TemplateParameterList *
5584  ActOnTemplateParameterList(unsigned Depth,
5585                             SourceLocation ExportLoc,
5586                             SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
5587                             SourceLocation LAngleLoc,
5588                             Decl **Params, unsigned NumParams,
5589                             SourceLocation RAngleLoc);
5590
5591  /// \brief The context in which we are checking a template parameter list.
5592  enum TemplateParamListContext {
5593    TPC_ClassTemplate,
5594    TPC_VarTemplate,
5595    TPC_FunctionTemplate,
5596    TPC_ClassTemplateMember,
5597    TPC_FriendClassTemplate,
5598    TPC_FriendFunctionTemplate,
5599    TPC_FriendFunctionTemplateDefinition,
5600    TPC_TypeAliasTemplate
5601  };
5602
5603  bool CheckTemplateParameterList(TemplateParameterList *NewParams,
5604                                  TemplateParameterList *OldParams,
5605                                  TemplateParamListContext TPC);
5606  TemplateParameterList *MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(
5607      SourceLocation DeclStartLoc, SourceLocation DeclLoc,
5608      const CXXScopeSpec &SS, TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId,
5609      ArrayRef<TemplateParameterList *> ParamLists,
5610      bool IsFriend, bool &IsExplicitSpecialization, bool &Invalid);
5611
5612  DeclResult CheckClassTemplate(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK,
5613                                SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5614                                IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc,
5615                                AttributeList *Attr,
5616                                TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams,
5617                                AccessSpecifier AS,
5618                                SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc,
5619                                SourceLocation FriendLoc,
5620                                unsigned NumOuterTemplateParamLists,
5621                            TemplateParameterList **OuterTemplateParamLists,
5622                                SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody = nullptr);
5623
5624  void translateTemplateArguments(const ASTTemplateArgsPtr &In,
5625                                  TemplateArgumentListInfo &Out);
5626
5627  void NoteAllFoundTemplates(TemplateName Name);
5628
5629  QualType CheckTemplateIdType(TemplateName Template,
5630                               SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
5631                              TemplateArgumentListInfo &TemplateArgs);
5632
5633  TypeResult
5634  ActOnTemplateIdType(CXXScopeSpec &SS, SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
5635                      TemplateTy Template, SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
5636                      SourceLocation LAngleLoc,
5637                      ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs,
5638                      SourceLocation RAngleLoc,
5639                      bool IsCtorOrDtorName = false);
5640
5641  /// \brief Parsed an elaborated-type-specifier that refers to a template-id,
5642  /// such as \c class T::template apply<U>.
5643  TypeResult ActOnTagTemplateIdType(TagUseKind TUK,
5644                                    TypeSpecifierType TagSpec,
5645                                    SourceLocation TagLoc,
5646                                    CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5647                                    SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
5648                                    TemplateTy TemplateD,
5649                                    SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
5650                                    SourceLocation LAngleLoc,
5651                                    ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsIn,
5652                                    SourceLocation RAngleLoc);
5653
5654  DeclResult ActOnVarTemplateSpecialization(
5655      Scope *S, Declarator &D, TypeSourceInfo *DI,
5656      SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams,
5657      StorageClass SC, bool IsPartialSpecialization);
5658
5659  DeclResult CheckVarTemplateId(VarTemplateDecl *Template,
5660                                SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
5661                                SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc,
5662                                const TemplateArgumentListInfo &TemplateArgs);
5663
5664  ExprResult CheckVarTemplateId(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5665                                const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
5666                                VarTemplateDecl *Template,
5667                                SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
5668                                const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs);
5669
5670  ExprResult BuildTemplateIdExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5671                                 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
5672                                 LookupResult &R,
5673                                 bool RequiresADL,
5674                               const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs);
5675
5676  ExprResult BuildQualifiedTemplateIdExpr(CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5677                                          SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
5678                               const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
5679                               const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs);
5680
5681  TemplateNameKind ActOnDependentTemplateName(Scope *S,
5682                                              CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5683                                              SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
5684                                              UnqualifiedId &Name,
5685                                              ParsedType ObjectType,
5686                                              bool EnteringContext,
5687                                              TemplateTy &Template);
5688
5689  DeclResult
5690  ActOnClassTemplateSpecialization(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK,
5691                                   SourceLocation KWLoc,
5692                                   SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc,
5693                                   TemplateIdAnnotation &TemplateId,
5694                                   AttributeList *Attr,
5695                                 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists,
5696                                   SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody = nullptr);
5697
5698  Decl *ActOnTemplateDeclarator(Scope *S,
5699                                MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists,
5700                                Declarator &D);
5701
5702  bool
5703  CheckSpecializationInstantiationRedecl(SourceLocation NewLoc,
5704                                         TemplateSpecializationKind NewTSK,
5705                                         NamedDecl *PrevDecl,
5706                                         TemplateSpecializationKind PrevTSK,
5707                                         SourceLocation PrevPtOfInstantiation,
5708                                         bool &SuppressNew);
5709
5710  bool CheckDependentFunctionTemplateSpecialization(FunctionDecl *FD,
5711                    const TemplateArgumentListInfo &ExplicitTemplateArgs,
5712                                                    LookupResult &Previous);
5713
5714  bool CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization(FunctionDecl *FD,
5715                         TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
5716                                           LookupResult &Previous);
5717  bool CheckMemberSpecialization(NamedDecl *Member, LookupResult &Previous);
5718
5719  DeclResult
5720  ActOnExplicitInstantiation(Scope *S,
5721                             SourceLocation ExternLoc,
5722                             SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
5723                             unsigned TagSpec,
5724                             SourceLocation KWLoc,
5725                             const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5726                             TemplateTy Template,
5727                             SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc,
5728                             SourceLocation LAngleLoc,
5729                             ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs,
5730                             SourceLocation RAngleLoc,
5731                             AttributeList *Attr);
5732
5733  DeclResult
5734  ActOnExplicitInstantiation(Scope *S,
5735                             SourceLocation ExternLoc,
5736                             SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
5737                             unsigned TagSpec,
5738                             SourceLocation KWLoc,
5739                             CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5740                             IdentifierInfo *Name,
5741                             SourceLocation NameLoc,
5742                             AttributeList *Attr);
5743
5744  DeclResult ActOnExplicitInstantiation(Scope *S,
5745                                        SourceLocation ExternLoc,
5746                                        SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
5747                                        Declarator &D);
5748
5749  TemplateArgumentLoc
5750  SubstDefaultTemplateArgumentIfAvailable(TemplateDecl *Template,
5751                                          SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
5752                                          SourceLocation RAngleLoc,
5753                                          Decl *Param,
5754                                          SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument>
5755                                            &Converted,
5756                                          bool &HasDefaultArg);
5757
5758  /// \brief Specifies the context in which a particular template
5759  /// argument is being checked.
5760  enum CheckTemplateArgumentKind {
5761    /// \brief The template argument was specified in the code or was
5762    /// instantiated with some deduced template arguments.
5763    CTAK_Specified,
5764
5765    /// \brief The template argument was deduced via template argument
5766    /// deduction.
5767    CTAK_Deduced,
5768
5769    /// \brief The template argument was deduced from an array bound
5770    /// via template argument deduction.
5771    CTAK_DeducedFromArrayBound
5772  };
5773
5774  bool CheckTemplateArgument(NamedDecl *Param,
5775                             TemplateArgumentLoc &Arg,
5776                             NamedDecl *Template,
5777                             SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
5778                             SourceLocation RAngleLoc,
5779                             unsigned ArgumentPackIndex,
5780                           SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted,
5781                             CheckTemplateArgumentKind CTAK = CTAK_Specified);
5782
5783  /// \brief Check that the given template arguments can be be provided to
5784  /// the given template, converting the arguments along the way.
5785  ///
5786  /// \param Template The template to which the template arguments are being
5787  /// provided.
5788  ///
5789  /// \param TemplateLoc The location of the template name in the source.
5790  ///
5791  /// \param TemplateArgs The list of template arguments. If the template is
5792  /// a template template parameter, this function may extend the set of
5793  /// template arguments to also include substituted, defaulted template
5794  /// arguments.
5795  ///
5796  /// \param PartialTemplateArgs True if the list of template arguments is
5797  /// intentionally partial, e.g., because we're checking just the initial
5798  /// set of template arguments.
5799  ///
5800  /// \param Converted Will receive the converted, canonicalized template
5801  /// arguments.
5802  ///
5803  /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
5804  bool CheckTemplateArgumentList(TemplateDecl *Template,
5805                                 SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
5806                                 TemplateArgumentListInfo &TemplateArgs,
5807                                 bool PartialTemplateArgs,
5808                           SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted);
5809
5810  bool CheckTemplateTypeArgument(TemplateTypeParmDecl *Param,
5811                                 TemplateArgumentLoc &Arg,
5812                           SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted);
5813
5814  bool CheckTemplateArgument(TemplateTypeParmDecl *Param,
5815                             TypeSourceInfo *Arg);
5816  ExprResult CheckTemplateArgument(NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *Param,
5817                                   QualType InstantiatedParamType, Expr *Arg,
5818                                   TemplateArgument &Converted,
5819                               CheckTemplateArgumentKind CTAK = CTAK_Specified);
5820  bool CheckTemplateArgument(TemplateTemplateParmDecl *Param,
5821                             TemplateArgumentLoc &Arg,
5822                             unsigned ArgumentPackIndex);
5823
5824  ExprResult
5825  BuildExpressionFromDeclTemplateArgument(const TemplateArgument &Arg,
5826                                          QualType ParamType,
5827                                          SourceLocation Loc);
5828  ExprResult
5829  BuildExpressionFromIntegralTemplateArgument(const TemplateArgument &Arg,
5830                                              SourceLocation Loc);
5831
5832  /// \brief Enumeration describing how template parameter lists are compared
5833  /// for equality.
5834  enum TemplateParameterListEqualKind {
5835    /// \brief We are matching the template parameter lists of two templates
5836    /// that might be redeclarations.
5837    ///
5838    /// \code
5839    /// template<typename T> struct X;
5840    /// template<typename T> struct X;
5841    /// \endcode
5842    TPL_TemplateMatch,
5843
5844    /// \brief We are matching the template parameter lists of two template
5845    /// template parameters as part of matching the template parameter lists
5846    /// of two templates that might be redeclarations.
5847    ///
5848    /// \code
5849    /// template<template<int I> class TT> struct X;
5850    /// template<template<int Value> class Other> struct X;
5851    /// \endcode
5852    TPL_TemplateTemplateParmMatch,
5853
5854    /// \brief We are matching the template parameter lists of a template
5855    /// template argument against the template parameter lists of a template
5856    /// template parameter.
5857    ///
5858    /// \code
5859    /// template<template<int Value> class Metafun> struct X;
5860    /// template<int Value> struct integer_c;
5861    /// X<integer_c> xic;
5862    /// \endcode
5863    TPL_TemplateTemplateArgumentMatch
5864  };
5865
5866  bool TemplateParameterListsAreEqual(TemplateParameterList *New,
5867                                      TemplateParameterList *Old,
5868                                      bool Complain,
5869                                      TemplateParameterListEqualKind Kind,
5870                                      SourceLocation TemplateArgLoc
5871                                        = SourceLocation());
5872
5873  bool CheckTemplateDeclScope(Scope *S, TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams);
5874
5875  /// \brief Called when the parser has parsed a C++ typename
5876  /// specifier, e.g., "typename T::type".
5877  ///
5878  /// \param S The scope in which this typename type occurs.
5879  /// \param TypenameLoc the location of the 'typename' keyword
5880  /// \param SS the nested-name-specifier following the typename (e.g., 'T::').
5881  /// \param II the identifier we're retrieving (e.g., 'type' in the example).
5882  /// \param IdLoc the location of the identifier.
5883  TypeResult
5884  ActOnTypenameType(Scope *S, SourceLocation TypenameLoc,
5885                    const CXXScopeSpec &SS, const IdentifierInfo &II,
5886                    SourceLocation IdLoc);
5887
5888  /// \brief Called when the parser has parsed a C++ typename
5889  /// specifier that ends in a template-id, e.g.,
5890  /// "typename MetaFun::template apply<T1, T2>".
5891  ///
5892  /// \param S The scope in which this typename type occurs.
5893  /// \param TypenameLoc the location of the 'typename' keyword
5894  /// \param SS the nested-name-specifier following the typename (e.g., 'T::').
5895  /// \param TemplateLoc the location of the 'template' keyword, if any.
5896  /// \param TemplateName The template name.
5897  /// \param TemplateNameLoc The location of the template name.
5898  /// \param LAngleLoc The location of the opening angle bracket  ('<').
5899  /// \param TemplateArgs The template arguments.
5900  /// \param RAngleLoc The location of the closing angle bracket  ('>').
5901  TypeResult
5902  ActOnTypenameType(Scope *S, SourceLocation TypenameLoc,
5903                    const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5904                    SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
5905                    TemplateTy TemplateName,
5906                    SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc,
5907                    SourceLocation LAngleLoc,
5908                    ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs,
5909                    SourceLocation RAngleLoc);
5910
5911  QualType CheckTypenameType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword,
5912                             SourceLocation KeywordLoc,
5913                             NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc,
5914                             const IdentifierInfo &II,
5915                             SourceLocation IILoc);
5916
5917  TypeSourceInfo *RebuildTypeInCurrentInstantiation(TypeSourceInfo *T,
5918                                                    SourceLocation Loc,
5919                                                    DeclarationName Name);
5920  bool RebuildNestedNameSpecifierInCurrentInstantiation(CXXScopeSpec &SS);
5921
5922  ExprResult RebuildExprInCurrentInstantiation(Expr *E);
5923  bool RebuildTemplateParamsInCurrentInstantiation(
5924                                                TemplateParameterList *Params);
5925
5926  std::string
5927  getTemplateArgumentBindingsText(const TemplateParameterList *Params,
5928                                  const TemplateArgumentList &Args);
5929
5930  std::string
5931  getTemplateArgumentBindingsText(const TemplateParameterList *Params,
5932                                  const TemplateArgument *Args,
5933                                  unsigned NumArgs);
5934
5935  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5936  // C++ Variadic Templates (C++0x [temp.variadic])
5937  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5938
5939  /// Determine whether an unexpanded parameter pack might be permitted in this
5940  /// location. Useful for error recovery.
5941  bool isUnexpandedParameterPackPermitted();
5942
5943  /// \brief The context in which an unexpanded parameter pack is
5944  /// being diagnosed.
5945  ///
5946  /// Note that the values of this enumeration line up with the first
5947  /// argument to the \c err_unexpanded_parameter_pack diagnostic.
5948  enum UnexpandedParameterPackContext {
5949    /// \brief An arbitrary expression.
5950    UPPC_Expression = 0,
5951
5952    /// \brief The base type of a class type.
5953    UPPC_BaseType,
5954
5955    /// \brief The type of an arbitrary declaration.
5956    UPPC_DeclarationType,
5957
5958    /// \brief The type of a data member.
5959    UPPC_DataMemberType,
5960
5961    /// \brief The size of a bit-field.
5962    UPPC_BitFieldWidth,
5963
5964    /// \brief The expression in a static assertion.
5965    UPPC_StaticAssertExpression,
5966
5967    /// \brief The fixed underlying type of an enumeration.
5968    UPPC_FixedUnderlyingType,
5969
5970    /// \brief The enumerator value.
5971    UPPC_EnumeratorValue,
5972
5973    /// \brief A using declaration.
5974    UPPC_UsingDeclaration,
5975
5976    /// \brief A friend declaration.
5977    UPPC_FriendDeclaration,
5978
5979    /// \brief A declaration qualifier.
5980    UPPC_DeclarationQualifier,
5981
5982    /// \brief An initializer.
5983    UPPC_Initializer,
5984
5985    /// \brief A default argument.
5986    UPPC_DefaultArgument,
5987
5988    /// \brief The type of a non-type template parameter.
5989    UPPC_NonTypeTemplateParameterType,
5990
5991    /// \brief The type of an exception.
5992    UPPC_ExceptionType,
5993
5994    /// \brief Partial specialization.
5995    UPPC_PartialSpecialization,
5996
5997    /// \brief Microsoft __if_exists.
5998    UPPC_IfExists,
5999
6000    /// \brief Microsoft __if_not_exists.
6001    UPPC_IfNotExists,
6002
6003    /// \brief Lambda expression.
6004    UPPC_Lambda,
6005
6006    /// \brief Block expression,
6007    UPPC_Block
6008  };
6009
6010  /// \brief Diagnose unexpanded parameter packs.
6011  ///
6012  /// \param Loc The location at which we should emit the diagnostic.
6013  ///
6014  /// \param UPPC The context in which we are diagnosing unexpanded
6015  /// parameter packs.
6016  ///
6017  /// \param Unexpanded the set of unexpanded parameter packs.
6018  ///
6019  /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
6020  bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPacks(SourceLocation Loc,
6021                                        UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC,
6022                                  ArrayRef<UnexpandedParameterPack> Unexpanded);
6023
6024  /// \brief If the given type contains an unexpanded parameter pack,
6025  /// diagnose the error.
6026  ///
6027  /// \param Loc The source location where a diagnostc should be emitted.
6028  ///
6029  /// \param T The type that is being checked for unexpanded parameter
6030  /// packs.
6031  ///
6032  /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
6033  bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(SourceLocation Loc, TypeSourceInfo *T,
6034                                       UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC);
6035
6036  /// \brief If the given expression contains an unexpanded parameter
6037  /// pack, diagnose the error.
6038  ///
6039  /// \param E The expression that is being checked for unexpanded
6040  /// parameter packs.
6041  ///
6042  /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
6043  bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Expr *E,
6044                       UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC = UPPC_Expression);
6045
6046  /// \brief If the given nested-name-specifier contains an unexpanded
6047  /// parameter pack, diagnose the error.
6048  ///
6049  /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that is being checked for
6050  /// unexpanded parameter packs.
6051  ///
6052  /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
6053  bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
6054                                       UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC);
6055
6056  /// \brief If the given name contains an unexpanded parameter pack,
6057  /// diagnose the error.
6058  ///
6059  /// \param NameInfo The name (with source location information) that
6060  /// is being checked for unexpanded parameter packs.
6061  ///
6062  /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
6063  bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
6064                                       UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC);
6065
6066  /// \brief If the given template name contains an unexpanded parameter pack,
6067  /// diagnose the error.
6068  ///
6069  /// \param Loc The location of the template name.
6070  ///
6071  /// \param Template The template name that is being checked for unexpanded
6072  /// parameter packs.
6073  ///
6074  /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
6075  bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(SourceLocation Loc,
6076                                       TemplateName Template,
6077                                       UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC);
6078
6079  /// \brief If the given template argument contains an unexpanded parameter
6080  /// pack, diagnose the error.
6081  ///
6082  /// \param Arg The template argument that is being checked for unexpanded
6083  /// parameter packs.
6084  ///
6085  /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
6086  bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(TemplateArgumentLoc Arg,
6087                                       UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC);
6088
6089  /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given
6090  /// template argument.
6091  ///
6092  /// \param Arg The template argument that will be traversed to find
6093  /// unexpanded parameter packs.
6094  void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(TemplateArgument Arg,
6095                   SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded);
6096
6097  /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given
6098  /// template argument.
6099  ///
6100  /// \param Arg The template argument that will be traversed to find
6101  /// unexpanded parameter packs.
6102  void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(TemplateArgumentLoc Arg,
6103                    SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded);
6104
6105  /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given
6106  /// type.
6107  ///
6108  /// \param T The type that will be traversed to find
6109  /// unexpanded parameter packs.
6110  void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(QualType T,
6111                   SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded);
6112
6113  /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given
6114  /// type.
6115  ///
6116  /// \param TL The type that will be traversed to find
6117  /// unexpanded parameter packs.
6118  void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(TypeLoc TL,
6119                   SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded);
6120
6121  /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given
6122  /// nested-name-specifier.
6123  ///
6124  /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that will be traversed to find
6125  /// unexpanded parameter packs.
6126  void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(CXXScopeSpec &SS,
6127                         SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded);
6128
6129  /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given
6130  /// name.
6131  ///
6132  /// \param NameInfo The name that will be traversed to find
6133  /// unexpanded parameter packs.
6134  void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
6135                         SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded);
6136
6137  /// \brief Invoked when parsing a template argument followed by an
6138  /// ellipsis, which creates a pack expansion.
6139  ///
6140  /// \param Arg The template argument preceding the ellipsis, which
6141  /// may already be invalid.
6142  ///
6143  /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis.
6144  ParsedTemplateArgument ActOnPackExpansion(const ParsedTemplateArgument &Arg,
6145                                            SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
6146
6147  /// \brief Invoked when parsing a type followed by an ellipsis, which
6148  /// creates a pack expansion.
6149  ///
6150  /// \param Type The type preceding the ellipsis, which will become
6151  /// the pattern of the pack expansion.
6152  ///
6153  /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis.
6154  TypeResult ActOnPackExpansion(ParsedType Type, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
6155
6156  /// \brief Construct a pack expansion type from the pattern of the pack
6157  /// expansion.
6158  TypeSourceInfo *CheckPackExpansion(TypeSourceInfo *Pattern,
6159                                     SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
6160                                     Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions);
6161
6162  /// \brief Construct a pack expansion type from the pattern of the pack
6163  /// expansion.
6164  QualType CheckPackExpansion(QualType Pattern,
6165                              SourceRange PatternRange,
6166                              SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
6167                              Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions);
6168
6169  /// \brief Invoked when parsing an expression followed by an ellipsis, which
6170  /// creates a pack expansion.
6171  ///
6172  /// \param Pattern The expression preceding the ellipsis, which will become
6173  /// the pattern of the pack expansion.
6174  ///
6175  /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis.
6176  ExprResult ActOnPackExpansion(Expr *Pattern, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
6177
6178  /// \brief Invoked when parsing an expression followed by an ellipsis, which
6179  /// creates a pack expansion.
6180  ///
6181  /// \param Pattern The expression preceding the ellipsis, which will become
6182  /// the pattern of the pack expansion.
6183  ///
6184  /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis.
6185  ExprResult CheckPackExpansion(Expr *Pattern, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
6186                                Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions);
6187
6188  /// \brief Determine whether we could expand a pack expansion with the
6189  /// given set of parameter packs into separate arguments by repeatedly
6190  /// transforming the pattern.
6191  ///
6192  /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis that identifies the
6193  /// pack expansion.
6194  ///
6195  /// \param PatternRange The source range that covers the entire pattern of
6196  /// the pack expansion.
6197  ///
6198  /// \param Unexpanded The set of unexpanded parameter packs within the
6199  /// pattern.
6200  ///
6201  /// \param ShouldExpand Will be set to \c true if the transformer should
6202  /// expand the corresponding pack expansions into separate arguments. When
6203  /// set, \c NumExpansions must also be set.
6204  ///
6205  /// \param RetainExpansion Whether the caller should add an unexpanded
6206  /// pack expansion after all of the expanded arguments. This is used
6207  /// when extending explicitly-specified template argument packs per
6208  /// C++0x [temp.arg.explicit]p9.
6209  ///
6210  /// \param NumExpansions The number of separate arguments that will be in
6211  /// the expanded form of the corresponding pack expansion. This is both an
6212  /// input and an output parameter, which can be set by the caller if the
6213  /// number of expansions is known a priori (e.g., due to a prior substitution)
6214  /// and will be set by the callee when the number of expansions is known.
6215  /// The callee must set this value when \c ShouldExpand is \c true; it may
6216  /// set this value in other cases.
6217  ///
6218  /// \returns true if an error occurred (e.g., because the parameter packs
6219  /// are to be instantiated with arguments of different lengths), false
6220  /// otherwise. If false, \c ShouldExpand (and possibly \c NumExpansions)
6221  /// must be set.
6222  bool CheckParameterPacksForExpansion(SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
6223                                       SourceRange PatternRange,
6224                             ArrayRef<UnexpandedParameterPack> Unexpanded,
6225                             const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
6226                                       bool &ShouldExpand,
6227                                       bool &RetainExpansion,
6228                                       Optional<unsigned> &NumExpansions);
6229
6230  /// \brief Determine the number of arguments in the given pack expansion
6231  /// type.
6232  ///
6233  /// This routine assumes that the number of arguments in the expansion is
6234  /// consistent across all of the unexpanded parameter packs in its pattern.
6235  ///
6236  /// Returns an empty Optional if the type can't be expanded.
6237  Optional<unsigned> getNumArgumentsInExpansion(QualType T,
6238      const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
6239
6240  /// \brief Determine whether the given declarator contains any unexpanded
6241  /// parameter packs.
6242  ///
6243  /// This routine is used by the parser to disambiguate function declarators
6244  /// with an ellipsis prior to the ')', e.g.,
6245  ///
6246  /// \code
6247  ///   void f(T...);
6248  /// \endcode
6249  ///
6250  /// To determine whether we have an (unnamed) function parameter pack or
6251  /// a variadic function.
6252  ///
6253  /// \returns true if the declarator contains any unexpanded parameter packs,
6254  /// false otherwise.
6255  bool containsUnexpandedParameterPacks(Declarator &D);
6256
6257  /// \brief Returns the pattern of the pack expansion for a template argument.
6258  ///
6259  /// \param OrigLoc The template argument to expand.
6260  ///
6261  /// \param Ellipsis Will be set to the location of the ellipsis.
6262  ///
6263  /// \param NumExpansions Will be set to the number of expansions that will
6264  /// be generated from this pack expansion, if known a priori.
6265  TemplateArgumentLoc getTemplateArgumentPackExpansionPattern(
6266      TemplateArgumentLoc OrigLoc,
6267      SourceLocation &Ellipsis,
6268      Optional<unsigned> &NumExpansions) const;
6269
6270  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
6271  // C++ Template Argument Deduction (C++ [temp.deduct])
6272  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
6273
6274  QualType adjustCCAndNoReturn(QualType ArgFunctionType, QualType FunctionType);
6275
6276  /// \brief Describes the result of template argument deduction.
6277  ///
6278  /// The TemplateDeductionResult enumeration describes the result of
6279  /// template argument deduction, as returned from
6280  /// DeduceTemplateArguments(). The separate TemplateDeductionInfo
6281  /// structure provides additional information about the results of
6282  /// template argument deduction, e.g., the deduced template argument
6283  /// list (if successful) or the specific template parameters or
6284  /// deduced arguments that were involved in the failure.
6285  enum TemplateDeductionResult {
6286    /// \brief Template argument deduction was successful.
6287    TDK_Success = 0,
6288    /// \brief The declaration was invalid; do nothing.
6289    TDK_Invalid,
6290    /// \brief Template argument deduction exceeded the maximum template
6291    /// instantiation depth (which has already been diagnosed).
6292    TDK_InstantiationDepth,
6293    /// \brief Template argument deduction did not deduce a value
6294    /// for every template parameter.
6295    TDK_Incomplete,
6296    /// \brief Template argument deduction produced inconsistent
6297    /// deduced values for the given template parameter.
6298    TDK_Inconsistent,
6299    /// \brief Template argument deduction failed due to inconsistent
6300    /// cv-qualifiers on a template parameter type that would
6301    /// otherwise be deduced, e.g., we tried to deduce T in "const T"
6302    /// but were given a non-const "X".
6303    TDK_Underqualified,
6304    /// \brief Substitution of the deduced template argument values
6305    /// resulted in an error.
6306    TDK_SubstitutionFailure,
6307    /// \brief A non-depnedent component of the parameter did not match the
6308    /// corresponding component of the argument.
6309    TDK_NonDeducedMismatch,
6310    /// \brief When performing template argument deduction for a function
6311    /// template, there were too many call arguments.
6312    TDK_TooManyArguments,
6313    /// \brief When performing template argument deduction for a function
6314    /// template, there were too few call arguments.
6315    TDK_TooFewArguments,
6316    /// \brief The explicitly-specified template arguments were not valid
6317    /// template arguments for the given template.
6318    TDK_InvalidExplicitArguments,
6319    /// \brief The arguments included an overloaded function name that could
6320    /// not be resolved to a suitable function.
6321    TDK_FailedOverloadResolution,
6322    /// \brief Deduction failed; that's all we know.
6323    TDK_MiscellaneousDeductionFailure
6324  };
6325
6326  TemplateDeductionResult
6327  DeduceTemplateArguments(ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *Partial,
6328                          const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
6329                          sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info);
6330
6331  TemplateDeductionResult
6332  DeduceTemplateArguments(VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *Partial,
6333                          const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
6334                          sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info);
6335
6336  TemplateDeductionResult SubstituteExplicitTemplateArguments(
6337      FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
6338      TemplateArgumentListInfo &ExplicitTemplateArgs,
6339      SmallVectorImpl<DeducedTemplateArgument> &Deduced,
6340      SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &ParamTypes, QualType *FunctionType,
6341      sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info);
6342
6343  /// brief A function argument from which we performed template argument
6344  // deduction for a call.
6345  struct OriginalCallArg {
6346    OriginalCallArg(QualType OriginalParamType,
6347                    unsigned ArgIdx,
6348                    QualType OriginalArgType)
6349      : OriginalParamType(OriginalParamType), ArgIdx(ArgIdx),
6350        OriginalArgType(OriginalArgType) { }
6351
6352    QualType OriginalParamType;
6353    unsigned ArgIdx;
6354    QualType OriginalArgType;
6355  };
6356
6357  TemplateDeductionResult
6358  FinishTemplateArgumentDeduction(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
6359                      SmallVectorImpl<DeducedTemplateArgument> &Deduced,
6360                                  unsigned NumExplicitlySpecified,
6361                                  FunctionDecl *&Specialization,
6362                                  sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info,
6363           SmallVectorImpl<OriginalCallArg> const *OriginalCallArgs = nullptr,
6364                                  bool PartialOverloading = false);
6365
6366  TemplateDeductionResult
6367  DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
6368                          TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
6369                          ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
6370                          FunctionDecl *&Specialization,
6371                          sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info,
6372                          bool PartialOverloading = false);
6373
6374  TemplateDeductionResult
6375  DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
6376                          TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
6377                          QualType ArgFunctionType,
6378                          FunctionDecl *&Specialization,
6379                          sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info,
6380                          bool InOverloadResolution = false);
6381
6382  TemplateDeductionResult
6383  DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
6384                          QualType ToType,
6385                          CXXConversionDecl *&Specialization,
6386                          sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info);
6387
6388  TemplateDeductionResult
6389  DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
6390                          TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
6391                          FunctionDecl *&Specialization,
6392                          sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info,
6393                          bool InOverloadResolution = false);
6394
6395  /// \brief Substitute Replacement for \p auto in \p TypeWithAuto
6396  QualType SubstAutoType(QualType TypeWithAuto, QualType Replacement);
6397  /// \brief Substitute Replacement for auto in TypeWithAuto
6398  TypeSourceInfo* SubstAutoTypeSourceInfo(TypeSourceInfo *TypeWithAuto,
6399                                          QualType Replacement);
6400
6401  /// \brief Result type of DeduceAutoType.
6402  enum DeduceAutoResult {
6403    DAR_Succeeded,
6404    DAR_Failed,
6405    DAR_FailedAlreadyDiagnosed
6406  };
6407
6408  DeduceAutoResult DeduceAutoType(TypeSourceInfo *AutoType, Expr *&Initializer,
6409                                  QualType &Result);
6410  DeduceAutoResult DeduceAutoType(TypeLoc AutoTypeLoc, Expr *&Initializer,
6411                                  QualType &Result);
6412  void DiagnoseAutoDeductionFailure(VarDecl *VDecl, Expr *Init);
6413  bool DeduceReturnType(FunctionDecl *FD, SourceLocation Loc,
6414                        bool Diagnose = true);
6415
6416  QualType deduceVarTypeFromInitializer(VarDecl *VDecl, DeclarationName Name,
6417                                        QualType Type, TypeSourceInfo *TSI,
6418                                        SourceRange Range, bool DirectInit,
6419                                        Expr *Init);
6420
6421  TypeLoc getReturnTypeLoc(FunctionDecl *FD) const;
6422
6423  bool DeduceFunctionTypeFromReturnExpr(FunctionDecl *FD,
6424                                        SourceLocation ReturnLoc,
6425                                        Expr *&RetExpr, AutoType *AT);
6426
6427  FunctionTemplateDecl *getMoreSpecializedTemplate(FunctionTemplateDecl *FT1,
6428                                                   FunctionTemplateDecl *FT2,
6429                                                   SourceLocation Loc,
6430                                           TemplatePartialOrderingContext TPOC,
6431                                                   unsigned NumCallArguments1,
6432                                                   unsigned NumCallArguments2);
6433  UnresolvedSetIterator
6434  getMostSpecialized(UnresolvedSetIterator SBegin, UnresolvedSetIterator SEnd,
6435                     TemplateSpecCandidateSet &FailedCandidates,
6436                     SourceLocation Loc,
6437                     const PartialDiagnostic &NoneDiag,
6438                     const PartialDiagnostic &AmbigDiag,
6439                     const PartialDiagnostic &CandidateDiag,
6440                     bool Complain = true, QualType TargetType = QualType());
6441
6442  ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *
6443  getMoreSpecializedPartialSpecialization(
6444                                  ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS1,
6445                                  ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS2,
6446                                  SourceLocation Loc);
6447
6448  VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *getMoreSpecializedPartialSpecialization(
6449      VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS1,
6450      VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS2, SourceLocation Loc);
6451
6452  void MarkUsedTemplateParameters(const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
6453                                  bool OnlyDeduced,
6454                                  unsigned Depth,
6455                                  llvm::SmallBitVector &Used);
6456  void MarkDeducedTemplateParameters(
6457                                  const FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
6458                                  llvm::SmallBitVector &Deduced) {
6459    return MarkDeducedTemplateParameters(Context, FunctionTemplate, Deduced);
6460  }
6461  static void MarkDeducedTemplateParameters(ASTContext &Ctx,
6462                                  const FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
6463                                  llvm::SmallBitVector &Deduced);
6464
6465  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
6466  // C++ Template Instantiation
6467  //
6468
6469  MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList
6470  getTemplateInstantiationArgs(NamedDecl *D,
6471                               const TemplateArgumentList *Innermost = nullptr,
6472                               bool RelativeToPrimary = false,
6473                               const FunctionDecl *Pattern = nullptr);
6474
6475  /// \brief A template instantiation that is currently in progress.
6476  struct ActiveTemplateInstantiation {
6477    /// \brief The kind of template instantiation we are performing
6478    enum InstantiationKind {
6479      /// We are instantiating a template declaration. The entity is
6480      /// the declaration we're instantiating (e.g., a CXXRecordDecl).
6481      TemplateInstantiation,
6482
6483      /// We are instantiating a default argument for a template
6484      /// parameter. The Entity is the template, and
6485      /// TemplateArgs/NumTemplateArguments provides the template
6486      /// arguments as specified.
6487      /// FIXME: Use a TemplateArgumentList
6488      DefaultTemplateArgumentInstantiation,
6489
6490      /// We are instantiating a default argument for a function.
6491      /// The Entity is the ParmVarDecl, and TemplateArgs/NumTemplateArgs
6492      /// provides the template arguments as specified.
6493      DefaultFunctionArgumentInstantiation,
6494
6495      /// We are substituting explicit template arguments provided for
6496      /// a function template. The entity is a FunctionTemplateDecl.
6497      ExplicitTemplateArgumentSubstitution,
6498
6499      /// We are substituting template argument determined as part of
6500      /// template argument deduction for either a class template
6501      /// partial specialization or a function template. The
6502      /// Entity is either a ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl or
6503      /// a FunctionTemplateDecl.
6504      DeducedTemplateArgumentSubstitution,
6505
6506      /// We are substituting prior template arguments into a new
6507      /// template parameter. The template parameter itself is either a
6508      /// NonTypeTemplateParmDecl or a TemplateTemplateParmDecl.
6509      PriorTemplateArgumentSubstitution,
6510
6511      /// We are checking the validity of a default template argument that
6512      /// has been used when naming a template-id.
6513      DefaultTemplateArgumentChecking,
6514
6515      /// We are instantiating the exception specification for a function
6516      /// template which was deferred until it was needed.
6517      ExceptionSpecInstantiation
6518    } Kind;
6519
6520    /// \brief The point of instantiation within the source code.
6521    SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation;
6522
6523    /// \brief The template (or partial specialization) in which we are
6524    /// performing the instantiation, for substitutions of prior template
6525    /// arguments.
6526    NamedDecl *Template;
6527
6528    /// \brief The entity that is being instantiated.
6529    Decl *Entity;
6530
6531    /// \brief The list of template arguments we are substituting, if they
6532    /// are not part of the entity.
6533    const TemplateArgument *TemplateArgs;
6534
6535    /// \brief The number of template arguments in TemplateArgs.
6536    unsigned NumTemplateArgs;
6537
6538    /// \brief The template deduction info object associated with the
6539    /// substitution or checking of explicit or deduced template arguments.
6540    sema::TemplateDeductionInfo *DeductionInfo;
6541
6542    /// \brief The source range that covers the construct that cause
6543    /// the instantiation, e.g., the template-id that causes a class
6544    /// template instantiation.
6545    SourceRange InstantiationRange;
6546
6547    ActiveTemplateInstantiation()
6548      : Kind(TemplateInstantiation), Template(nullptr), Entity(nullptr),
6549        TemplateArgs(nullptr), NumTemplateArgs(0), DeductionInfo(nullptr) {}
6550
6551    /// \brief Determines whether this template is an actual instantiation
6552    /// that should be counted toward the maximum instantiation depth.
6553    bool isInstantiationRecord() const;
6554
6555    friend bool operator==(const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &X,
6556                           const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &Y) {
6557      if (X.Kind != Y.Kind)
6558        return false;
6559
6560      if (X.Entity != Y.Entity)
6561        return false;
6562
6563      switch (X.Kind) {
6564      case TemplateInstantiation:
6565      case ExceptionSpecInstantiation:
6566        return true;
6567
6568      case PriorTemplateArgumentSubstitution:
6569      case DefaultTemplateArgumentChecking:
6570        return X.Template == Y.Template && X.TemplateArgs == Y.TemplateArgs;
6571
6572      case DefaultTemplateArgumentInstantiation:
6573      case ExplicitTemplateArgumentSubstitution:
6574      case DeducedTemplateArgumentSubstitution:
6575      case DefaultFunctionArgumentInstantiation:
6576        return X.TemplateArgs == Y.TemplateArgs;
6577
6578      }
6579
6580      llvm_unreachable("Invalid InstantiationKind!");
6581    }
6582
6583    friend bool operator!=(const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &X,
6584                           const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &Y) {
6585      return !(X == Y);
6586    }
6587  };
6588
6589  /// \brief List of active template instantiations.
6590  ///
6591  /// This vector is treated as a stack. As one template instantiation
6592  /// requires another template instantiation, additional
6593  /// instantiations are pushed onto the stack up to a
6594  /// user-configurable limit LangOptions::InstantiationDepth.
6595  SmallVector<ActiveTemplateInstantiation, 16>
6596    ActiveTemplateInstantiations;
6597
6598  /// \brief Extra modules inspected when performing a lookup during a template
6599  /// instantiation. Computed lazily.
6600  SmallVector<Module*, 16> ActiveTemplateInstantiationLookupModules;
6601
6602  /// \brief Cache of additional modules that should be used for name lookup
6603  /// within the current template instantiation. Computed lazily; use
6604  /// getLookupModules() to get a complete set.
6605  llvm::DenseSet<Module*> LookupModulesCache;
6606
6607  /// \brief Get the set of additional modules that should be checked during
6608  /// name lookup. A module and its imports become visible when instanting a
6609  /// template defined within it.
6610  llvm::DenseSet<Module*> &getLookupModules();
6611
6612  /// \brief Whether we are in a SFINAE context that is not associated with
6613  /// template instantiation.
6614  ///
6615  /// This is used when setting up a SFINAE trap (\c see SFINAETrap) outside
6616  /// of a template instantiation or template argument deduction.
6617  bool InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext;
6618
6619  /// \brief The number of ActiveTemplateInstantiation entries in
6620  /// \c ActiveTemplateInstantiations that are not actual instantiations and,
6621  /// therefore, should not be counted as part of the instantiation depth.
6622  unsigned NonInstantiationEntries;
6623
6624  /// \brief The last template from which a template instantiation
6625  /// error or warning was produced.
6626  ///
6627  /// This value is used to suppress printing of redundant template
6628  /// instantiation backtraces when there are multiple errors in the
6629  /// same instantiation. FIXME: Does this belong in Sema? It's tough
6630  /// to implement it anywhere else.
6631  ActiveTemplateInstantiation LastTemplateInstantiationErrorContext;
6632
6633  /// \brief The current index into pack expansion arguments that will be
6634  /// used for substitution of parameter packs.
6635  ///
6636  /// The pack expansion index will be -1 to indicate that parameter packs
6637  /// should be instantiated as themselves. Otherwise, the index specifies
6638  /// which argument within the parameter pack will be used for substitution.
6639  int ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex;
6640
6641  /// \brief RAII object used to change the argument pack substitution index
6642  /// within a \c Sema object.
6643  ///
6644  /// See \c ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex for more information.
6645  class ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndexRAII {
6646    Sema &Self;
6647    int OldSubstitutionIndex;
6648
6649  public:
6650    ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndexRAII(Sema &Self, int NewSubstitutionIndex)
6651      : Self(Self), OldSubstitutionIndex(Self.ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex) {
6652      Self.ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex = NewSubstitutionIndex;
6653    }
6654
6655    ~ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndexRAII() {
6656      Self.ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex = OldSubstitutionIndex;
6657    }
6658  };
6659
6660  friend class ArgumentPackSubstitutionRAII;
6661
6662  /// \brief For each declaration that involved template argument deduction, the
6663  /// set of diagnostics that were suppressed during that template argument
6664  /// deduction.
6665  ///
6666  /// FIXME: Serialize this structure to the AST file.
6667  typedef llvm::DenseMap<Decl *, SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 1> >
6668    SuppressedDiagnosticsMap;
6669  SuppressedDiagnosticsMap SuppressedDiagnostics;
6670
6671  /// \brief A stack object to be created when performing template
6672  /// instantiation.
6673  ///
6674  /// Construction of an object of type \c InstantiatingTemplate
6675  /// pushes the current instantiation onto the stack of active
6676  /// instantiations. If the size of this stack exceeds the maximum
6677  /// number of recursive template instantiations, construction
6678  /// produces an error and evaluates true.
6679  ///
6680  /// Destruction of this object will pop the named instantiation off
6681  /// the stack.
6682  struct InstantiatingTemplate {
6683    /// \brief Note that we are instantiating a class template,
6684    /// function template, variable template, alias template,
6685    /// or a member thereof.
6686    InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6687                          Decl *Entity,
6688                          SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange());
6689
6690    struct ExceptionSpecification {};
6691    /// \brief Note that we are instantiating an exception specification
6692    /// of a function template.
6693    InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6694                          FunctionDecl *Entity, ExceptionSpecification,
6695                          SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange());
6696
6697    /// \brief Note that we are instantiating a default argument in a
6698    /// template-id.
6699    InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6700                          TemplateDecl *Template,
6701                          ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
6702                          SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange());
6703
6704    /// \brief Note that we are instantiating a default argument in a
6705    /// template-id.
6706    InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6707                          FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
6708                          ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
6709                          ActiveTemplateInstantiation::InstantiationKind Kind,
6710                          sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &DeductionInfo,
6711                          SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange());
6712
6713    /// \brief Note that we are instantiating as part of template
6714    /// argument deduction for a class template partial
6715    /// specialization.
6716    InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6717                          ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PartialSpec,
6718                          ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
6719                          sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &DeductionInfo,
6720                          SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange());
6721
6722    /// \brief Note that we are instantiating as part of template
6723    /// argument deduction for a variable template partial
6724    /// specialization.
6725    InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6726                          VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PartialSpec,
6727                          ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
6728                          sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &DeductionInfo,
6729                          SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange());
6730
6731    /// \brief Note that we are instantiating a default argument for a function
6732    /// parameter.
6733    InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6734                          ParmVarDecl *Param,
6735                          ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
6736                          SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange());
6737
6738    /// \brief Note that we are substituting prior template arguments into a
6739    /// non-type parameter.
6740    InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6741                          NamedDecl *Template,
6742                          NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *Param,
6743                          ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
6744                          SourceRange InstantiationRange);
6745
6746    /// \brief Note that we are substituting prior template arguments into a
6747    /// template template parameter.
6748    InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6749                          NamedDecl *Template,
6750                          TemplateTemplateParmDecl *Param,
6751                          ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
6752                          SourceRange InstantiationRange);
6753
6754    /// \brief Note that we are checking the default template argument
6755    /// against the template parameter for a given template-id.
6756    InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6757                          TemplateDecl *Template,
6758                          NamedDecl *Param,
6759                          ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
6760                          SourceRange InstantiationRange);
6761
6762
6763    /// \brief Note that we have finished instantiating this template.
6764    void Clear();
6765
6766    ~InstantiatingTemplate() { Clear(); }
6767
6768    /// \brief Determines whether we have exceeded the maximum
6769    /// recursive template instantiations.
6770    bool isInvalid() const { return Invalid; }
6771
6772  private:
6773    Sema &SemaRef;
6774    bool Invalid;
6775    bool SavedInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext;
6776    bool CheckInstantiationDepth(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6777                                 SourceRange InstantiationRange);
6778
6779    InstantiatingTemplate(
6780        Sema &SemaRef, ActiveTemplateInstantiation::InstantiationKind Kind,
6781        SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, SourceRange InstantiationRange,
6782        Decl *Entity, NamedDecl *Template = nullptr,
6783        ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs = None,
6784        sema::TemplateDeductionInfo *DeductionInfo = nullptr);
6785
6786    InstantiatingTemplate(const InstantiatingTemplate&) = delete;
6787
6788    InstantiatingTemplate&
6789    operator=(const InstantiatingTemplate&) = delete;
6790  };
6791
6792  void PrintInstantiationStack();
6793
6794  /// \brief Determines whether we are currently in a context where
6795  /// template argument substitution failures are not considered
6796  /// errors.
6797  ///
6798  /// \returns An empty \c Optional if we're not in a SFINAE context.
6799  /// Otherwise, contains a pointer that, if non-NULL, contains the nearest
6800  /// template-deduction context object, which can be used to capture
6801  /// diagnostics that will be suppressed.
6802  Optional<sema::TemplateDeductionInfo *> isSFINAEContext() const;
6803
6804  /// \brief Determines whether we are currently in a context that
6805  /// is not evaluated as per C++ [expr] p5.
6806  bool isUnevaluatedContext() const {
6807    assert(!ExprEvalContexts.empty() &&
6808           "Must be in an expression evaluation context");
6809    return ExprEvalContexts.back().isUnevaluated();
6810  }
6811
6812  /// \brief RAII class used to determine whether SFINAE has
6813  /// trapped any errors that occur during template argument
6814  /// deduction.
6815  class SFINAETrap {
6816    Sema &SemaRef;
6817    unsigned PrevSFINAEErrors;
6818    bool PrevInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext;
6819    bool PrevAccessCheckingSFINAE;
6820
6821  public:
6822    explicit SFINAETrap(Sema &SemaRef, bool AccessCheckingSFINAE = false)
6823      : SemaRef(SemaRef), PrevSFINAEErrors(SemaRef.NumSFINAEErrors),
6824        PrevInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext(
6825                                      SemaRef.InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext),
6826        PrevAccessCheckingSFINAE(SemaRef.AccessCheckingSFINAE)
6827    {
6828      if (!SemaRef.isSFINAEContext())
6829        SemaRef.InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext = true;
6830      SemaRef.AccessCheckingSFINAE = AccessCheckingSFINAE;
6831    }
6832
6833    ~SFINAETrap() {
6834      SemaRef.NumSFINAEErrors = PrevSFINAEErrors;
6835      SemaRef.InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext
6836        = PrevInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext;
6837      SemaRef.AccessCheckingSFINAE = PrevAccessCheckingSFINAE;
6838    }
6839
6840    /// \brief Determine whether any SFINAE errors have been trapped.
6841    bool hasErrorOccurred() const {
6842      return SemaRef.NumSFINAEErrors > PrevSFINAEErrors;
6843    }
6844  };
6845
6846  /// \brief RAII class used to indicate that we are performing provisional
6847  /// semantic analysis to determine the validity of a construct, so
6848  /// typo-correction and diagnostics in the immediate context (not within
6849  /// implicitly-instantiated templates) should be suppressed.
6850  class TentativeAnalysisScope {
6851    Sema &SemaRef;
6852    // FIXME: Using a SFINAETrap for this is a hack.
6853    SFINAETrap Trap;
6854    bool PrevDisableTypoCorrection;
6855  public:
6856    explicit TentativeAnalysisScope(Sema &SemaRef)
6857        : SemaRef(SemaRef), Trap(SemaRef, true),
6858          PrevDisableTypoCorrection(SemaRef.DisableTypoCorrection) {
6859      SemaRef.DisableTypoCorrection = true;
6860    }
6861    ~TentativeAnalysisScope() {
6862      SemaRef.DisableTypoCorrection = PrevDisableTypoCorrection;
6863    }
6864  };
6865
6866  /// \brief The current instantiation scope used to store local
6867  /// variables.
6868  LocalInstantiationScope *CurrentInstantiationScope;
6869
6870  /// \brief Tracks whether we are in a context where typo correction is
6871  /// disabled.
6872  bool DisableTypoCorrection;
6873
6874  /// \brief The number of typos corrected by CorrectTypo.
6875  unsigned TyposCorrected;
6876
6877  typedef llvm::SmallSet<SourceLocation, 2> SrcLocSet;
6878  typedef llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo *, SrcLocSet> IdentifierSourceLocations;
6879
6880  /// \brief A cache containing identifiers for which typo correction failed and
6881  /// their locations, so that repeated attempts to correct an identifier in a
6882  /// given location are ignored if typo correction already failed for it.
6883  IdentifierSourceLocations TypoCorrectionFailures;
6884
6885  /// \brief Worker object for performing CFG-based warnings.
6886  sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings AnalysisWarnings;
6887  threadSafety::BeforeSet *ThreadSafetyDeclCache;
6888
6889  /// \brief An entity for which implicit template instantiation is required.
6890  ///
6891  /// The source location associated with the declaration is the first place in
6892  /// the source code where the declaration was "used". It is not necessarily
6893  /// the point of instantiation (which will be either before or after the
6894  /// namespace-scope declaration that triggered this implicit instantiation),
6895  /// However, it is the location that diagnostics should generally refer to,
6896  /// because users will need to know what code triggered the instantiation.
6897  typedef std::pair<ValueDecl *, SourceLocation> PendingImplicitInstantiation;
6898
6899  /// \brief The queue of implicit template instantiations that are required
6900  /// but have not yet been performed.
6901  std::deque<PendingImplicitInstantiation> PendingInstantiations;
6902
6903  class SavePendingInstantiationsAndVTableUsesRAII {
6904  public:
6905    SavePendingInstantiationsAndVTableUsesRAII(Sema &S, bool Enabled)
6906        : S(S), Enabled(Enabled) {
6907      if (!Enabled) return;
6908
6909      SavedPendingInstantiations.swap(S.PendingInstantiations);
6910      SavedVTableUses.swap(S.VTableUses);
6911    }
6912
6913    ~SavePendingInstantiationsAndVTableUsesRAII() {
6914      if (!Enabled) return;
6915
6916      // Restore the set of pending vtables.
6917      assert(S.VTableUses.empty() &&
6918             "VTableUses should be empty before it is discarded.");
6919      S.VTableUses.swap(SavedVTableUses);
6920
6921      // Restore the set of pending implicit instantiations.
6922      assert(S.PendingInstantiations.empty() &&
6923             "PendingInstantiations should be empty before it is discarded.");
6924      S.PendingInstantiations.swap(SavedPendingInstantiations);
6925    }
6926
6927  private:
6928    Sema &S;
6929    SmallVector<VTableUse, 16> SavedVTableUses;
6930    std::deque<PendingImplicitInstantiation> SavedPendingInstantiations;
6931    bool Enabled;
6932  };
6933
6934  /// \brief The queue of implicit template instantiations that are required
6935  /// and must be performed within the current local scope.
6936  ///
6937  /// This queue is only used for member functions of local classes in
6938  /// templates, which must be instantiated in the same scope as their
6939  /// enclosing function, so that they can reference function-local
6940  /// types, static variables, enumerators, etc.
6941  std::deque<PendingImplicitInstantiation> PendingLocalImplicitInstantiations;
6942
6943  class SavePendingLocalImplicitInstantiationsRAII {
6944  public:
6945    SavePendingLocalImplicitInstantiationsRAII(Sema &S): S(S) {
6946      SavedPendingLocalImplicitInstantiations.swap(
6947          S.PendingLocalImplicitInstantiations);
6948    }
6949
6950    ~SavePendingLocalImplicitInstantiationsRAII() {
6951      assert(S.PendingLocalImplicitInstantiations.empty() &&
6952             "there shouldn't be any pending local implicit instantiations");
6953      SavedPendingLocalImplicitInstantiations.swap(
6954          S.PendingLocalImplicitInstantiations);
6955    }
6956
6957  private:
6958    Sema &S;
6959    std::deque<PendingImplicitInstantiation>
6960    SavedPendingLocalImplicitInstantiations;
6961  };
6962
6963  void PerformPendingInstantiations(bool LocalOnly = false);
6964
6965  TypeSourceInfo *SubstType(TypeSourceInfo *T,
6966                            const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
6967                            SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity);
6968
6969  QualType SubstType(QualType T,
6970                     const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
6971                     SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity);
6972
6973  TypeSourceInfo *SubstType(TypeLoc TL,
6974                            const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
6975                            SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity);
6976
6977  TypeSourceInfo *SubstFunctionDeclType(TypeSourceInfo *T,
6978                            const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
6979                                        SourceLocation Loc,
6980                                        DeclarationName Entity,
6981                                        CXXRecordDecl *ThisContext,
6982                                        unsigned ThisTypeQuals);
6983  void SubstExceptionSpec(FunctionDecl *New, const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
6984                          const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &Args);
6985  ParmVarDecl *SubstParmVarDecl(ParmVarDecl *D,
6986                            const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
6987                                int indexAdjustment,
6988                                Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions,
6989                                bool ExpectParameterPack);
6990  bool SubstParmTypes(SourceLocation Loc,
6991                      ParmVarDecl **Params, unsigned NumParams,
6992                      const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
6993                      SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &ParamTypes,
6994                      SmallVectorImpl<ParmVarDecl *> *OutParams = nullptr);
6995  ExprResult SubstExpr(Expr *E,
6996                       const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
6997
6998  /// \brief Substitute the given template arguments into a list of
6999  /// expressions, expanding pack expansions if required.
7000  ///
7001  /// \param Exprs The list of expressions to substitute into.
7002  ///
7003  /// \param NumExprs The number of expressions in \p Exprs.
7004  ///
7005  /// \param IsCall Whether this is some form of call, in which case
7006  /// default arguments will be dropped.
7007  ///
7008  /// \param TemplateArgs The set of template arguments to substitute.
7009  ///
7010  /// \param Outputs Will receive all of the substituted arguments.
7011  ///
7012  /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
7013  bool SubstExprs(Expr **Exprs, unsigned NumExprs, bool IsCall,
7014                  const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
7015                  SmallVectorImpl<Expr *> &Outputs);
7016
7017  StmtResult SubstStmt(Stmt *S,
7018                       const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
7019
7020  Decl *SubstDecl(Decl *D, DeclContext *Owner,
7021                  const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
7022
7023  ExprResult SubstInitializer(Expr *E,
7024                       const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
7025                       bool CXXDirectInit);
7026
7027  bool
7028  SubstBaseSpecifiers(CXXRecordDecl *Instantiation,
7029                      CXXRecordDecl *Pattern,
7030                      const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
7031
7032  bool
7033  InstantiateClass(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
7034                   CXXRecordDecl *Instantiation, CXXRecordDecl *Pattern,
7035                   const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
7036                   TemplateSpecializationKind TSK,
7037                   bool Complain = true);
7038
7039  bool InstantiateEnum(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
7040                       EnumDecl *Instantiation, EnumDecl *Pattern,
7041                       const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
7042                       TemplateSpecializationKind TSK);
7043
7044  bool InstantiateInClassInitializer(
7045      SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, FieldDecl *Instantiation,
7046      FieldDecl *Pattern, const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
7047
7048  struct LateInstantiatedAttribute {
7049    const Attr *TmplAttr;
7050    LocalInstantiationScope *Scope;
7051    Decl *NewDecl;
7052
7053    LateInstantiatedAttribute(const Attr *A, LocalInstantiationScope *S,
7054                              Decl *D)
7055      : TmplAttr(A), Scope(S), NewDecl(D)
7056    { }
7057  };
7058  typedef SmallVector<LateInstantiatedAttribute, 16> LateInstantiatedAttrVec;
7059
7060  void InstantiateAttrs(const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
7061                        const Decl *Pattern, Decl *Inst,
7062                        LateInstantiatedAttrVec *LateAttrs = nullptr,
7063                        LocalInstantiationScope *OuterMostScope = nullptr);
7064
7065  bool
7066  InstantiateClassTemplateSpecialization(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
7067                           ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *ClassTemplateSpec,
7068                           TemplateSpecializationKind TSK,
7069                           bool Complain = true);
7070
7071  void InstantiateClassMembers(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
7072                               CXXRecordDecl *Instantiation,
7073                            const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
7074                               TemplateSpecializationKind TSK);
7075
7076  void InstantiateClassTemplateSpecializationMembers(
7077                                          SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
7078                           ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *ClassTemplateSpec,
7079                                                TemplateSpecializationKind TSK);
7080
7081  NestedNameSpecifierLoc
7082  SubstNestedNameSpecifierLoc(NestedNameSpecifierLoc NNS,
7083                           const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
7084
7085  DeclarationNameInfo
7086  SubstDeclarationNameInfo(const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
7087                           const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
7088  TemplateName
7089  SubstTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc, TemplateName Name,
7090                    SourceLocation Loc,
7091                    const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
7092  bool Subst(const TemplateArgumentLoc *Args, unsigned NumArgs,
7093             TemplateArgumentListInfo &Result,
7094             const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
7095
7096  void InstantiateExceptionSpec(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
7097                                FunctionDecl *Function);
7098  void InstantiateFunctionDefinition(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
7099                                     FunctionDecl *Function,
7100                                     bool Recursive = false,
7101                                     bool DefinitionRequired = false);
7102  VarTemplateSpecializationDecl *BuildVarTemplateInstantiation(
7103      VarTemplateDecl *VarTemplate, VarDecl *FromVar,
7104      const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgList,
7105      const TemplateArgumentListInfo &TemplateArgsInfo,
7106      SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted,
7107      SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, void *InsertPos,
7108      LateInstantiatedAttrVec *LateAttrs = nullptr,
7109      LocalInstantiationScope *StartingScope = nullptr);
7110  VarTemplateSpecializationDecl *CompleteVarTemplateSpecializationDecl(
7111      VarTemplateSpecializationDecl *VarSpec, VarDecl *PatternDecl,
7112      const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
7113  void
7114  BuildVariableInstantiation(VarDecl *NewVar, VarDecl *OldVar,
7115                             const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
7116                             LateInstantiatedAttrVec *LateAttrs,
7117                             DeclContext *Owner,
7118                             LocalInstantiationScope *StartingScope,
7119                             bool InstantiatingVarTemplate = false);
7120  void InstantiateVariableInitializer(
7121      VarDecl *Var, VarDecl *OldVar,
7122      const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
7123  void InstantiateVariableDefinition(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
7124                                     VarDecl *Var, bool Recursive = false,
7125                                     bool DefinitionRequired = false);
7126  void InstantiateStaticDataMemberDefinition(
7127                                     SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
7128                                     VarDecl *Var,
7129                                     bool Recursive = false,
7130                                     bool DefinitionRequired = false);
7131
7132  void InstantiateMemInitializers(CXXConstructorDecl *New,
7133                                  const CXXConstructorDecl *Tmpl,
7134                            const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
7135
7136  NamedDecl *FindInstantiatedDecl(SourceLocation Loc, NamedDecl *D,
7137                          const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
7138  DeclContext *FindInstantiatedContext(SourceLocation Loc, DeclContext *DC,
7139                          const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
7140
7141  // Objective-C declarations.
7142  enum ObjCContainerKind {
7143    OCK_None = -1,
7144    OCK_Interface = 0,
7145    OCK_Protocol,
7146    OCK_Category,
7147    OCK_ClassExtension,
7148    OCK_Implementation,
7149    OCK_CategoryImplementation
7150  };
7151  ObjCContainerKind getObjCContainerKind() const;
7152
7153  DeclResult actOnObjCTypeParam(Scope *S,
7154                                ObjCTypeParamVariance variance,
7155                                SourceLocation varianceLoc,
7156                                unsigned index,
7157                                IdentifierInfo *paramName,
7158                                SourceLocation paramLoc,
7159                                SourceLocation colonLoc,
7160                                ParsedType typeBound);
7161
7162  ObjCTypeParamList *actOnObjCTypeParamList(Scope *S, SourceLocation lAngleLoc,
7163                                            ArrayRef<Decl *> typeParams,
7164                                            SourceLocation rAngleLoc);
7165  void popObjCTypeParamList(Scope *S, ObjCTypeParamList *typeParamList);
7166
7167  Decl *ActOnStartClassInterface(Scope *S,
7168                                 SourceLocation AtInterfaceLoc,
7169                                 IdentifierInfo *ClassName,
7170                                 SourceLocation ClassLoc,
7171                                 ObjCTypeParamList *typeParamList,
7172                                 IdentifierInfo *SuperName,
7173                                 SourceLocation SuperLoc,
7174                                 ArrayRef<ParsedType> SuperTypeArgs,
7175                                 SourceRange SuperTypeArgsRange,
7176                                 Decl * const *ProtoRefs,
7177                                 unsigned NumProtoRefs,
7178                                 const SourceLocation *ProtoLocs,
7179                                 SourceLocation EndProtoLoc,
7180                                 AttributeList *AttrList);
7181
7182  void ActOnSuperClassOfClassInterface(Scope *S,
7183                                       SourceLocation AtInterfaceLoc,
7184                                       ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl,
7185                                       IdentifierInfo *ClassName,
7186                                       SourceLocation ClassLoc,
7187                                       IdentifierInfo *SuperName,
7188                                       SourceLocation SuperLoc,
7189                                       ArrayRef<ParsedType> SuperTypeArgs,
7190                                       SourceRange SuperTypeArgsRange);
7191
7192  void ActOnTypedefedProtocols(SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &ProtocolRefs,
7193                               IdentifierInfo *SuperName,
7194                               SourceLocation SuperLoc);
7195
7196  Decl *ActOnCompatibilityAlias(
7197                    SourceLocation AtCompatibilityAliasLoc,
7198                    IdentifierInfo *AliasName,  SourceLocation AliasLocation,
7199                    IdentifierInfo *ClassName, SourceLocation ClassLocation);
7200
7201  bool CheckForwardProtocolDeclarationForCircularDependency(
7202    IdentifierInfo *PName,
7203    SourceLocation &PLoc, SourceLocation PrevLoc,
7204    const ObjCList<ObjCProtocolDecl> &PList);
7205
7206  Decl *ActOnStartProtocolInterface(
7207                    SourceLocation AtProtoInterfaceLoc,
7208                    IdentifierInfo *ProtocolName, SourceLocation ProtocolLoc,
7209                    Decl * const *ProtoRefNames, unsigned NumProtoRefs,
7210                    const SourceLocation *ProtoLocs,
7211                    SourceLocation EndProtoLoc,
7212                    AttributeList *AttrList);
7213
7214  Decl *ActOnStartCategoryInterface(SourceLocation AtInterfaceLoc,
7215                                    IdentifierInfo *ClassName,
7216                                    SourceLocation ClassLoc,
7217                                    ObjCTypeParamList *typeParamList,
7218                                    IdentifierInfo *CategoryName,
7219                                    SourceLocation CategoryLoc,
7220                                    Decl * const *ProtoRefs,
7221                                    unsigned NumProtoRefs,
7222                                    const SourceLocation *ProtoLocs,
7223                                    SourceLocation EndProtoLoc);
7224
7225  Decl *ActOnStartClassImplementation(
7226                    SourceLocation AtClassImplLoc,
7227                    IdentifierInfo *ClassName, SourceLocation ClassLoc,
7228                    IdentifierInfo *SuperClassname,
7229                    SourceLocation SuperClassLoc);
7230
7231  Decl *ActOnStartCategoryImplementation(SourceLocation AtCatImplLoc,
7232                                         IdentifierInfo *ClassName,
7233                                         SourceLocation ClassLoc,
7234                                         IdentifierInfo *CatName,
7235                                         SourceLocation CatLoc);
7236
7237  DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnFinishObjCImplementation(Decl *ObjCImpDecl,
7238                                               ArrayRef<Decl *> Decls);
7239
7240  DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnForwardClassDeclaration(SourceLocation Loc,
7241                   IdentifierInfo **IdentList,
7242                   SourceLocation *IdentLocs,
7243                   ArrayRef<ObjCTypeParamList *> TypeParamLists,
7244                   unsigned NumElts);
7245
7246  DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnForwardProtocolDeclaration(SourceLocation AtProtoclLoc,
7247                                        ArrayRef<IdentifierLocPair> IdentList,
7248                                        AttributeList *attrList);
7249
7250  void FindProtocolDeclaration(bool WarnOnDeclarations, bool ForObjCContainer,
7251                               ArrayRef<IdentifierLocPair> ProtocolId,
7252                               SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &Protocols);
7253
7254  /// Given a list of identifiers (and their locations), resolve the
7255  /// names to either Objective-C protocol qualifiers or type
7256  /// arguments, as appropriate.
7257  void actOnObjCTypeArgsOrProtocolQualifiers(
7258         Scope *S,
7259         ParsedType baseType,
7260         SourceLocation lAngleLoc,
7261         ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> identifiers,
7262         ArrayRef<SourceLocation> identifierLocs,
7263         SourceLocation rAngleLoc,
7264         SourceLocation &typeArgsLAngleLoc,
7265         SmallVectorImpl<ParsedType> &typeArgs,
7266         SourceLocation &typeArgsRAngleLoc,
7267         SourceLocation &protocolLAngleLoc,
7268         SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &protocols,
7269         SourceLocation &protocolRAngleLoc,
7270         bool warnOnIncompleteProtocols);
7271
7272  /// Build a an Objective-C protocol-qualified 'id' type where no
7273  /// base type was specified.
7274  TypeResult actOnObjCProtocolQualifierType(
7275               SourceLocation lAngleLoc,
7276               ArrayRef<Decl *> protocols,
7277               ArrayRef<SourceLocation> protocolLocs,
7278               SourceLocation rAngleLoc);
7279
7280  /// Build a specialized and/or protocol-qualified Objective-C type.
7281  TypeResult actOnObjCTypeArgsAndProtocolQualifiers(
7282               Scope *S,
7283               SourceLocation Loc,
7284               ParsedType BaseType,
7285               SourceLocation TypeArgsLAngleLoc,
7286               ArrayRef<ParsedType> TypeArgs,
7287               SourceLocation TypeArgsRAngleLoc,
7288               SourceLocation ProtocolLAngleLoc,
7289               ArrayRef<Decl *> Protocols,
7290               ArrayRef<SourceLocation> ProtocolLocs,
7291               SourceLocation ProtocolRAngleLoc);
7292
7293  /// Build an Objective-C object pointer type.
7294  QualType BuildObjCObjectType(QualType BaseType,
7295                               SourceLocation Loc,
7296                               SourceLocation TypeArgsLAngleLoc,
7297                               ArrayRef<TypeSourceInfo *> TypeArgs,
7298                               SourceLocation TypeArgsRAngleLoc,
7299                               SourceLocation ProtocolLAngleLoc,
7300                               ArrayRef<ObjCProtocolDecl *> Protocols,
7301                               ArrayRef<SourceLocation> ProtocolLocs,
7302                               SourceLocation ProtocolRAngleLoc,
7303                               bool FailOnError = false);
7304
7305  /// Check the application of the Objective-C '__kindof' qualifier to
7306  /// the given type.
7307  bool checkObjCKindOfType(QualType &type, SourceLocation loc);
7308
7309  /// Ensure attributes are consistent with type.
7310  /// \param [in, out] Attributes The attributes to check; they will
7311  /// be modified to be consistent with \p PropertyTy.
7312  void CheckObjCPropertyAttributes(Decl *PropertyPtrTy,
7313                                   SourceLocation Loc,
7314                                   unsigned &Attributes,
7315                                   bool propertyInPrimaryClass);
7316
7317  /// Process the specified property declaration and create decls for the
7318  /// setters and getters as needed.
7319  /// \param property The property declaration being processed
7320  void ProcessPropertyDecl(ObjCPropertyDecl *property);
7321
7322
7323  void DiagnosePropertyMismatch(ObjCPropertyDecl *Property,
7324                                ObjCPropertyDecl *SuperProperty,
7325                                const IdentifierInfo *Name,
7326                                bool OverridingProtocolProperty);
7327
7328  void DiagnoseClassExtensionDupMethods(ObjCCategoryDecl *CAT,
7329                                        ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID);
7330
7331  Decl *ActOnAtEnd(Scope *S, SourceRange AtEnd,
7332                   ArrayRef<Decl *> allMethods = None,
7333                   ArrayRef<DeclGroupPtrTy> allTUVars = None);
7334
7335  Decl *ActOnProperty(Scope *S, SourceLocation AtLoc,
7336                      SourceLocation LParenLoc,
7337                      FieldDeclarator &FD, ObjCDeclSpec &ODS,
7338                      Selector GetterSel, Selector SetterSel,
7339                      tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind,
7340                      DeclContext *lexicalDC = nullptr);
7341
7342  Decl *ActOnPropertyImplDecl(Scope *S,
7343                              SourceLocation AtLoc,
7344                              SourceLocation PropertyLoc,
7345                              bool ImplKind,
7346                              IdentifierInfo *PropertyId,
7347                              IdentifierInfo *PropertyIvar,
7348                              SourceLocation PropertyIvarLoc);
7349
7350  enum ObjCSpecialMethodKind {
7351    OSMK_None,
7352    OSMK_Alloc,
7353    OSMK_New,
7354    OSMK_Copy,
7355    OSMK_RetainingInit,
7356    OSMK_NonRetainingInit
7357  };
7358
7359  struct ObjCArgInfo {
7360    IdentifierInfo *Name;
7361    SourceLocation NameLoc;
7362    // The Type is null if no type was specified, and the DeclSpec is invalid
7363    // in this case.
7364    ParsedType Type;
7365    ObjCDeclSpec DeclSpec;
7366
7367    /// ArgAttrs - Attribute list for this argument.
7368    AttributeList *ArgAttrs;
7369  };
7370
7371  Decl *ActOnMethodDeclaration(
7372    Scope *S,
7373    SourceLocation BeginLoc, // location of the + or -.
7374    SourceLocation EndLoc,   // location of the ; or {.
7375    tok::TokenKind MethodType,
7376    ObjCDeclSpec &ReturnQT, ParsedType ReturnType,
7377    ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, Selector Sel,
7378    // optional arguments. The number of types/arguments is obtained
7379    // from the Sel.getNumArgs().
7380    ObjCArgInfo *ArgInfo,
7381    DeclaratorChunk::ParamInfo *CParamInfo, unsigned CNumArgs, // c-style args
7382    AttributeList *AttrList, tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind,
7383    bool isVariadic, bool MethodDefinition);
7384
7385  ObjCMethodDecl *LookupMethodInQualifiedType(Selector Sel,
7386                                              const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT,
7387                                              bool IsInstance);
7388  ObjCMethodDecl *LookupMethodInObjectType(Selector Sel, QualType Ty,
7389                                           bool IsInstance);
7390
7391  bool CheckARCMethodDecl(ObjCMethodDecl *method);
7392  bool inferObjCARCLifetime(ValueDecl *decl);
7393
7394  ExprResult
7395  HandleExprPropertyRefExpr(const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT,
7396                            Expr *BaseExpr,
7397                            SourceLocation OpLoc,
7398                            DeclarationName MemberName,
7399                            SourceLocation MemberLoc,
7400                            SourceLocation SuperLoc, QualType SuperType,
7401                            bool Super);
7402
7403  ExprResult
7404  ActOnClassPropertyRefExpr(IdentifierInfo &receiverName,
7405                            IdentifierInfo &propertyName,
7406                            SourceLocation receiverNameLoc,
7407                            SourceLocation propertyNameLoc);
7408
7409  ObjCMethodDecl *tryCaptureObjCSelf(SourceLocation Loc);
7410
7411  /// \brief Describes the kind of message expression indicated by a message
7412  /// send that starts with an identifier.
7413  enum ObjCMessageKind {
7414    /// \brief The message is sent to 'super'.
7415    ObjCSuperMessage,
7416    /// \brief The message is an instance message.
7417    ObjCInstanceMessage,
7418    /// \brief The message is a class message, and the identifier is a type
7419    /// name.
7420    ObjCClassMessage
7421  };
7422
7423  ObjCMessageKind getObjCMessageKind(Scope *S,
7424                                     IdentifierInfo *Name,
7425                                     SourceLocation NameLoc,
7426                                     bool IsSuper,
7427                                     bool HasTrailingDot,
7428                                     ParsedType &ReceiverType);
7429
7430  ExprResult ActOnSuperMessage(Scope *S, SourceLocation SuperLoc,
7431                               Selector Sel,
7432                               SourceLocation LBracLoc,
7433                               ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs,
7434                               SourceLocation RBracLoc,
7435                               MultiExprArg Args);
7436
7437  ExprResult BuildClassMessage(TypeSourceInfo *ReceiverTypeInfo,
7438                               QualType ReceiverType,
7439                               SourceLocation SuperLoc,
7440                               Selector Sel,
7441                               ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
7442                               SourceLocation LBracLoc,
7443                               ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs,
7444                               SourceLocation RBracLoc,
7445                               MultiExprArg Args,
7446                               bool isImplicit = false);
7447
7448  ExprResult BuildClassMessageImplicit(QualType ReceiverType,
7449                                       bool isSuperReceiver,
7450                                       SourceLocation Loc,
7451                                       Selector Sel,
7452                                       ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
7453                                       MultiExprArg Args);
7454
7455  ExprResult ActOnClassMessage(Scope *S,
7456                               ParsedType Receiver,
7457                               Selector Sel,
7458                               SourceLocation LBracLoc,
7459                               ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs,
7460                               SourceLocation RBracLoc,
7461                               MultiExprArg Args);
7462
7463  ExprResult BuildInstanceMessage(Expr *Receiver,
7464                                  QualType ReceiverType,
7465                                  SourceLocation SuperLoc,
7466                                  Selector Sel,
7467                                  ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
7468                                  SourceLocation LBracLoc,
7469                                  ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs,
7470                                  SourceLocation RBracLoc,
7471                                  MultiExprArg Args,
7472                                  bool isImplicit = false);
7473
7474  ExprResult BuildInstanceMessageImplicit(Expr *Receiver,
7475                                          QualType ReceiverType,
7476                                          SourceLocation Loc,
7477                                          Selector Sel,
7478                                          ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
7479                                          MultiExprArg Args);
7480
7481  ExprResult ActOnInstanceMessage(Scope *S,
7482                                  Expr *Receiver,
7483                                  Selector Sel,
7484                                  SourceLocation LBracLoc,
7485                                  ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs,
7486                                  SourceLocation RBracLoc,
7487                                  MultiExprArg Args);
7488
7489  ExprResult BuildObjCBridgedCast(SourceLocation LParenLoc,
7490                                  ObjCBridgeCastKind Kind,
7491                                  SourceLocation BridgeKeywordLoc,
7492                                  TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo,
7493                                  Expr *SubExpr);
7494
7495  ExprResult ActOnObjCBridgedCast(Scope *S,
7496                                  SourceLocation LParenLoc,
7497                                  ObjCBridgeCastKind Kind,
7498                                  SourceLocation BridgeKeywordLoc,
7499                                  ParsedType Type,
7500                                  SourceLocation RParenLoc,
7501                                  Expr *SubExpr);
7502
7503  void CheckTollFreeBridgeCast(QualType castType, Expr *castExpr);
7504
7505  void CheckObjCBridgeRelatedCast(QualType castType, Expr *castExpr);
7506
7507  bool CheckTollFreeBridgeStaticCast(QualType castType, Expr *castExpr,
7508                                     CastKind &Kind);
7509
7510  bool checkObjCBridgeRelatedComponents(SourceLocation Loc,
7511                                        QualType DestType, QualType SrcType,
7512                                        ObjCInterfaceDecl *&RelatedClass,
7513                                        ObjCMethodDecl *&ClassMethod,
7514                                        ObjCMethodDecl *&InstanceMethod,
7515                                        TypedefNameDecl *&TDNDecl,
7516                                        bool CfToNs);
7517
7518  bool CheckObjCBridgeRelatedConversions(SourceLocation Loc,
7519                                         QualType DestType, QualType SrcType,
7520                                         Expr *&SrcExpr);
7521
7522  bool ConversionToObjCStringLiteralCheck(QualType DstType, Expr *&SrcExpr);
7523
7524  bool checkInitMethod(ObjCMethodDecl *method, QualType receiverTypeIfCall);
7525
7526  /// \brief Check whether the given new method is a valid override of the
7527  /// given overridden method, and set any properties that should be inherited.
7528  void CheckObjCMethodOverride(ObjCMethodDecl *NewMethod,
7529                               const ObjCMethodDecl *Overridden);
7530
7531  /// \brief Describes the compatibility of a result type with its method.
7532  enum ResultTypeCompatibilityKind {
7533    RTC_Compatible,
7534    RTC_Incompatible,
7535    RTC_Unknown
7536  };
7537
7538  void CheckObjCMethodOverrides(ObjCMethodDecl *ObjCMethod,
7539                                ObjCInterfaceDecl *CurrentClass,
7540                                ResultTypeCompatibilityKind RTC);
7541
7542  enum PragmaOptionsAlignKind {
7543    POAK_Native,  // #pragma options align=native
7544    POAK_Natural, // #pragma options align=natural
7545    POAK_Packed,  // #pragma options align=packed
7546    POAK_Power,   // #pragma options align=power
7547    POAK_Mac68k,  // #pragma options align=mac68k
7548    POAK_Reset    // #pragma options align=reset
7549  };
7550
7551  /// ActOnPragmaOptionsAlign - Called on well formed \#pragma options align.
7552  void ActOnPragmaOptionsAlign(PragmaOptionsAlignKind Kind,
7553                               SourceLocation PragmaLoc);
7554
7555  enum PragmaPackKind {
7556    PPK_Default, // #pragma pack([n])
7557    PPK_Show,    // #pragma pack(show), only supported by MSVC.
7558    PPK_Push,    // #pragma pack(push, [identifier], [n])
7559    PPK_Pop      // #pragma pack(pop, [identifier], [n])
7560  };
7561
7562  enum PragmaMSStructKind {
7563    PMSST_OFF,  // #pragms ms_struct off
7564    PMSST_ON    // #pragms ms_struct on
7565  };
7566
7567  enum PragmaMSCommentKind {
7568    PCK_Unknown,
7569    PCK_Linker,   // #pragma comment(linker, ...)
7570    PCK_Lib,      // #pragma comment(lib, ...)
7571    PCK_Compiler, // #pragma comment(compiler, ...)
7572    PCK_ExeStr,   // #pragma comment(exestr, ...)
7573    PCK_User      // #pragma comment(user, ...)
7574  };
7575
7576  /// ActOnPragmaPack - Called on well formed \#pragma pack(...).
7577  void ActOnPragmaPack(PragmaPackKind Kind,
7578                       IdentifierInfo *Name,
7579                       Expr *Alignment,
7580                       SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
7581                       SourceLocation LParenLoc,
7582                       SourceLocation RParenLoc);
7583
7584  /// ActOnPragmaMSStruct - Called on well formed \#pragma ms_struct [on|off].
7585  void ActOnPragmaMSStruct(PragmaMSStructKind Kind);
7586
7587  /// ActOnPragmaMSComment - Called on well formed
7588  /// \#pragma comment(kind, "arg").
7589  void ActOnPragmaMSComment(PragmaMSCommentKind Kind, StringRef Arg);
7590
7591  /// ActOnPragmaMSPointersToMembers - called on well formed \#pragma
7592  /// pointers_to_members(representation method[, general purpose
7593  /// representation]).
7594  void ActOnPragmaMSPointersToMembers(
7595      LangOptions::PragmaMSPointersToMembersKind Kind,
7596      SourceLocation PragmaLoc);
7597
7598  /// \brief Called on well formed \#pragma vtordisp().
7599  void ActOnPragmaMSVtorDisp(PragmaVtorDispKind Kind, SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
7600                             MSVtorDispAttr::Mode Value);
7601
7602  enum PragmaSectionKind {
7603    PSK_DataSeg,
7604    PSK_BSSSeg,
7605    PSK_ConstSeg,
7606    PSK_CodeSeg,
7607  };
7608
7609  bool UnifySection(StringRef SectionName,
7610                    int SectionFlags,
7611                    DeclaratorDecl *TheDecl);
7612  bool UnifySection(StringRef SectionName,
7613                    int SectionFlags,
7614                    SourceLocation PragmaSectionLocation);
7615
7616  /// \brief Called on well formed \#pragma bss_seg/data_seg/const_seg/code_seg.
7617  void ActOnPragmaMSSeg(SourceLocation PragmaLocation,
7618                        PragmaMsStackAction Action,
7619                        llvm::StringRef StackSlotLabel,
7620                        StringLiteral *SegmentName,
7621                        llvm::StringRef PragmaName);
7622
7623  /// \brief Called on well formed \#pragma section().
7624  void ActOnPragmaMSSection(SourceLocation PragmaLocation,
7625                            int SectionFlags, StringLiteral *SegmentName);
7626
7627  /// \brief Called on well-formed \#pragma init_seg().
7628  void ActOnPragmaMSInitSeg(SourceLocation PragmaLocation,
7629                            StringLiteral *SegmentName);
7630
7631  /// ActOnPragmaDetectMismatch - Call on well-formed \#pragma detect_mismatch
7632  void ActOnPragmaDetectMismatch(StringRef Name, StringRef Value);
7633
7634  /// ActOnPragmaUnused - Called on well-formed '\#pragma unused'.
7635  void ActOnPragmaUnused(const Token &Identifier,
7636                         Scope *curScope,
7637                         SourceLocation PragmaLoc);
7638
7639  /// ActOnPragmaVisibility - Called on well formed \#pragma GCC visibility... .
7640  void ActOnPragmaVisibility(const IdentifierInfo* VisType,
7641                             SourceLocation PragmaLoc);
7642
7643  NamedDecl *DeclClonePragmaWeak(NamedDecl *ND, IdentifierInfo *II,
7644                                 SourceLocation Loc);
7645  void DeclApplyPragmaWeak(Scope *S, NamedDecl *ND, WeakInfo &W);
7646
7647  /// ActOnPragmaWeakID - Called on well formed \#pragma weak ident.
7648  void ActOnPragmaWeakID(IdentifierInfo* WeakName,
7649                         SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
7650                         SourceLocation WeakNameLoc);
7651
7652  /// ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname - Called on well formed
7653  /// \#pragma redefine_extname oldname newname.
7654  void ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname(IdentifierInfo* WeakName,
7655                                  IdentifierInfo* AliasName,
7656                                  SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
7657                                  SourceLocation WeakNameLoc,
7658                                  SourceLocation AliasNameLoc);
7659
7660  /// ActOnPragmaWeakAlias - Called on well formed \#pragma weak ident = ident.
7661  void ActOnPragmaWeakAlias(IdentifierInfo* WeakName,
7662                            IdentifierInfo* AliasName,
7663                            SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
7664                            SourceLocation WeakNameLoc,
7665                            SourceLocation AliasNameLoc);
7666
7667  /// ActOnPragmaFPContract - Called on well formed
7668  /// \#pragma {STDC,OPENCL} FP_CONTRACT
7669  void ActOnPragmaFPContract(tok::OnOffSwitch OOS);
7670
7671  /// AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord - Adds any needed alignment attributes to
7672  /// a the record decl, to handle '\#pragma pack' and '\#pragma options align'.
7673  void AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RecordDecl *RD);
7674
7675  /// AddMsStructLayoutForRecord - Adds ms_struct layout attribute to record.
7676  void AddMsStructLayoutForRecord(RecordDecl *RD);
7677
7678  /// FreePackedContext - Deallocate and null out PackContext.
7679  void FreePackedContext();
7680
7681  /// PushNamespaceVisibilityAttr - Note that we've entered a
7682  /// namespace with a visibility attribute.
7683  void PushNamespaceVisibilityAttr(const VisibilityAttr *Attr,
7684                                   SourceLocation Loc);
7685
7686  /// AddPushedVisibilityAttribute - If '\#pragma GCC visibility' was used,
7687  /// add an appropriate visibility attribute.
7688  void AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(Decl *RD);
7689
7690  /// PopPragmaVisibility - Pop the top element of the visibility stack; used
7691  /// for '\#pragma GCC visibility' and visibility attributes on namespaces.
7692  void PopPragmaVisibility(bool IsNamespaceEnd, SourceLocation EndLoc);
7693
7694  /// FreeVisContext - Deallocate and null out VisContext.
7695  void FreeVisContext();
7696
7697  /// AddCFAuditedAttribute - Check whether we're currently within
7698  /// '\#pragma clang arc_cf_code_audited' and, if so, consider adding
7699  /// the appropriate attribute.
7700  void AddCFAuditedAttribute(Decl *D);
7701
7702  /// \brief Called on well formed \#pragma clang optimize.
7703  void ActOnPragmaOptimize(bool On, SourceLocation PragmaLoc);
7704
7705  /// \brief Get the location for the currently active "\#pragma clang optimize
7706  /// off". If this location is invalid, then the state of the pragma is "on".
7707  SourceLocation getOptimizeOffPragmaLocation() const {
7708    return OptimizeOffPragmaLocation;
7709  }
7710
7711  /// \brief Only called on function definitions; if there is a pragma in scope
7712  /// with the effect of a range-based optnone, consider marking the function
7713  /// with attribute optnone.
7714  void AddRangeBasedOptnone(FunctionDecl *FD);
7715
7716  /// \brief Adds the 'optnone' attribute to the function declaration if there
7717  /// are no conflicts; Loc represents the location causing the 'optnone'
7718  /// attribute to be added (usually because of a pragma).
7719  void AddOptnoneAttributeIfNoConflicts(FunctionDecl *FD, SourceLocation Loc);
7720
7721  /// AddAlignedAttr - Adds an aligned attribute to a particular declaration.
7722  void AddAlignedAttr(SourceRange AttrRange, Decl *D, Expr *E,
7723                      unsigned SpellingListIndex, bool IsPackExpansion);
7724  void AddAlignedAttr(SourceRange AttrRange, Decl *D, TypeSourceInfo *T,
7725                      unsigned SpellingListIndex, bool IsPackExpansion);
7726
7727  /// AddAssumeAlignedAttr - Adds an assume_aligned attribute to a particular
7728  /// declaration.
7729  void AddAssumeAlignedAttr(SourceRange AttrRange, Decl *D, Expr *E, Expr *OE,
7730                            unsigned SpellingListIndex);
7731
7732  /// AddAlignValueAttr - Adds an align_value attribute to a particular
7733  /// declaration.
7734  void AddAlignValueAttr(SourceRange AttrRange, Decl *D, Expr *E,
7735                         unsigned SpellingListIndex);
7736
7737  /// AddLaunchBoundsAttr - Adds a launch_bounds attribute to a particular
7738  /// declaration.
7739  void AddLaunchBoundsAttr(SourceRange AttrRange, Decl *D, Expr *MaxThreads,
7740                           Expr *MinBlocks, unsigned SpellingListIndex);
7741
7742  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
7743  // C++ Coroutines TS
7744  //
7745  ExprResult ActOnCoawaitExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation KwLoc, Expr *E);
7746  ExprResult ActOnCoyieldExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation KwLoc, Expr *E);
7747  StmtResult ActOnCoreturnStmt(SourceLocation KwLoc, Expr *E);
7748
7749  ExprResult BuildCoawaitExpr(SourceLocation KwLoc, Expr *E);
7750  ExprResult BuildCoyieldExpr(SourceLocation KwLoc, Expr *E);
7751  StmtResult BuildCoreturnStmt(SourceLocation KwLoc, Expr *E);
7752
7753  void CheckCompletedCoroutineBody(FunctionDecl *FD, Stmt *&Body);
7754
7755  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
7756  // OpenMP directives and clauses.
7757  //
7758private:
7759  void *VarDataSharingAttributesStack;
7760  /// \brief Initialization of data-sharing attributes stack.
7761  void InitDataSharingAttributesStack();
7762  void DestroyDataSharingAttributesStack();
7763  ExprResult VerifyPositiveIntegerConstantInClause(Expr *Op,
7764                                                   OpenMPClauseKind CKind);
7765public:
7766  /// \brief Return true if the provided declaration \a VD should be captured by
7767  /// reference in the provided scope \a RSI. This will take into account the
7768  /// semantics of the directive and associated clauses.
7769  bool IsOpenMPCapturedByRef(VarDecl *VD,
7770                             const sema::CapturedRegionScopeInfo *RSI);
7771
7772  /// \brief Check if the specified variable is used in one of the private
7773  /// clauses (private, firstprivate, lastprivate, reduction etc.) in OpenMP
7774  /// constructs.
7775  bool IsOpenMPCapturedVar(VarDecl *VD);
7776
7777  /// \brief Check if the specified variable is used in 'private' clause.
7778  /// \param Level Relative level of nested OpenMP construct for that the check
7779  /// is performed.
7780  bool isOpenMPPrivateVar(VarDecl *VD, unsigned Level);
7781
7782  /// \brief Check if the specified variable is captured  by 'target' directive.
7783  /// \param Level Relative level of nested OpenMP construct for that the check
7784  /// is performed.
7785  bool isOpenMPTargetCapturedVar(VarDecl *VD, unsigned Level);
7786
7787  ExprResult PerformOpenMPImplicitIntegerConversion(SourceLocation OpLoc,
7788                                                    Expr *Op);
7789  /// \brief Called on start of new data sharing attribute block.
7790  void StartOpenMPDSABlock(OpenMPDirectiveKind K,
7791                           const DeclarationNameInfo &DirName, Scope *CurScope,
7792                           SourceLocation Loc);
7793  /// \brief Start analysis of clauses.
7794  void StartOpenMPClause(OpenMPClauseKind K);
7795  /// \brief End analysis of clauses.
7796  void EndOpenMPClause();
7797  /// \brief Called on end of data sharing attribute block.
7798  void EndOpenMPDSABlock(Stmt *CurDirective);
7799
7800  /// \brief Check if the current region is an OpenMP loop region and if it is,
7801  /// mark loop control variable, used in \p Init for loop initialization, as
7802  /// private by default.
7803  /// \param Init First part of the for loop.
7804  void ActOnOpenMPLoopInitialization(SourceLocation ForLoc, Stmt *Init);
7805
7806  // OpenMP directives and clauses.
7807  /// \brief Called on correct id-expression from the '#pragma omp
7808  /// threadprivate'.
7809  ExprResult ActOnOpenMPIdExpression(Scope *CurScope,
7810                                     CXXScopeSpec &ScopeSpec,
7811                                     const DeclarationNameInfo &Id);
7812  /// \brief Called on well-formed '#pragma omp threadprivate'.
7813  DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnOpenMPThreadprivateDirective(
7814                                     SourceLocation Loc,
7815                                     ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList);
7816  /// \brief Builds a new OpenMPThreadPrivateDecl and checks its correctness.
7817  OMPThreadPrivateDecl *CheckOMPThreadPrivateDecl(
7818                                     SourceLocation Loc,
7819                                     ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList);
7820
7821  /// \brief Initialization of captured region for OpenMP region.
7822  void ActOnOpenMPRegionStart(OpenMPDirectiveKind DKind, Scope *CurScope);
7823  /// \brief End of OpenMP region.
7824  ///
7825  /// \param S Statement associated with the current OpenMP region.
7826  /// \param Clauses List of clauses for the current OpenMP region.
7827  ///
7828  /// \returns Statement for finished OpenMP region.
7829  StmtResult ActOnOpenMPRegionEnd(StmtResult S, ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses);
7830  StmtResult ActOnOpenMPExecutableDirective(
7831      OpenMPDirectiveKind Kind, const DeclarationNameInfo &DirName,
7832      OpenMPDirectiveKind CancelRegion, ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses,
7833      Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceLocation EndLoc);
7834  /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp parallel' after parsing
7835  /// of the  associated statement.
7836  StmtResult ActOnOpenMPParallelDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses,
7837                                          Stmt *AStmt,
7838                                          SourceLocation StartLoc,
7839                                          SourceLocation EndLoc);
7840  /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp simd' after parsing
7841  /// of the associated statement.
7842  StmtResult ActOnOpenMPSimdDirective(
7843      ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
7844      SourceLocation EndLoc,
7845      llvm::DenseMap<VarDecl *, Expr *> &VarsWithImplicitDSA);
7846  /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp for' after parsing
7847  /// of the associated statement.
7848  StmtResult ActOnOpenMPForDirective(
7849      ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
7850      SourceLocation EndLoc,
7851      llvm::DenseMap<VarDecl *, Expr *> &VarsWithImplicitDSA);
7852  /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp for simd' after parsing
7853  /// of the associated statement.
7854  StmtResult ActOnOpenMPForSimdDirective(
7855      ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
7856      SourceLocation EndLoc,
7857      llvm::DenseMap<VarDecl *, Expr *> &VarsWithImplicitDSA);
7858  /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp sections' after parsing
7859  /// of the associated statement.
7860  StmtResult ActOnOpenMPSectionsDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses,
7861                                          Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
7862                                          SourceLocation EndLoc);
7863  /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp section' after parsing of the
7864  /// associated statement.
7865  StmtResult ActOnOpenMPSectionDirective(Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
7866                                         SourceLocation EndLoc);
7867  /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp single' after parsing of the
7868  /// associated statement.
7869  StmtResult ActOnOpenMPSingleDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses,
7870                                        Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
7871                                        SourceLocation EndLoc);
7872  /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp master' after parsing of the
7873  /// associated statement.
7874  StmtResult ActOnOpenMPMasterDirective(Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
7875                                        SourceLocation EndLoc);
7876  /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp critical' after parsing of the
7877  /// associated statement.
7878  StmtResult ActOnOpenMPCriticalDirective(const DeclarationNameInfo &DirName,
7879                                          ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses,
7880                                          Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
7881                                          SourceLocation EndLoc);
7882  /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp parallel for' after parsing
7883  /// of the  associated statement.
7884  StmtResult ActOnOpenMPParallelForDirective(
7885      ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
7886      SourceLocation EndLoc,
7887      llvm::DenseMap<VarDecl *, Expr *> &VarsWithImplicitDSA);
7888  /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp parallel for simd' after
7889  /// parsing of the  associated statement.
7890  StmtResult ActOnOpenMPParallelForSimdDirective(
7891      ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
7892      SourceLocation EndLoc,
7893      llvm::DenseMap<VarDecl *, Expr *> &VarsWithImplicitDSA);
7894  /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp parallel sections' after
7895  /// parsing of the  associated statement.
7896  StmtResult ActOnOpenMPParallelSectionsDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses,
7897                                                  Stmt *AStmt,
7898                                                  SourceLocation StartLoc,
7899                                                  SourceLocation EndLoc);
7900  /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp task' after parsing of the
7901  /// associated statement.
7902  StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTaskDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses,
7903                                      Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
7904                                      SourceLocation EndLoc);
7905  /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp taskyield'.
7906  StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTaskyieldDirective(SourceLocation StartLoc,
7907                                           SourceLocation EndLoc);
7908  /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp barrier'.
7909  StmtResult ActOnOpenMPBarrierDirective(SourceLocation StartLoc,
7910                                         SourceLocation EndLoc);
7911  /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp taskwait'.
7912  StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTaskwaitDirective(SourceLocation StartLoc,
7913                                          SourceLocation EndLoc);
7914  /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp taskgroup'.
7915  StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTaskgroupDirective(Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
7916                                           SourceLocation EndLoc);
7917  /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp flush'.
7918  StmtResult ActOnOpenMPFlushDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses,
7919                                       SourceLocation StartLoc,
7920                                       SourceLocation EndLoc);
7921  /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp ordered' after parsing of the
7922  /// associated statement.
7923  StmtResult ActOnOpenMPOrderedDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses,
7924                                         Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
7925                                         SourceLocation EndLoc);
7926  /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp atomic' after parsing of the
7927  /// associated statement.
7928  StmtResult ActOnOpenMPAtomicDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses,
7929                                        Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
7930                                        SourceLocation EndLoc);
7931  /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp target' after parsing of the
7932  /// associated statement.
7933  StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTargetDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses,
7934                                        Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
7935                                        SourceLocation EndLoc);
7936  /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp target data' after parsing of
7937  /// the associated statement.
7938  StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTargetDataDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses,
7939                                            Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
7940                                            SourceLocation EndLoc);
7941  /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp teams' after parsing of the
7942  /// associated statement.
7943  StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTeamsDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses,
7944                                       Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
7945                                       SourceLocation EndLoc);
7946  /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp cancellation point'.
7947  StmtResult
7948  ActOnOpenMPCancellationPointDirective(SourceLocation StartLoc,
7949                                        SourceLocation EndLoc,
7950                                        OpenMPDirectiveKind CancelRegion);
7951  /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp cancel'.
7952  StmtResult ActOnOpenMPCancelDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses,
7953                                        SourceLocation StartLoc,
7954                                        SourceLocation EndLoc,
7955                                        OpenMPDirectiveKind CancelRegion);
7956  /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp taskloop' after parsing of the
7957  /// associated statement.
7958  StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTaskLoopDirective(
7959      ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
7960      SourceLocation EndLoc,
7961      llvm::DenseMap<VarDecl *, Expr *> &VarsWithImplicitDSA);
7962  /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp taskloop simd' after parsing of
7963  /// the associated statement.
7964  StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTaskLoopSimdDirective(
7965      ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
7966      SourceLocation EndLoc,
7967      llvm::DenseMap<VarDecl *, Expr *> &VarsWithImplicitDSA);
7968  /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp distribute' after parsing
7969  /// of the associated statement.
7970  StmtResult ActOnOpenMPDistributeDirective(
7971      ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
7972      SourceLocation EndLoc,
7973      llvm::DenseMap<VarDecl *, Expr *> &VarsWithImplicitDSA);
7974
7975  OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPSingleExprClause(OpenMPClauseKind Kind,
7976                                         Expr *Expr,
7977                                         SourceLocation StartLoc,
7978                                         SourceLocation LParenLoc,
7979                                         SourceLocation EndLoc);
7980  /// \brief Called on well-formed 'if' clause.
7981  OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPIfClause(OpenMPDirectiveKind NameModifier,
7982                                 Expr *Condition, SourceLocation StartLoc,
7983                                 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
7984                                 SourceLocation NameModifierLoc,
7985                                 SourceLocation ColonLoc,
7986                                 SourceLocation EndLoc);
7987  /// \brief Called on well-formed 'final' clause.
7988  OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPFinalClause(Expr *Condition, SourceLocation StartLoc,
7989                                    SourceLocation LParenLoc,
7990                                    SourceLocation EndLoc);
7991  /// \brief Called on well-formed 'num_threads' clause.
7992  OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPNumThreadsClause(Expr *NumThreads,
7993                                         SourceLocation StartLoc,
7994                                         SourceLocation LParenLoc,
7995                                         SourceLocation EndLoc);
7996  /// \brief Called on well-formed 'safelen' clause.
7997  OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPSafelenClause(Expr *Length,
7998                                      SourceLocation StartLoc,
7999                                      SourceLocation LParenLoc,
8000                                      SourceLocation EndLoc);
8001  /// \brief Called on well-formed 'simdlen' clause.
8002  OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPSimdlenClause(Expr *Length, SourceLocation StartLoc,
8003                                      SourceLocation LParenLoc,
8004                                      SourceLocation EndLoc);
8005  /// \brief Called on well-formed 'collapse' clause.
8006  OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPCollapseClause(Expr *NumForLoops,
8007                                       SourceLocation StartLoc,
8008                                       SourceLocation LParenLoc,
8009                                       SourceLocation EndLoc);
8010  /// \brief Called on well-formed 'ordered' clause.
8011  OMPClause *
8012  ActOnOpenMPOrderedClause(SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceLocation EndLoc,
8013                           SourceLocation LParenLoc = SourceLocation(),
8014                           Expr *NumForLoops = nullptr);
8015  /// \brief Called on well-formed 'grainsize' clause.
8016  OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPGrainsizeClause(Expr *Size, SourceLocation StartLoc,
8017                                        SourceLocation LParenLoc,
8018                                        SourceLocation EndLoc);
8019  /// \brief Called on well-formed 'num_tasks' clause.
8020  OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPNumTasksClause(Expr *NumTasks, SourceLocation StartLoc,
8021                                       SourceLocation LParenLoc,
8022                                       SourceLocation EndLoc);
8023  /// \brief Called on well-formed 'hint' clause.
8024  OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPHintClause(Expr *Hint, SourceLocation StartLoc,
8025                                   SourceLocation LParenLoc,
8026                                   SourceLocation EndLoc);
8027
8028  OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPSimpleClause(OpenMPClauseKind Kind,
8029                                     unsigned Argument,
8030                                     SourceLocation ArgumentLoc,
8031                                     SourceLocation StartLoc,
8032                                     SourceLocation LParenLoc,
8033                                     SourceLocation EndLoc);
8034  /// \brief Called on well-formed 'default' clause.
8035  OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPDefaultClause(OpenMPDefaultClauseKind Kind,
8036                                      SourceLocation KindLoc,
8037                                      SourceLocation StartLoc,
8038                                      SourceLocation LParenLoc,
8039                                      SourceLocation EndLoc);
8040  /// \brief Called on well-formed 'proc_bind' clause.
8041  OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPProcBindClause(OpenMPProcBindClauseKind Kind,
8042                                       SourceLocation KindLoc,
8043                                       SourceLocation StartLoc,
8044                                       SourceLocation LParenLoc,
8045                                       SourceLocation EndLoc);
8046
8047  OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPSingleExprWithArgClause(OpenMPClauseKind Kind,
8048                                                unsigned Argument, Expr *Expr,
8049                                                SourceLocation StartLoc,
8050                                                SourceLocation LParenLoc,
8051                                                SourceLocation ArgumentLoc,
8052                                                SourceLocation DelimLoc,
8053                                                SourceLocation EndLoc);
8054  /// \brief Called on well-formed 'schedule' clause.
8055  OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPScheduleClause(OpenMPScheduleClauseKind Kind,
8056                                       Expr *ChunkSize, SourceLocation StartLoc,
8057                                       SourceLocation LParenLoc,
8058                                       SourceLocation KindLoc,
8059                                       SourceLocation CommaLoc,
8060                                       SourceLocation EndLoc);
8061
8062  OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPClause(OpenMPClauseKind Kind, SourceLocation StartLoc,
8063                               SourceLocation EndLoc);
8064  /// \brief Called on well-formed 'nowait' clause.
8065  OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPNowaitClause(SourceLocation StartLoc,
8066                                     SourceLocation EndLoc);
8067  /// \brief Called on well-formed 'untied' clause.
8068  OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPUntiedClause(SourceLocation StartLoc,
8069                                     SourceLocation EndLoc);
8070  /// \brief Called on well-formed 'mergeable' clause.
8071  OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPMergeableClause(SourceLocation StartLoc,
8072                                        SourceLocation EndLoc);
8073  /// \brief Called on well-formed 'read' clause.
8074  OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPReadClause(SourceLocation StartLoc,
8075                                   SourceLocation EndLoc);
8076  /// \brief Called on well-formed 'write' clause.
8077  OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPWriteClause(SourceLocation StartLoc,
8078                                    SourceLocation EndLoc);
8079  /// \brief Called on well-formed 'update' clause.
8080  OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPUpdateClause(SourceLocation StartLoc,
8081                                     SourceLocation EndLoc);
8082  /// \brief Called on well-formed 'capture' clause.
8083  OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPCaptureClause(SourceLocation StartLoc,
8084                                      SourceLocation EndLoc);
8085  /// \brief Called on well-formed 'seq_cst' clause.
8086  OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPSeqCstClause(SourceLocation StartLoc,
8087                                     SourceLocation EndLoc);
8088  /// \brief Called on well-formed 'threads' clause.
8089  OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPThreadsClause(SourceLocation StartLoc,
8090                                      SourceLocation EndLoc);
8091  /// \brief Called on well-formed 'simd' clause.
8092  OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPSIMDClause(SourceLocation StartLoc,
8093                                   SourceLocation EndLoc);
8094  /// \brief Called on well-formed 'nogroup' clause.
8095  OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPNogroupClause(SourceLocation StartLoc,
8096                                      SourceLocation EndLoc);
8097
8098  OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPVarListClause(
8099      OpenMPClauseKind Kind, ArrayRef<Expr *> Vars, Expr *TailExpr,
8100      SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
8101      SourceLocation ColonLoc, SourceLocation EndLoc,
8102      CXXScopeSpec &ReductionIdScopeSpec,
8103      const DeclarationNameInfo &ReductionId, OpenMPDependClauseKind DepKind,
8104      OpenMPLinearClauseKind LinKind, OpenMPMapClauseKind MapTypeModifier,
8105      OpenMPMapClauseKind MapType, SourceLocation DepLinMapLoc);
8106  /// \brief Called on well-formed 'private' clause.
8107  OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPPrivateClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList,
8108                                      SourceLocation StartLoc,
8109                                      SourceLocation LParenLoc,
8110                                      SourceLocation EndLoc);
8111  /// \brief Called on well-formed 'firstprivate' clause.
8112  OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPFirstprivateClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList,
8113                                           SourceLocation StartLoc,
8114                                           SourceLocation LParenLoc,
8115                                           SourceLocation EndLoc);
8116  /// \brief Called on well-formed 'lastprivate' clause.
8117  OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPLastprivateClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList,
8118                                          SourceLocation StartLoc,
8119                                          SourceLocation LParenLoc,
8120                                          SourceLocation EndLoc);
8121  /// \brief Called on well-formed 'shared' clause.
8122  OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPSharedClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList,
8123                                     SourceLocation StartLoc,
8124                                     SourceLocation LParenLoc,
8125                                     SourceLocation EndLoc);
8126  /// \brief Called on well-formed 'reduction' clause.
8127  OMPClause *
8128  ActOnOpenMPReductionClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList, SourceLocation StartLoc,
8129                             SourceLocation LParenLoc, SourceLocation ColonLoc,
8130                             SourceLocation EndLoc,
8131                             CXXScopeSpec &ReductionIdScopeSpec,
8132                             const DeclarationNameInfo &ReductionId);
8133  /// \brief Called on well-formed 'linear' clause.
8134  OMPClause *
8135  ActOnOpenMPLinearClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList, Expr *Step,
8136                          SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
8137                          OpenMPLinearClauseKind LinKind, SourceLocation LinLoc,
8138                          SourceLocation ColonLoc, SourceLocation EndLoc);
8139  /// \brief Called on well-formed 'aligned' clause.
8140  OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPAlignedClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList,
8141                                      Expr *Alignment,
8142                                      SourceLocation StartLoc,
8143                                      SourceLocation LParenLoc,
8144                                      SourceLocation ColonLoc,
8145                                      SourceLocation EndLoc);
8146  /// \brief Called on well-formed 'copyin' clause.
8147  OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPCopyinClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList,
8148                                     SourceLocation StartLoc,
8149                                     SourceLocation LParenLoc,
8150                                     SourceLocation EndLoc);
8151  /// \brief Called on well-formed 'copyprivate' clause.
8152  OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPCopyprivateClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList,
8153                                          SourceLocation StartLoc,
8154                                          SourceLocation LParenLoc,
8155                                          SourceLocation EndLoc);
8156  /// \brief Called on well-formed 'flush' pseudo clause.
8157  OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPFlushClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList,
8158                                    SourceLocation StartLoc,
8159                                    SourceLocation LParenLoc,
8160                                    SourceLocation EndLoc);
8161  /// \brief Called on well-formed 'depend' clause.
8162  OMPClause *
8163  ActOnOpenMPDependClause(OpenMPDependClauseKind DepKind, SourceLocation DepLoc,
8164                          SourceLocation ColonLoc, ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList,
8165                          SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
8166                          SourceLocation EndLoc);
8167  /// \brief Called on well-formed 'device' clause.
8168  OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPDeviceClause(Expr *Device, SourceLocation StartLoc,
8169                                     SourceLocation LParenLoc,
8170                                     SourceLocation EndLoc);
8171  /// \brief Called on well-formed 'map' clause.
8172  OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPMapClause(
8173      OpenMPMapClauseKind MapTypeModifier, OpenMPMapClauseKind MapType,
8174      SourceLocation MapLoc, SourceLocation ColonLoc, ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList,
8175      SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceLocation LParenLoc, SourceLocation EndLoc);
8176  /// \brief Called on well-formed 'num_teams' clause.
8177  OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPNumTeamsClause(Expr *NumTeams, SourceLocation StartLoc,
8178                                       SourceLocation LParenLoc,
8179                                       SourceLocation EndLoc);
8180  /// \brief Called on well-formed 'thread_limit' clause.
8181  OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPThreadLimitClause(Expr *ThreadLimit,
8182                                          SourceLocation StartLoc,
8183                                          SourceLocation LParenLoc,
8184                                          SourceLocation EndLoc);
8185  /// \brief Called on well-formed 'priority' clause.
8186  OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPPriorityClause(Expr *Priority, SourceLocation StartLoc,
8187                                       SourceLocation LParenLoc,
8188                                       SourceLocation EndLoc);
8189
8190  /// \brief The kind of conversion being performed.
8191  enum CheckedConversionKind {
8192    /// \brief An implicit conversion.
8193    CCK_ImplicitConversion,
8194    /// \brief A C-style cast.
8195    CCK_CStyleCast,
8196    /// \brief A functional-style cast.
8197    CCK_FunctionalCast,
8198    /// \brief A cast other than a C-style cast.
8199    CCK_OtherCast
8200  };
8201
8202  /// ImpCastExprToType - If Expr is not of type 'Type', insert an implicit
8203  /// cast.  If there is already an implicit cast, merge into the existing one.
8204  /// If isLvalue, the result of the cast is an lvalue.
8205  ExprResult ImpCastExprToType(Expr *E, QualType Type, CastKind CK,
8206                               ExprValueKind VK = VK_RValue,
8207                               const CXXCastPath *BasePath = nullptr,
8208                               CheckedConversionKind CCK
8209                                  = CCK_ImplicitConversion);
8210
8211  /// ScalarTypeToBooleanCastKind - Returns the cast kind corresponding
8212  /// to the conversion from scalar type ScalarTy to the Boolean type.
8213  static CastKind ScalarTypeToBooleanCastKind(QualType ScalarTy);
8214
8215  /// IgnoredValueConversions - Given that an expression's result is
8216  /// syntactically ignored, perform any conversions that are
8217  /// required.
8218  ExprResult IgnoredValueConversions(Expr *E);
8219
8220  // UsualUnaryConversions - promotes integers (C99 6.3.1.1p2) and converts
8221  // functions and arrays to their respective pointers (C99 6.3.2.1).
8222  ExprResult UsualUnaryConversions(Expr *E);
8223
8224  /// CallExprUnaryConversions - a special case of an unary conversion
8225  /// performed on a function designator of a call expression.
8226  ExprResult CallExprUnaryConversions(Expr *E);
8227
8228  // DefaultFunctionArrayConversion - converts functions and arrays
8229  // to their respective pointers (C99 6.3.2.1).
8230  ExprResult DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Expr *E, bool Diagnose = true);
8231
8232  // DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion - converts functions and
8233  // arrays to their respective pointers and performs the
8234  // lvalue-to-rvalue conversion.
8235  ExprResult DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(Expr *E,
8236                                                  bool Diagnose = true);
8237
8238  // DefaultLvalueConversion - performs lvalue-to-rvalue conversion on
8239  // the operand.  This is DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion,
8240  // except that it assumes the operand isn't of function or array
8241  // type.
8242  ExprResult DefaultLvalueConversion(Expr *E);
8243
8244  // DefaultArgumentPromotion (C99 6.5.2.2p6). Used for function calls that
8245  // do not have a prototype. Integer promotions are performed on each
8246  // argument, and arguments that have type float are promoted to double.
8247  ExprResult DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr *E);
8248
8249  // Used for emitting the right warning by DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion
8250  enum VariadicCallType {
8251    VariadicFunction,
8252    VariadicBlock,
8253    VariadicMethod,
8254    VariadicConstructor,
8255    VariadicDoesNotApply
8256  };
8257
8258  VariadicCallType getVariadicCallType(FunctionDecl *FDecl,
8259                                       const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
8260                                       Expr *Fn);
8261
8262  // Used for determining in which context a type is allowed to be passed to a
8263  // vararg function.
8264  enum VarArgKind {
8265    VAK_Valid,
8266    VAK_ValidInCXX11,
8267    VAK_Undefined,
8268    VAK_MSVCUndefined,
8269    VAK_Invalid
8270  };
8271
8272  // Determines which VarArgKind fits an expression.
8273  VarArgKind isValidVarArgType(const QualType &Ty);
8274
8275  /// Check to see if the given expression is a valid argument to a variadic
8276  /// function, issuing a diagnostic if not.
8277  void checkVariadicArgument(const Expr *E, VariadicCallType CT);
8278
8279  /// Check to see if a given expression could have '.c_str()' called on it.
8280  bool hasCStrMethod(const Expr *E);
8281
8282  /// GatherArgumentsForCall - Collector argument expressions for various
8283  /// form of call prototypes.
8284  bool GatherArgumentsForCall(SourceLocation CallLoc, FunctionDecl *FDecl,
8285                              const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
8286                              unsigned FirstParam, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
8287                              SmallVectorImpl<Expr *> &AllArgs,
8288                              VariadicCallType CallType = VariadicDoesNotApply,
8289                              bool AllowExplicit = false,
8290                              bool IsListInitialization = false);
8291
8292  // DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion - Like DefaultArgumentPromotion, but
8293  // will create a runtime trap if the resulting type is not a POD type.
8294  ExprResult DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Expr *E, VariadicCallType CT,
8295                                              FunctionDecl *FDecl);
8296
8297  // UsualArithmeticConversions - performs the UsualUnaryConversions on it's
8298  // operands and then handles various conversions that are common to binary
8299  // operators (C99 6.3.1.8). If both operands aren't arithmetic, this
8300  // routine returns the first non-arithmetic type found. The client is
8301  // responsible for emitting appropriate error diagnostics.
8302  QualType UsualArithmeticConversions(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
8303                                      bool IsCompAssign = false);
8304
8305  /// AssignConvertType - All of the 'assignment' semantic checks return this
8306  /// enum to indicate whether the assignment was allowed.  These checks are
8307  /// done for simple assignments, as well as initialization, return from
8308  /// function, argument passing, etc.  The query is phrased in terms of a
8309  /// source and destination type.
8310  enum AssignConvertType {
8311    /// Compatible - the types are compatible according to the standard.
8312    Compatible,
8313
8314    /// PointerToInt - The assignment converts a pointer to an int, which we
8315    /// accept as an extension.
8316    PointerToInt,
8317
8318    /// IntToPointer - The assignment converts an int to a pointer, which we
8319    /// accept as an extension.
8320    IntToPointer,
8321
8322    /// FunctionVoidPointer - The assignment is between a function pointer and
8323    /// void*, which the standard doesn't allow, but we accept as an extension.
8324    FunctionVoidPointer,
8325
8326    /// IncompatiblePointer - The assignment is between two pointers types that
8327    /// are not compatible, but we accept them as an extension.
8328    IncompatiblePointer,
8329
8330    /// IncompatiblePointer - The assignment is between two pointers types which
8331    /// point to integers which have a different sign, but are otherwise
8332    /// identical. This is a subset of the above, but broken out because it's by
8333    /// far the most common case of incompatible pointers.
8334    IncompatiblePointerSign,
8335
8336    /// CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers - The assignment discards
8337    /// c/v/r qualifiers, which we accept as an extension.
8338    CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers,
8339
8340    /// IncompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers - The assignment
8341    /// discards qualifiers that we don't permit to be discarded,
8342    /// like address spaces.
8343    IncompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers,
8344
8345    /// IncompatibleNestedPointerQualifiers - The assignment is between two
8346    /// nested pointer types, and the qualifiers other than the first two
8347    /// levels differ e.g. char ** -> const char **, but we accept them as an
8348    /// extension.
8349    IncompatibleNestedPointerQualifiers,
8350
8351    /// IncompatibleVectors - The assignment is between two vector types that
8352    /// have the same size, which we accept as an extension.
8353    IncompatibleVectors,
8354
8355    /// IntToBlockPointer - The assignment converts an int to a block
8356    /// pointer. We disallow this.
8357    IntToBlockPointer,
8358
8359    /// IncompatibleBlockPointer - The assignment is between two block
8360    /// pointers types that are not compatible.
8361    IncompatibleBlockPointer,
8362
8363    /// IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId - The assignment is between a qualified
8364    /// id type and something else (that is incompatible with it). For example,
8365    /// "id <XXX>" = "Foo *", where "Foo *" doesn't implement the XXX protocol.
8366    IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId,
8367
8368    /// IncompatibleObjCWeakRef - Assigning a weak-unavailable object to an
8369    /// object with __weak qualifier.
8370    IncompatibleObjCWeakRef,
8371
8372    /// Incompatible - We reject this conversion outright, it is invalid to
8373    /// represent it in the AST.
8374    Incompatible
8375  };
8376
8377  /// DiagnoseAssignmentResult - Emit a diagnostic, if required, for the
8378  /// assignment conversion type specified by ConvTy.  This returns true if the
8379  /// conversion was invalid or false if the conversion was accepted.
8380  bool DiagnoseAssignmentResult(AssignConvertType ConvTy,
8381                                SourceLocation Loc,
8382                                QualType DstType, QualType SrcType,
8383                                Expr *SrcExpr, AssignmentAction Action,
8384                                bool *Complained = nullptr);
8385
8386  /// IsValueInFlagEnum - Determine if a value is allowed as part of a flag
8387  /// enum. If AllowMask is true, then we also allow the complement of a valid
8388  /// value, to be used as a mask.
8389  bool IsValueInFlagEnum(const EnumDecl *ED, const llvm::APInt &Val,
8390                         bool AllowMask) const;
8391
8392  /// DiagnoseAssignmentEnum - Warn if assignment to enum is a constant
8393  /// integer not in the range of enum values.
8394  void DiagnoseAssignmentEnum(QualType DstType, QualType SrcType,
8395                              Expr *SrcExpr);
8396
8397  /// CheckAssignmentConstraints - Perform type checking for assignment,
8398  /// argument passing, variable initialization, and function return values.
8399  /// C99 6.5.16.
8400  AssignConvertType CheckAssignmentConstraints(SourceLocation Loc,
8401                                               QualType LHSType,
8402                                               QualType RHSType);
8403
8404  /// Check assignment constraints and optionally prepare for a conversion of
8405  /// the RHS to the LHS type. The conversion is prepared for if ConvertRHS
8406  /// is true.
8407  AssignConvertType CheckAssignmentConstraints(QualType LHSType,
8408                                               ExprResult &RHS,
8409                                               CastKind &Kind,
8410                                               bool ConvertRHS = true);
8411
8412  // CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints - Currently used by
8413  // CheckAssignmentOperands, and ActOnReturnStmt. Prior to type checking,
8414  // this routine performs the default function/array converions, if ConvertRHS
8415  // is true.
8416  AssignConvertType CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(QualType LHSType,
8417                                                     ExprResult &RHS,
8418                                                     bool Diagnose = true,
8419                                                     bool DiagnoseCFAudited = false,
8420                                                     bool ConvertRHS = true);
8421
8422  // \brief If the lhs type is a transparent union, check whether we
8423  // can initialize the transparent union with the given expression.
8424  AssignConvertType CheckTransparentUnionArgumentConstraints(QualType ArgType,
8425                                                             ExprResult &RHS);
8426
8427  bool IsStringLiteralToNonConstPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType);
8428
8429  bool CheckExceptionSpecCompatibility(Expr *From, QualType ToType);
8430
8431  ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
8432                                       AssignmentAction Action,
8433                                       bool AllowExplicit = false);
8434  ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
8435                                       AssignmentAction Action,
8436                                       bool AllowExplicit,
8437                                       ImplicitConversionSequence& ICS);
8438  ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
8439                                       const ImplicitConversionSequence& ICS,
8440                                       AssignmentAction Action,
8441                                       CheckedConversionKind CCK
8442                                          = CCK_ImplicitConversion);
8443  ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
8444                                       const StandardConversionSequence& SCS,
8445                                       AssignmentAction Action,
8446                                       CheckedConversionKind CCK);
8447
8448  /// the following "Check" methods will return a valid/converted QualType
8449  /// or a null QualType (indicating an error diagnostic was issued).
8450
8451  /// type checking binary operators (subroutines of CreateBuiltinBinOp).
8452  QualType InvalidOperands(SourceLocation Loc, ExprResult &LHS,
8453                           ExprResult &RHS);
8454  QualType CheckPointerToMemberOperands( // C++ 5.5
8455    ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, ExprValueKind &VK,
8456    SourceLocation OpLoc, bool isIndirect);
8457  QualType CheckMultiplyDivideOperands( // C99 6.5.5
8458    ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, bool IsCompAssign,
8459    bool IsDivide);
8460  QualType CheckRemainderOperands( // C99 6.5.5
8461    ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc,
8462    bool IsCompAssign = false);
8463  QualType CheckAdditionOperands( // C99 6.5.6
8464    ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc,
8465    BinaryOperatorKind Opc, QualType* CompLHSTy = nullptr);
8466  QualType CheckSubtractionOperands( // C99 6.5.6
8467    ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc,
8468    QualType* CompLHSTy = nullptr);
8469  QualType CheckShiftOperands( // C99 6.5.7
8470    ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc,
8471    BinaryOperatorKind Opc, bool IsCompAssign = false);
8472  QualType CheckCompareOperands( // C99 6.5.8/9
8473    ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc,
8474    BinaryOperatorKind Opc, bool isRelational);
8475  QualType CheckBitwiseOperands( // C99 6.5.[10...12]
8476    ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc,
8477    bool IsCompAssign = false);
8478  QualType CheckLogicalOperands( // C99 6.5.[13,14]
8479    ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc,
8480    BinaryOperatorKind Opc);
8481  // CheckAssignmentOperands is used for both simple and compound assignment.
8482  // For simple assignment, pass both expressions and a null converted type.
8483  // For compound assignment, pass both expressions and the converted type.
8484  QualType CheckAssignmentOperands( // C99 6.5.16.[1,2]
8485    Expr *LHSExpr, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, QualType CompoundType);
8486
8487  ExprResult checkPseudoObjectIncDec(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
8488                                     UnaryOperatorKind Opcode, Expr *Op);
8489  ExprResult checkPseudoObjectAssignment(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
8490                                         BinaryOperatorKind Opcode,
8491                                         Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS);
8492  ExprResult checkPseudoObjectRValue(Expr *E);
8493  Expr *recreateSyntacticForm(PseudoObjectExpr *E);
8494
8495  QualType CheckConditionalOperands( // C99 6.5.15
8496    ExprResult &Cond, ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
8497    ExprValueKind &VK, ExprObjectKind &OK, SourceLocation QuestionLoc);
8498  QualType CXXCheckConditionalOperands( // C++ 5.16
8499    ExprResult &cond, ExprResult &lhs, ExprResult &rhs,
8500    ExprValueKind &VK, ExprObjectKind &OK, SourceLocation questionLoc);
8501  QualType FindCompositePointerType(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&E1, Expr *&E2,
8502                                    bool *NonStandardCompositeType = nullptr);
8503  QualType FindCompositePointerType(SourceLocation Loc,
8504                                    ExprResult &E1, ExprResult &E2,
8505                                    bool *NonStandardCompositeType = nullptr) {
8506    Expr *E1Tmp = E1.get(), *E2Tmp = E2.get();
8507    QualType Composite = FindCompositePointerType(Loc, E1Tmp, E2Tmp,
8508                                                  NonStandardCompositeType);
8509    E1 = E1Tmp;
8510    E2 = E2Tmp;
8511    return Composite;
8512  }
8513
8514  QualType FindCompositeObjCPointerType(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
8515                                        SourceLocation QuestionLoc);
8516
8517  bool DiagnoseConditionalForNull(Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr,
8518                                  SourceLocation QuestionLoc);
8519
8520  void DiagnoseAlwaysNonNullPointer(Expr *E,
8521                                    Expr::NullPointerConstantKind NullType,
8522                                    bool IsEqual, SourceRange Range);
8523
8524  /// type checking for vector binary operators.
8525  QualType CheckVectorOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
8526                               SourceLocation Loc, bool IsCompAssign,
8527                               bool AllowBothBool, bool AllowBoolConversion);
8528  QualType GetSignedVectorType(QualType V);
8529  QualType CheckVectorCompareOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
8530                                      SourceLocation Loc, bool isRelational);
8531  QualType CheckVectorLogicalOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
8532                                      SourceLocation Loc);
8533
8534  bool areLaxCompatibleVectorTypes(QualType srcType, QualType destType);
8535  bool isLaxVectorConversion(QualType srcType, QualType destType);
8536
8537  /// type checking declaration initializers (C99 6.7.8)
8538  bool CheckForConstantInitializer(Expr *e, QualType t);
8539
8540  // type checking C++ declaration initializers (C++ [dcl.init]).
8541
8542  /// ReferenceCompareResult - Expresses the result of comparing two
8543  /// types (cv1 T1 and cv2 T2) to determine their compatibility for the
8544  /// purposes of initialization by reference (C++ [dcl.init.ref]p4).
8545  enum ReferenceCompareResult {
8546    /// Ref_Incompatible - The two types are incompatible, so direct
8547    /// reference binding is not possible.
8548    Ref_Incompatible = 0,
8549    /// Ref_Related - The two types are reference-related, which means
8550    /// that their unqualified forms (T1 and T2) are either the same
8551    /// or T1 is a base class of T2.
8552    Ref_Related,
8553    /// Ref_Compatible_With_Added_Qualification - The two types are
8554    /// reference-compatible with added qualification, meaning that
8555    /// they are reference-compatible and the qualifiers on T1 (cv1)
8556    /// are greater than the qualifiers on T2 (cv2).
8557    Ref_Compatible_With_Added_Qualification,
8558    /// Ref_Compatible - The two types are reference-compatible and
8559    /// have equivalent qualifiers (cv1 == cv2).
8560    Ref_Compatible
8561  };
8562
8563  ReferenceCompareResult CompareReferenceRelationship(SourceLocation Loc,
8564                                                      QualType T1, QualType T2,
8565                                                      bool &DerivedToBase,
8566                                                      bool &ObjCConversion,
8567                                                bool &ObjCLifetimeConversion);
8568
8569  ExprResult checkUnknownAnyCast(SourceRange TypeRange, QualType CastType,
8570                                 Expr *CastExpr, CastKind &CastKind,
8571                                 ExprValueKind &VK, CXXCastPath &Path);
8572
8573  /// \brief Force an expression with unknown-type to an expression of the
8574  /// given type.
8575  ExprResult forceUnknownAnyToType(Expr *E, QualType ToType);
8576
8577  /// \brief Type-check an expression that's being passed to an
8578  /// __unknown_anytype parameter.
8579  ExprResult checkUnknownAnyArg(SourceLocation callLoc,
8580                                Expr *result, QualType &paramType);
8581
8582  // CheckVectorCast - check type constraints for vectors.
8583  // Since vectors are an extension, there are no C standard reference for this.
8584  // We allow casting between vectors and integer datatypes of the same size.
8585  // returns true if the cast is invalid
8586  bool CheckVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType VectorTy, QualType Ty,
8587                       CastKind &Kind);
8588
8589  // CheckExtVectorCast - check type constraints for extended vectors.
8590  // Since vectors are an extension, there are no C standard reference for this.
8591  // We allow casting between vectors and integer datatypes of the same size,
8592  // or vectors and the element type of that vector.
8593  // returns the cast expr
8594  ExprResult CheckExtVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType DestTy, Expr *CastExpr,
8595                                CastKind &Kind);
8596
8597  ExprResult BuildCXXFunctionalCastExpr(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
8598                                        SourceLocation LParenLoc,
8599                                        Expr *CastExpr,
8600                                        SourceLocation RParenLoc);
8601
8602  enum ARCConversionResult { ACR_okay, ACR_unbridged };
8603
8604  /// \brief Checks for invalid conversions and casts between
8605  /// retainable pointers and other pointer kinds.
8606  ARCConversionResult CheckObjCARCConversion(SourceRange castRange,
8607                                             QualType castType, Expr *&op,
8608                                             CheckedConversionKind CCK,
8609                                             bool DiagnoseCFAudited = false,
8610                                             BinaryOperatorKind Opc = BO_PtrMemD
8611                                             );
8612
8613  Expr *stripARCUnbridgedCast(Expr *e);
8614  void diagnoseARCUnbridgedCast(Expr *e);
8615
8616  bool CheckObjCARCUnavailableWeakConversion(QualType castType,
8617                                             QualType ExprType);
8618
8619  /// checkRetainCycles - Check whether an Objective-C message send
8620  /// might create an obvious retain cycle.
8621  void checkRetainCycles(ObjCMessageExpr *msg);
8622  void checkRetainCycles(Expr *receiver, Expr *argument);
8623  void checkRetainCycles(VarDecl *Var, Expr *Init);
8624
8625  /// checkUnsafeAssigns - Check whether +1 expr is being assigned
8626  /// to weak/__unsafe_unretained type.
8627  bool checkUnsafeAssigns(SourceLocation Loc, QualType LHS, Expr *RHS);
8628
8629  /// checkUnsafeExprAssigns - Check whether +1 expr is being assigned
8630  /// to weak/__unsafe_unretained expression.
8631  void checkUnsafeExprAssigns(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS);
8632
8633  /// CheckMessageArgumentTypes - Check types in an Obj-C message send.
8634  /// \param Method - May be null.
8635  /// \param [out] ReturnType - The return type of the send.
8636  /// \return true iff there were any incompatible types.
8637  bool CheckMessageArgumentTypes(QualType ReceiverType,
8638                                 MultiExprArg Args, Selector Sel,
8639                                 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs,
8640                                 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool isClassMessage,
8641                                 bool isSuperMessage,
8642                                 SourceLocation lbrac, SourceLocation rbrac,
8643                                 SourceRange RecRange,
8644                                 QualType &ReturnType, ExprValueKind &VK);
8645
8646  /// \brief Determine the result of a message send expression based on
8647  /// the type of the receiver, the method expected to receive the message,
8648  /// and the form of the message send.
8649  QualType getMessageSendResultType(QualType ReceiverType,
8650                                    ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
8651                                    bool isClassMessage, bool isSuperMessage);
8652
8653  /// \brief If the given expression involves a message send to a method
8654  /// with a related result type, emit a note describing what happened.
8655  void EmitRelatedResultTypeNote(const Expr *E);
8656
8657  /// \brief Given that we had incompatible pointer types in a return
8658  /// statement, check whether we're in a method with a related result
8659  /// type, and if so, emit a note describing what happened.
8660  void EmitRelatedResultTypeNoteForReturn(QualType destType);
8661
8662  /// CheckBooleanCondition - Diagnose problems involving the use of
8663  /// the given expression as a boolean condition (e.g. in an if
8664  /// statement).  Also performs the standard function and array
8665  /// decays, possibly changing the input variable.
8666  ///
8667  /// \param Loc - A location associated with the condition, e.g. the
8668  /// 'if' keyword.
8669  /// \return true iff there were any errors
8670  ExprResult CheckBooleanCondition(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc);
8671
8672  ExprResult ActOnBooleanCondition(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc,
8673                                   Expr *SubExpr);
8674
8675  /// DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition - Given that an expression is
8676  /// being used as a boolean condition, warn if it's an assignment.
8677  void DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition(Expr *E);
8678
8679  /// \brief Redundant parentheses over an equality comparison can indicate
8680  /// that the user intended an assignment used as condition.
8681  void DiagnoseEqualityWithExtraParens(ParenExpr *ParenE);
8682
8683  /// CheckCXXBooleanCondition - Returns true if conversion to bool is invalid.
8684  ExprResult CheckCXXBooleanCondition(Expr *CondExpr);
8685
8686  /// ConvertIntegerToTypeWarnOnOverflow - Convert the specified APInt to have
8687  /// the specified width and sign.  If an overflow occurs, detect it and emit
8688  /// the specified diagnostic.
8689  void ConvertIntegerToTypeWarnOnOverflow(llvm::APSInt &OldVal,
8690                                          unsigned NewWidth, bool NewSign,
8691                                          SourceLocation Loc, unsigned DiagID);
8692
8693  /// Checks that the Objective-C declaration is declared in the global scope.
8694  /// Emits an error and marks the declaration as invalid if it's not declared
8695  /// in the global scope.
8696  bool CheckObjCDeclScope(Decl *D);
8697
8698  /// \brief Abstract base class used for diagnosing integer constant
8699  /// expression violations.
8700  class VerifyICEDiagnoser {
8701  public:
8702    bool Suppress;
8703
8704    VerifyICEDiagnoser(bool Suppress = false) : Suppress(Suppress) { }
8705
8706    virtual void diagnoseNotICE(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange SR) =0;
8707    virtual void diagnoseFold(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange SR);
8708    virtual ~VerifyICEDiagnoser() { }
8709  };
8710
8711  /// VerifyIntegerConstantExpression - Verifies that an expression is an ICE,
8712  /// and reports the appropriate diagnostics. Returns false on success.
8713  /// Can optionally return the value of the expression.
8714  ExprResult VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result,
8715                                             VerifyICEDiagnoser &Diagnoser,
8716                                             bool AllowFold = true);
8717  ExprResult VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result,
8718                                             unsigned DiagID,
8719                                             bool AllowFold = true);
8720  ExprResult VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E,
8721                                             llvm::APSInt *Result = nullptr);
8722
8723  /// VerifyBitField - verifies that a bit field expression is an ICE and has
8724  /// the correct width, and that the field type is valid.
8725  /// Returns false on success.
8726  /// Can optionally return whether the bit-field is of width 0
8727  ExprResult VerifyBitField(SourceLocation FieldLoc, IdentifierInfo *FieldName,
8728                            QualType FieldTy, bool IsMsStruct,
8729                            Expr *BitWidth, bool *ZeroWidth = nullptr);
8730
8731  enum CUDAFunctionTarget {
8732    CFT_Device,
8733    CFT_Global,
8734    CFT_Host,
8735    CFT_HostDevice,
8736    CFT_InvalidTarget
8737  };
8738
8739  CUDAFunctionTarget IdentifyCUDATarget(const FunctionDecl *D);
8740
8741  enum CUDAFunctionPreference {
8742    CFP_Never,      // Invalid caller/callee combination.
8743    CFP_LastResort, // Lowest priority. Only in effect if
8744                    // LangOpts.CUDADisableTargetCallChecks is true.
8745    CFP_Fallback,   // Low priority caller/callee combination
8746    CFP_Best,       // Preferred caller/callee combination
8747  };
8748
8749  /// Identifies relative preference of a given Caller/Callee
8750  /// combination, based on their host/device attributes.
8751  /// \param Caller function which needs address of \p Callee.
8752  ///               nullptr in case of global context.
8753  /// \param Callee target function
8754  ///
8755  /// \returns preference value for particular Caller/Callee combination.
8756  CUDAFunctionPreference IdentifyCUDAPreference(const FunctionDecl *Caller,
8757                                                const FunctionDecl *Callee);
8758
8759  bool CheckCUDATarget(const FunctionDecl *Caller, const FunctionDecl *Callee);
8760
8761  /// Finds a function in \p Matches with highest calling priority
8762  /// from \p Caller context and erases all functions with lower
8763  /// calling priority.
8764  void EraseUnwantedCUDAMatches(const FunctionDecl *Caller,
8765                                SmallVectorImpl<FunctionDecl *> &Matches);
8766  void EraseUnwantedCUDAMatches(const FunctionDecl *Caller,
8767                                SmallVectorImpl<DeclAccessPair> &Matches);
8768  void EraseUnwantedCUDAMatches(
8769      const FunctionDecl *Caller,
8770      SmallVectorImpl<std::pair<DeclAccessPair, FunctionDecl *>> &Matches);
8771
8772  /// Given a implicit special member, infer its CUDA target from the
8773  /// calls it needs to make to underlying base/field special members.
8774  /// \param ClassDecl the class for which the member is being created.
8775  /// \param CSM the kind of special member.
8776  /// \param MemberDecl the special member itself.
8777  /// \param ConstRHS true if this is a copy operation with a const object on
8778  ///        its RHS.
8779  /// \param Diagnose true if this call should emit diagnostics.
8780  /// \return true if there was an error inferring.
8781  /// The result of this call is implicit CUDA target attribute(s) attached to
8782  /// the member declaration.
8783  bool inferCUDATargetForImplicitSpecialMember(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl,
8784                                               CXXSpecialMember CSM,
8785                                               CXXMethodDecl *MemberDecl,
8786                                               bool ConstRHS,
8787                                               bool Diagnose);
8788
8789  /// \name Code completion
8790  //@{
8791  /// \brief Describes the context in which code completion occurs.
8792  enum ParserCompletionContext {
8793    /// \brief Code completion occurs at top-level or namespace context.
8794    PCC_Namespace,
8795    /// \brief Code completion occurs within a class, struct, or union.
8796    PCC_Class,
8797    /// \brief Code completion occurs within an Objective-C interface, protocol,
8798    /// or category.
8799    PCC_ObjCInterface,
8800    /// \brief Code completion occurs within an Objective-C implementation or
8801    /// category implementation
8802    PCC_ObjCImplementation,
8803    /// \brief Code completion occurs within the list of instance variables
8804    /// in an Objective-C interface, protocol, category, or implementation.
8805    PCC_ObjCInstanceVariableList,
8806    /// \brief Code completion occurs following one or more template
8807    /// headers.
8808    PCC_Template,
8809    /// \brief Code completion occurs following one or more template
8810    /// headers within a class.
8811    PCC_MemberTemplate,
8812    /// \brief Code completion occurs within an expression.
8813    PCC_Expression,
8814    /// \brief Code completion occurs within a statement, which may
8815    /// also be an expression or a declaration.
8816    PCC_Statement,
8817    /// \brief Code completion occurs at the beginning of the
8818    /// initialization statement (or expression) in a for loop.
8819    PCC_ForInit,
8820    /// \brief Code completion occurs within the condition of an if,
8821    /// while, switch, or for statement.
8822    PCC_Condition,
8823    /// \brief Code completion occurs within the body of a function on a
8824    /// recovery path, where we do not have a specific handle on our position
8825    /// in the grammar.
8826    PCC_RecoveryInFunction,
8827    /// \brief Code completion occurs where only a type is permitted.
8828    PCC_Type,
8829    /// \brief Code completion occurs in a parenthesized expression, which
8830    /// might also be a type cast.
8831    PCC_ParenthesizedExpression,
8832    /// \brief Code completion occurs within a sequence of declaration
8833    /// specifiers within a function, method, or block.
8834    PCC_LocalDeclarationSpecifiers
8835  };
8836
8837  void CodeCompleteModuleImport(SourceLocation ImportLoc, ModuleIdPath Path);
8838  void CodeCompleteOrdinaryName(Scope *S,
8839                                ParserCompletionContext CompletionContext);
8840  void CodeCompleteDeclSpec(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS,
8841                            bool AllowNonIdentifiers,
8842                            bool AllowNestedNameSpecifiers);
8843
8844  struct CodeCompleteExpressionData;
8845  void CodeCompleteExpression(Scope *S,
8846                              const CodeCompleteExpressionData &Data);
8847  void CodeCompleteMemberReferenceExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base,
8848                                       SourceLocation OpLoc,
8849                                       bool IsArrow);
8850  void CodeCompletePostfixExpression(Scope *S, ExprResult LHS);
8851  void CodeCompleteTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec);
8852  void CodeCompleteTypeQualifiers(DeclSpec &DS);
8853  void CodeCompleteCase(Scope *S);
8854  void CodeCompleteCall(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args);
8855  void CodeCompleteConstructor(Scope *S, QualType Type, SourceLocation Loc,
8856                               ArrayRef<Expr *> Args);
8857  void CodeCompleteInitializer(Scope *S, Decl *D);
8858  void CodeCompleteReturn(Scope *S);
8859  void CodeCompleteAfterIf(Scope *S);
8860  void CodeCompleteAssignmentRHS(Scope *S, Expr *LHS);
8861
8862  void CodeCompleteQualifiedId(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
8863                               bool EnteringContext);
8864  void CodeCompleteUsing(Scope *S);
8865  void CodeCompleteUsingDirective(Scope *S);
8866  void CodeCompleteNamespaceDecl(Scope *S);
8867  void CodeCompleteNamespaceAliasDecl(Scope *S);
8868  void CodeCompleteOperatorName(Scope *S);
8869  void CodeCompleteConstructorInitializer(
8870                                Decl *Constructor,
8871                                ArrayRef<CXXCtorInitializer *> Initializers);
8872
8873  void CodeCompleteLambdaIntroducer(Scope *S, LambdaIntroducer &Intro,
8874                                    bool AfterAmpersand);
8875
8876  void CodeCompleteObjCAtDirective(Scope *S);
8877  void CodeCompleteObjCAtVisibility(Scope *S);
8878  void CodeCompleteObjCAtStatement(Scope *S);
8879  void CodeCompleteObjCAtExpression(Scope *S);
8880  void CodeCompleteObjCPropertyFlags(Scope *S, ObjCDeclSpec &ODS);
8881  void CodeCompleteObjCPropertyGetter(Scope *S);
8882  void CodeCompleteObjCPropertySetter(Scope *S);
8883  void CodeCompleteObjCPassingType(Scope *S, ObjCDeclSpec &DS,
8884                                   bool IsParameter);
8885  void CodeCompleteObjCMessageReceiver(Scope *S);
8886  void CodeCompleteObjCSuperMessage(Scope *S, SourceLocation SuperLoc,
8887                                    ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents,
8888                                    bool AtArgumentExpression);
8889  void CodeCompleteObjCClassMessage(Scope *S, ParsedType Receiver,
8890                                    ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents,
8891                                    bool AtArgumentExpression,
8892                                    bool IsSuper = false);
8893  void CodeCompleteObjCInstanceMessage(Scope *S, Expr *Receiver,
8894                                       ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents,
8895                                       bool AtArgumentExpression,
8896                                       ObjCInterfaceDecl *Super = nullptr);
8897  void CodeCompleteObjCForCollection(Scope *S,
8898                                     DeclGroupPtrTy IterationVar);
8899  void CodeCompleteObjCSelector(Scope *S,
8900                                ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents);
8901  void CodeCompleteObjCProtocolReferences(IdentifierLocPair *Protocols,
8902                                          unsigned NumProtocols);
8903  void CodeCompleteObjCProtocolDecl(Scope *S);
8904  void CodeCompleteObjCInterfaceDecl(Scope *S);
8905  void CodeCompleteObjCSuperclass(Scope *S,
8906                                  IdentifierInfo *ClassName,
8907                                  SourceLocation ClassNameLoc);
8908  void CodeCompleteObjCImplementationDecl(Scope *S);
8909  void CodeCompleteObjCInterfaceCategory(Scope *S,
8910                                         IdentifierInfo *ClassName,
8911                                         SourceLocation ClassNameLoc);
8912  void CodeCompleteObjCImplementationCategory(Scope *S,
8913                                              IdentifierInfo *ClassName,
8914                                              SourceLocation ClassNameLoc);
8915  void CodeCompleteObjCPropertyDefinition(Scope *S);
8916  void CodeCompleteObjCPropertySynthesizeIvar(Scope *S,
8917                                              IdentifierInfo *PropertyName);
8918  void CodeCompleteObjCMethodDecl(Scope *S,
8919                                  bool IsInstanceMethod,
8920                                  ParsedType ReturnType);
8921  void CodeCompleteObjCMethodDeclSelector(Scope *S,
8922                                          bool IsInstanceMethod,
8923                                          bool AtParameterName,
8924                                          ParsedType ReturnType,
8925                                          ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents);
8926  void CodeCompletePreprocessorDirective(bool InConditional);
8927  void CodeCompleteInPreprocessorConditionalExclusion(Scope *S);
8928  void CodeCompletePreprocessorMacroName(bool IsDefinition);
8929  void CodeCompletePreprocessorExpression();
8930  void CodeCompletePreprocessorMacroArgument(Scope *S,
8931                                             IdentifierInfo *Macro,
8932                                             MacroInfo *MacroInfo,
8933                                             unsigned Argument);
8934  void CodeCompleteNaturalLanguage();
8935  void GatherGlobalCodeCompletions(CodeCompletionAllocator &Allocator,
8936                                   CodeCompletionTUInfo &CCTUInfo,
8937                  SmallVectorImpl<CodeCompletionResult> &Results);
8938  //@}
8939
8940  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
8941  // Extra semantic analysis beyond the C type system
8942
8943public:
8944  SourceLocation getLocationOfStringLiteralByte(const StringLiteral *SL,
8945                                                unsigned ByteNo) const;
8946
8947private:
8948  void CheckArrayAccess(const Expr *BaseExpr, const Expr *IndexExpr,
8949                        const ArraySubscriptExpr *ASE=nullptr,
8950                        bool AllowOnePastEnd=true, bool IndexNegated=false);
8951  void CheckArrayAccess(const Expr *E);
8952  // Used to grab the relevant information from a FormatAttr and a
8953  // FunctionDeclaration.
8954  struct FormatStringInfo {
8955    unsigned FormatIdx;
8956    unsigned FirstDataArg;
8957    bool HasVAListArg;
8958  };
8959
8960  static bool getFormatStringInfo(const FormatAttr *Format, bool IsCXXMember,
8961                                  FormatStringInfo *FSI);
8962  bool CheckFunctionCall(FunctionDecl *FDecl, CallExpr *TheCall,
8963                         const FunctionProtoType *Proto);
8964  bool CheckObjCMethodCall(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, SourceLocation loc,
8965                           ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args);
8966  bool CheckPointerCall(NamedDecl *NDecl, CallExpr *TheCall,
8967                        const FunctionProtoType *Proto);
8968  bool CheckOtherCall(CallExpr *TheCall, const FunctionProtoType *Proto);
8969  void CheckConstructorCall(FunctionDecl *FDecl,
8970                            ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args,
8971                            const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
8972                            SourceLocation Loc);
8973
8974  void checkCall(NamedDecl *FDecl, const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
8975                 ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args, bool IsMemberFunction,
8976                 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range,
8977                 VariadicCallType CallType);
8978
8979  bool CheckObjCString(Expr *Arg);
8980
8981  ExprResult CheckBuiltinFunctionCall(FunctionDecl *FDecl,
8982                                      unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall);
8983
8984  bool CheckARMBuiltinExclusiveCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall,
8985                                    unsigned MaxWidth);
8986  bool CheckNeonBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall);
8987  bool CheckARMBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall);
8988
8989  bool CheckAArch64BuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall);
8990  bool CheckMipsBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall);
8991  bool CheckSystemZBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall);
8992  bool CheckX86BuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall);
8993  bool CheckPPCBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall);
8994
8995  bool SemaBuiltinVAStartImpl(CallExpr *TheCall);
8996  bool SemaBuiltinVAStart(CallExpr *TheCall);
8997  bool SemaBuiltinMSVAStart(CallExpr *TheCall);
8998  bool SemaBuiltinVAStartARM(CallExpr *Call);
8999  bool SemaBuiltinUnorderedCompare(CallExpr *TheCall);
9000  bool SemaBuiltinFPClassification(CallExpr *TheCall, unsigned NumArgs);
9001
9002public:
9003  // Used by C++ template instantiation.
9004  ExprResult SemaBuiltinShuffleVector(CallExpr *TheCall);
9005  ExprResult SemaConvertVectorExpr(Expr *E, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
9006                                   SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
9007                                   SourceLocation RParenLoc);
9008
9009private:
9010  bool SemaBuiltinPrefetch(CallExpr *TheCall);
9011  bool SemaBuiltinAssume(CallExpr *TheCall);
9012  bool SemaBuiltinAssumeAligned(CallExpr *TheCall);
9013  bool SemaBuiltinLongjmp(CallExpr *TheCall);
9014  bool SemaBuiltinSetjmp(CallExpr *TheCall);
9015  ExprResult SemaBuiltinAtomicOverloaded(ExprResult TheCallResult);
9016  ExprResult SemaBuiltinNontemporalOverloaded(ExprResult TheCallResult);
9017  ExprResult SemaAtomicOpsOverloaded(ExprResult TheCallResult,
9018                                     AtomicExpr::AtomicOp Op);
9019  bool SemaBuiltinConstantArg(CallExpr *TheCall, int ArgNum,
9020                              llvm::APSInt &Result);
9021  bool SemaBuiltinConstantArgRange(CallExpr *TheCall, int ArgNum,
9022                                   int Low, int High);
9023  bool SemaBuiltinARMSpecialReg(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall,
9024                                int ArgNum, unsigned ExpectedFieldNum,
9025                                bool AllowName);
9026public:
9027  enum FormatStringType {
9028    FST_Scanf,
9029    FST_Printf,
9030    FST_NSString,
9031    FST_Strftime,
9032    FST_Strfmon,
9033    FST_Kprintf,
9034    FST_FreeBSDKPrintf,
9035    FST_OSTrace,
9036    FST_Unknown
9037  };
9038  static FormatStringType GetFormatStringType(const FormatAttr *Format);
9039
9040  void CheckFormatString(const StringLiteral *FExpr, const Expr *OrigFormatExpr,
9041                         ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args, bool HasVAListArg,
9042                         unsigned format_idx, unsigned firstDataArg,
9043                         FormatStringType Type, bool inFunctionCall,
9044                         VariadicCallType CallType,
9045                         llvm::SmallBitVector &CheckedVarArgs);
9046
9047  bool FormatStringHasSArg(const StringLiteral *FExpr);
9048
9049  static bool GetFormatNSStringIdx(const FormatAttr *Format, unsigned &Idx);
9050
9051private:
9052  bool CheckFormatArguments(const FormatAttr *Format,
9053                            ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args,
9054                            bool IsCXXMember,
9055                            VariadicCallType CallType,
9056                            SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range,
9057                            llvm::SmallBitVector &CheckedVarArgs);
9058  bool CheckFormatArguments(ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args,
9059                            bool HasVAListArg, unsigned format_idx,
9060                            unsigned firstDataArg, FormatStringType Type,
9061                            VariadicCallType CallType,
9062                            SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange range,
9063                            llvm::SmallBitVector &CheckedVarArgs);
9064
9065  void CheckAbsoluteValueFunction(const CallExpr *Call,
9066                                  const FunctionDecl *FDecl,
9067                                  IdentifierInfo *FnInfo);
9068
9069  void CheckMemaccessArguments(const CallExpr *Call,
9070                               unsigned BId,
9071                               IdentifierInfo *FnName);
9072
9073  void CheckStrlcpycatArguments(const CallExpr *Call,
9074                                IdentifierInfo *FnName);
9075
9076  void CheckStrncatArguments(const CallExpr *Call,
9077                             IdentifierInfo *FnName);
9078
9079  void CheckReturnValExpr(Expr *RetValExp, QualType lhsType,
9080                          SourceLocation ReturnLoc,
9081                          bool isObjCMethod = false,
9082                          const AttrVec *Attrs = nullptr,
9083                          const FunctionDecl *FD = nullptr);
9084
9085  void CheckFloatComparison(SourceLocation Loc, Expr* LHS, Expr* RHS);
9086  void CheckImplicitConversions(Expr *E, SourceLocation CC = SourceLocation());
9087  void CheckBoolLikeConversion(Expr *E, SourceLocation CC);
9088  void CheckForIntOverflow(Expr *E);
9089  void CheckUnsequencedOperations(Expr *E);
9090
9091  /// \brief Perform semantic checks on a completed expression. This will either
9092  /// be a full-expression or a default argument expression.
9093  void CheckCompletedExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation CheckLoc = SourceLocation(),
9094                          bool IsConstexpr = false);
9095
9096  void CheckBitFieldInitialization(SourceLocation InitLoc, FieldDecl *Field,
9097                                   Expr *Init);
9098
9099  /// \brief Check if the given expression contains 'break' or 'continue'
9100  /// statement that produces control flow different from GCC.
9101  void CheckBreakContinueBinding(Expr *E);
9102
9103  /// \brief Check whether receiver is mutable ObjC container which
9104  /// attempts to add itself into the container
9105  void CheckObjCCircularContainer(ObjCMessageExpr *Message);
9106
9107  void AnalyzeDeleteExprMismatch(const CXXDeleteExpr *DE);
9108  void AnalyzeDeleteExprMismatch(FieldDecl *Field, SourceLocation DeleteLoc,
9109                                 bool DeleteWasArrayForm);
9110public:
9111  /// \brief Register a magic integral constant to be used as a type tag.
9112  void RegisterTypeTagForDatatype(const IdentifierInfo *ArgumentKind,
9113                                  uint64_t MagicValue, QualType Type,
9114                                  bool LayoutCompatible, bool MustBeNull);
9115
9116  struct TypeTagData {
9117    TypeTagData() {}
9118
9119    TypeTagData(QualType Type, bool LayoutCompatible, bool MustBeNull) :
9120        Type(Type), LayoutCompatible(LayoutCompatible),
9121        MustBeNull(MustBeNull)
9122    {}
9123
9124    QualType Type;
9125
9126    /// If true, \c Type should be compared with other expression's types for
9127    /// layout-compatibility.
9128    unsigned LayoutCompatible : 1;
9129    unsigned MustBeNull : 1;
9130  };
9131
9132  /// A pair of ArgumentKind identifier and magic value.  This uniquely
9133  /// identifies the magic value.
9134  typedef std::pair<const IdentifierInfo *, uint64_t> TypeTagMagicValue;
9135
9136private:
9137  /// \brief A map from magic value to type information.
9138  std::unique_ptr<llvm::DenseMap<TypeTagMagicValue, TypeTagData>>
9139      TypeTagForDatatypeMagicValues;
9140
9141  /// \brief Peform checks on a call of a function with argument_with_type_tag
9142  /// or pointer_with_type_tag attributes.
9143  void CheckArgumentWithTypeTag(const ArgumentWithTypeTagAttr *Attr,
9144                                const Expr * const *ExprArgs);
9145
9146  /// \brief The parser's current scope.
9147  ///
9148  /// The parser maintains this state here.
9149  Scope *CurScope;
9150
9151  mutable IdentifierInfo *Ident_super;
9152  mutable IdentifierInfo *Ident___float128;
9153
9154  /// Nullability type specifiers.
9155  IdentifierInfo *Ident__Nonnull = nullptr;
9156  IdentifierInfo *Ident__Nullable = nullptr;
9157  IdentifierInfo *Ident__Null_unspecified = nullptr;
9158
9159  IdentifierInfo *Ident_NSError = nullptr;
9160
9161protected:
9162  friend class Parser;
9163  friend class InitializationSequence;
9164  friend class ASTReader;
9165  friend class ASTDeclReader;
9166  friend class ASTWriter;
9167
9168public:
9169  /// Retrieve the keyword associated
9170  IdentifierInfo *getNullabilityKeyword(NullabilityKind nullability);
9171
9172  /// The struct behind the CFErrorRef pointer.
9173  RecordDecl *CFError = nullptr;
9174
9175  /// Retrieve the identifier "NSError".
9176  IdentifierInfo *getNSErrorIdent();
9177
9178  /// \brief Retrieve the parser's current scope.
9179  ///
9180  /// This routine must only be used when it is certain that semantic analysis
9181  /// and the parser are in precisely the same context, which is not the case
9182  /// when, e.g., we are performing any kind of template instantiation.
9183  /// Therefore, the only safe places to use this scope are in the parser
9184  /// itself and in routines directly invoked from the parser and *never* from
9185  /// template substitution or instantiation.
9186  Scope *getCurScope() const { return CurScope; }
9187
9188  void incrementMSManglingNumber() const {
9189    return CurScope->incrementMSManglingNumber();
9190  }
9191
9192  IdentifierInfo *getSuperIdentifier() const;
9193  IdentifierInfo *getFloat128Identifier() const;
9194
9195  Decl *getObjCDeclContext() const;
9196
9197  DeclContext *getCurLexicalContext() const {
9198    return OriginalLexicalContext ? OriginalLexicalContext : CurContext;
9199  }
9200
9201  AvailabilityResult getCurContextAvailability() const;
9202
9203  const DeclContext *getCurObjCLexicalContext() const {
9204    const DeclContext *DC = getCurLexicalContext();
9205    // A category implicitly has the attribute of the interface.
9206    if (const ObjCCategoryDecl *CatD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(DC))
9207      DC = CatD->getClassInterface();
9208    return DC;
9209  }
9210
9211  /// \brief To be used for checking whether the arguments being passed to
9212  /// function exceeds the number of parameters expected for it.
9213  static bool TooManyArguments(size_t NumParams, size_t NumArgs,
9214                               bool PartialOverloading = false) {
9215    // We check whether we're just after a comma in code-completion.
9216    if (NumArgs > 0 && PartialOverloading)
9217      return NumArgs + 1 > NumParams; // If so, we view as an extra argument.
9218    return NumArgs > NumParams;
9219  }
9220
9221  // Emitting members of dllexported classes is delayed until the class
9222  // (including field initializers) is fully parsed.
9223  SmallVector<CXXRecordDecl*, 4> DelayedDllExportClasses;
9224};
9225
9226/// \brief RAII object that enters a new expression evaluation context.
9227class EnterExpressionEvaluationContext {
9228  Sema &Actions;
9229
9230public:
9231  EnterExpressionEvaluationContext(Sema &Actions,
9232                                   Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext,
9233                                   Decl *LambdaContextDecl = nullptr,
9234                                   bool IsDecltype = false)
9235    : Actions(Actions) {
9236    Actions.PushExpressionEvaluationContext(NewContext, LambdaContextDecl,
9237                                            IsDecltype);
9238  }
9239  EnterExpressionEvaluationContext(Sema &Actions,
9240                                   Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext,
9241                                   Sema::ReuseLambdaContextDecl_t,
9242                                   bool IsDecltype = false)
9243    : Actions(Actions) {
9244    Actions.PushExpressionEvaluationContext(NewContext,
9245                                            Sema::ReuseLambdaContextDecl,
9246                                            IsDecltype);
9247  }
9248
9249  ~EnterExpressionEvaluationContext() {
9250    Actions.PopExpressionEvaluationContext();
9251  }
9252};
9253
9254DeductionFailureInfo
9255MakeDeductionFailureInfo(ASTContext &Context, Sema::TemplateDeductionResult TDK,
9256                         sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info);
9257
9258/// \brief Contains a late templated function.
9259/// Will be parsed at the end of the translation unit, used by Sema & Parser.
9260struct LateParsedTemplate {
9261  CachedTokens Toks;
9262  /// \brief The template function declaration to be late parsed.
9263  Decl *D;
9264};
9265
9266} // end namespace clang
9267
9268#endif
9269